Standard Operating Procedures Lifesaving Services
Version 5, 2016 Signature of Endorsement – 20th September 2016
Phillip Vanny AM Chief Executive Officer Surf Life Saving New South Wales Australian Lifeguard Services (NSW)
John Restuccia Andy Kent Director of Lifesaving Lifesaving Manager Surf Life Saving New South Wales Surf Life Saving New South Wales
The registered office of Surf Life Saving NSW is situated at the 3 Narabang Way, Belrose NSW 2085 Australia. ABN 93 827 748 379.
© 2016 Surf Life Saving New South Wales (SLSNSW). This publication is copyright. Apart from any fair dealing for the purposes of private study, research, criticism or review as permitted under the Copyright Act, no part may be reproduced by any process without the written permission of SLSNSW.” Whilst all care has been taken in the preparation of this publication, no responsibility is accepted by the authors or SLSNSW for any errors, omissions or inaccuracies. The information in this publication is current as at 20th September 2016. The publication is of a general nature only and is not intended to be relied upon nor as a substitute for detailed professional advice. No responsibility can be accepted by the authors or SLSNSW for loss occasioned to any person as a result of the material in this publication.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 | 1 FOREWORD
Date: 20th September 2016
Dear All, It is with pleasure that I provide you with the SLSNSW Standard Operating Procedures – Version 5 (2016). This manual outlines policies, procedures and guidelines to assist lifesaving services in the management and delivery of their operations. Supporting the strategic plan, this document will define minimum operating standards for all Surf Life Saving Clubs, Support Operations/Services and the Australian Lifeguard Service. It also reflects the professional requirements, responsibilities and expectations of our services by all stakeholders; including our own members, emergency service partners, government departments and the wider community. Our organisation and the services provided by our tens of thousands of volunteers/staff are fundamental to the Australian way of life; we are respected across the board as the best in the world at what we do, and the demand for our services is increasing annually. As the public need and emergency service expectations increase, Surf Life Saving is self-driven to provide the highest quality service it can through innovation, dedication and hard work. This manual reflects those values and our combined commitment to excel in our mission to prevent drowning. ‘Version 5’ of the SLSNSW Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) is updated to reflect the many changes that have occurred in the past 2 years in lifesaving operations. While this document aligns with National policy and outlines the various State minimum requirements, branches and clubs may extend minimum requirements above these levels if deemed necessary to meet local needs. Such enhancements should be set within Clubs Patrol Operations Manuals and Lifesaving Service Agreements. We would like to thank the many members, officers, staff and industry partners who have had input into the development of this document and the previous versions of this document. Please apply this document to the management of your lifesaving services, and I again thank you for your ongoing professionalism and dedication.
Yours in lifesaving,
John Restuccia Director of Lifesaving Surf Life Saving New South Wales
2 | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 TABLE OF CONTENTS
Date: 12th September 2016
LS1 WORK HEALTH & SAFETY 7 LS1.1 WORK HEALTH & SAFETY 8 LS1.2 SHARPS 11 LS2 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT 13 LS2.1 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT & ONLINE SERVICES 14 LS2.2 WWW.BEACHSAFE.ORG.AU 16 LS2.3 PUBLIC EMERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION 17 LS2.4 MEDIA 19 LS2.5 DANGEROUS SURF WARNINGS (DSW) 22 LS2.6 WITNESS STATEMENTS 23 LS3 OBLIGATIONS & STANDARDS 25 LS3.1 LIFESAVING SERVICE AGREEMENTS/CONTRACTS 26 LS3.2 LIFESAVING SERVICE REQUIREMENTS (MINIMUM) 29 LS3.3 CLUB PATROL REQUIREMENTS 31 LS3.4 MAINTAINING MINIMUM LIFESAVING STANDARDS 38 LS3.5 LIFESAVING SERVICE SHORTAGE 39 LS3.6 LIFESAVING SERVICE EXTENSION OF HOURS 40 LS3.7 PATROL/SERVICE AUDIT 41 LS3.8 GEAR AND EQUIPMENT INSPECTIONS 43 LS3.9 PATROL OPERATIONS MANUALS 44 LS3.10 SLS RESCUE VESSELS 45 LS3.11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT & RESCUE COMMITTEES 46 LS3.12 NIPPER ACTIVITIES & PATROLS 47 LS4 REGULATIONS – RESCUE VESSELS 49 LS4.1 ROLE SPECIFIC LICENCES 50 LS4.2 POWERCRAFT OPERATOR LICENSING 51 LS4.3 RESCUE VESSEL REGULATIONS/EXEMPTIONS 53 LS4.4 VESSEL INCIDENT REPORTING (RMS) 57 LS4.5 RESCUE VESSEL OPERATIONS CLOSE TO FLAGGED AREAS 58 LS4.6 RESCUE VESSEL LAUNCHING & BEACHING ZONES 59 LS4.7 WHALE & DOLPHIN REGULATIONS 60 LS5 GEAR & EQUIPMENT 63 LS5.1 LIFESAVING VEHICLES (4WD) 64 LS5.2 ALL TERRAIN VEHICLES - ATV (SIDE BY SIDE) 67 LS5.3 WATER SAFETY SIGNAGE 69 LS5.4 WATER SAFETY FLAGS 72 LS5.5 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT 74 LS5.6 OXYGEN RESUSCITATION EQUIPMENT 75 LS5.7 AUTOMATIC EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATORS (AED) 77 LS5.8 METHOXYFLURANE 78 LS5.9 PUBLIC RESCUE EQUIPMENT (PRE) 82 LS5.10 SLSA EQUIPMENT POLICIES 83
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 | 3 LS1. Work Health & Safety 4 Date: 20 TABLE OFCONTENTS LS7.1 BEACH MANAGEMENT METHODS & ROLES LS7 PATROL OPERATIONS (GENERAL) LS6.7 RADIO NETWORK FAULT REPORTING LS6.6 RADIO CODES LS6.5 RADIO CALL SIGNS LS6.4 COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY/STREAMING LS6.3 RADIO EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE & SERVICING LS6.2 RADIO SPECIFICATIONS LS6.1 RADIO COMMUNICATIONS LS6 RADIO COMMUNICATIONS LS7.9 INAPPROPRIATE BEHAVIOUR BY PUBLIC LS7.8 VESSEL TOWING LS7.7 REGULATION ENFORCEMENT LS7.6 LIFESAVING VEHICLES ON BEACHES LS7.5 LIFESAVING ACTIVITIES ON CLOSED BEACHES PATROL OF DAY) OF LS7.4(END CLOSURE LS7.3 PATROL BRIEFINGS LS7.2 OPENING OF PATROL (START OF PATROL) LS8.11 TSUNAMI WARNING LS8.10 COASTAL FLOODING LS8.9 RECOVERY BODY LS8.8 BOMB THREAT LS8.7 PUBLIC ORDER INCIDENT LS8.6 LIGHTNING LS8.5 SHARK INCIDENTS LS8.4 REQUESTING HELICOPTER SUPPORT LS8.3 REQUESTING AN AMBULANCE LS8.2 LOST/MISSING PERSONS LS8.1 EMERGENCY BEACH CLOSURE & EVACUATION LS8 PATROL OPERATIONS (EMERGENCY) LS7.12 BEACH ATTENDANCE MONITORING LS7.11 SHARK MESHING PROGRAM LS7.10 MARINE POLLUTION LS8.12 COASTAL FIRE COASTAL LS8.12 LS9.2 STATE DUTY OFFICER LS9.1 SURF EMERGENCY RESPONSE SYSTEM (13SURF) LS9 SURF EMERGENCY RESPONSE SYSTEM LS8.13 AIRCRAFT CRASH LS9.6 DUTY OFFICER UNIFORM LS9.5 DUTY OFFICER EQUIPMENT LS9.4 DUTY OFFICER CODE OF CONDUCT LS9.3 BRANCH DUTY OFFICER SYSTEM LS9.9 CLUB/SERVICE CALLOUT TEAMS (EMERGENCY RESPONSE) LS9.8 DUTY OFFICER POST-OPERATIONS CHECKLIST LS9.7 DUTY OFFICER PRE-OPERATION CHECKLIST | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2014
85
99
123
147
93 90 88 95 89 87 86 110 107 106 114 112 104 102 100 136 135 128 124 120 142 140 138 131 130 126 118 117 116 143 148 145 144 162 161 156 153 165 164 163 166 TABLE OF CONTENTS LS1. Work Health & Safety
Date: 20th September 2014
LS9.10 IRB OPERATIONS (LOW-LIGHT) 168 LS9.11 INCIDENT CONTROL DEFINITIONS 171 LS9.12 PRINCIPLES OF INCIDENT CONTROL SYSTEM (ICS) 172 LS9.13 INCIDENT CONTROL SYSTEM STRUCTURES 175 LS9.14 INCIDENT CONTROL SYSTEM ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES 178 LS9.15 SURF LIFESAVING INCIDENT COMMAND SYSTEM (SLICS) 181 LS10 SAR OPERATIONS 183 LS10.1 SEARCH AND RESCUE (SAR) RESPONSIBILITIES 184 LS10.2 SEARCH AND RESCUE STAGES 188 LS10.3 RESPONSIBLE SAR AUTHORITY 189 LS10.4 SAR RESOURCE CHARACTERISTICS 190 LS10.5 EMERGENCY SIGNALLING DEVICES 192 LS10.6 DISTRESS COMMUNICATIONS 194 LS10.7 DISTRESS INCIDENT LOCATION 195 LS10.8 URGENCY OF RESPONSE & TIME FACTORS 196 LS10.9 FACTORS AFFECTING INITIAL SAR RESPONSE 198 LS10.10 RISK VS GAIN 199 LS10.11 SAR INFORMATION FACTORS 200 LS10.12 SAR INCIDENT INFORMATION 201 LS10.13 SAR BRIEFINGS 203 LS10.14 BASIC SEARCH PLANNING 204 LS10.15 ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS 206 LS10.16 SURVIVAL ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS 208 LS10.17 PARALLEL LINE SEARCH PATTERN 211 LS10.18 CREEPING LINE SEARCH PATTERN 213 LS10.19 EXPANDING SQUARE SEARCH PATTERN 215 LS10.20 UNDERWATER SEARCH & RESCUE 217 LS10.21 PROBABLE ERRORS OF POSITION 220 LS10.22 INFORMATION EXCHANGE IN TRANSFER OF COORDINATION 224 LS10.23 CONCLUSION OF SAR OPERATIONS 225 LS111 SURFCOMS 229 LS11.1 OVERVIEW OF SURFCOM OPERATIONS 230 LS11.2 SURFCOM FACILITIES & EQUIPMENT 234 LS11.3 SURFCOM ADVISOR 235 LS11.4 SURFCOM SUPERVISOR 236 LS11.5 SURFCOM OPERATOR 238 LS11.6 SURFCOM EMERGENCY PROTOCOLS 240 LS11.7 CALL TAKING 241 LS11.8 INFORMATION SYSTEMS 242 LS11.9 INFORMATION ASSESSMENT 243 LS11.10 DISSEMINATION OF INFORMATION 244 LS11.11 INFORMATION FILING/STORAGE 246 LS11.12 CLOSING SURFCOMS (END OF DAY) 247 LS11.13 VOICE RECORDING 248
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 | 5 TABLE OF CONTENTS
Date: 20th September 2014
LS12 LIFESAVING VESSELS AND AIRCRAFT 249 LS12.1 RWC OPERATIONS - OVERVIEW 250 LS12.2 RWC MINIMUM EQUIPMENT 251 LS12.3 RWC UNIFORM & PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) 252 LS12.4 RWC DESIGN & LAYOUT 254 LS12.5 RWC FIRST AID KIT 255 LS12.6 OVERVIEW OF ORB/JRB OPERATIONS 256 LS12.7 JRB/ORB EQUIPMENT 258 LS12.8 OVERVIEW OF AERIAL SERVICES (SURF LIFE SAVING) 260 LS12.9 HELICOPTER DEMONSTRATION REQUESTS 261 LS12.10 HELICOPTER LANDING ZONE 262 L13 POST INCIDENT (RECOVERY PHASE) 265 LS13.1 MEDIA – CRITICAL INCIDENTS 266 LS13.2 CRITICAL INCIDENT DEBRIEFING 268 LS13.3 EMOTIVE DEBRIEFS (PSYCHOLOGICAL FIRST AID) 273 LS14 SOPS INDEX 275 LS14.1 INDEX 276 LS15 SLSA REFERENCES 283 LS15 SLSA POLICIES 284 LS16 GLOSSARY OF TERMS 287 LS16 GLOSSARY 288 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 WORK HEALTH &SAFETY LS1 | 7
LS2. Information MGMT & Online Services LS1. Work Health & Safety 8 meeting these requirements. Lifesaving personnel acknowledge andagree that they may bebreath tested at any time to ensure they are of 0% ifoperating any lifesaving vehicle. Lifesaving personnel service that are on their provisional drivinglicenseshould have abloodalcohol limit than 0.05%. Lifesaving personnel service shouldnotundertake patrolling dutieswithabloodalcohol level higher Alcohol isnotto beconsumed whilst wearing any SurfLife Saving uniform. Alcohol fire not smoke nearoxygen equipment, fuelorinothercircumstances where there isanincreased riskof Smoking bringswithitadditionalhazards in terms offire safety. Surflifesavers must ensure others do the Surf lifesaving personnel must notsmoke uniform, while in inthe public’s view orwhilerepresenting Smoking ofany substance isprohibited inallSurfLife Saving buildings,facilities and vehicles. Smoking whileonactive lifesaving dutiesisnotpermitted. Smoking and Safety Act2011. All surflifesaving volunteer personnel are required to meet theirresponsibilities underthe Work Health Life Saving policies,procedures andestablished work practices. All surflifesaving volunteer personnel are required to perform theirtasks inasafe mannerandfollow Surf lifesavers andothers at alltimes. of oursurflifesaving volunteer personnel withthe aimofensuringasafe andhealthy environment for The purposeofthisStandard Operating Procedure is to communicate the health andsafety responsibilities that SAFETY COMES FIRST! Surf Life Saving New SouthWales’ ultimate goal is to promote aculture where allmembers understand action taken will affect thehealthand safety of volunteers, staff andthird parties. activities. AllSLSNSW Operational Procedures will have healthand safety implications and anydecision or Health andsafety isnotaseparate issueto be managed, butisanintegral partofallsurflifesaving and safety for allvolunteers andstaff, as well asanyone elsethat may be affected bywhat wedo. exists as a lifesaving organisation and therefore endeavours to assure the highestvery standards of health in charge andwithinleadership Itisoftheutmost positions. operational importance toSLSNSW. SLSNSW legal requirement (asset outintheWork HealthandSafety legislations), butalsoamoral dutyonthose apositiveUpholding culture towards healthandsafety of volunteers, staff andthepublicisnotonly a Date: 20 Section: LS1Work Health&Safety A NOTE FROM THE SURF LIFE SAVING NSW BOARD PROCEDURE POLICY PURPOSE LS1.1 WORK HEALTH & SAFETY | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 organisation. or explosion. th September 2016 Page: 1of3 Tents andothershadedareas should be usedwhere possible. lifesaving personnel must ensure they are not withoutawater/sunscreen break for more thanonehour. To minimisetheeffects ofdehydration whichinextreme cases may lead toheat exhaustion and heat stroke, is advised(higherdependingonexternal factors suchastemperature, timeofday andphysical exertion). activities, it is important to take in sufficient fluidsduring the course of duty. 8 to 10glasses of water per day As dehydration can cause fatigue andlossof concentration, impactingon performance of lifesaving Dehydration Cases that indicate evidence ofillegal druguse shallbe referred to theappropriate authorities for investigation. action. drugs willalsobesubjectto disciplinary Any lifesaver whoknowingly allows aperson to carry outdutieswhilst undertheinfluence ofalcohol and/or alcohol and/or drugsmay beimmediately suspendedfrom dutiesand referred action. for disciplinary Surf lifesaving personnel whopresent themselves for dutywhilst suspected to beundertheinfluence of Penalties for Breaches Life Saving NSW requirements. Surf lifesaving personnel must notoperate plant orequipment unlessauthorisedandqualifiedasperSurf Surf lifesaving personnel must attend task specific training as provided andadhere toSurfLife Saving procedures. any circumstances. Persons impaired by drugsand/or alcohol are notpermitted to operate gear and equipment under equipment, includingvehicles i.e.ATV andPowercraft. Surf lifesaving personnel must adhere to alllegal bloodalcohol limitsfor theoperation of gear and Operating Gearand Equipment Surf lifesaving personnel must notpresent themselves for dutywhilst undertheinfluence ofany illegaldrug. The improper use ofnon-prescription andprescription drugsinthe course ofduties is completely prohibited. changes inmedical state to thePatrol Captain. Surf lifesaving personnel are responsible for monitoring theirown condition and communicating any cease surflifesaving patrol dutiesuntil you have completed the prescribed course ofmedication. If theseprescribed drugsimpairordisrupt your senses,you must advisetheClubCaptain immediately and Patrol Captain must beadvisedasto thetypeofmedication andallpossibleside effects. The useofdrugsprescribed by adoctor for medicinalorrecuperative purposesmay be taken however the Drugs Date: 20 Section: LS1Work Health&Safety LS1.1 WORK HEALTH & SAFETY th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of3 | 9
LS1. Work Health & Safety LS1. Work Health & Safety 10 Sports MedicineAustralia The CancerCouncilofAustralia e) d) c) b) a) SLSA Policies: Guidelines to Safer SurfClubs any concerns withadoctor. It isrecommended that surflifesaving personnel checktheirskinregularly for suspiciousspotsandaddress 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. radiation. Steps may include: Lifesavers are required to follow precautions necessary to protect themselves from the effects ofUV Sun Safety Date: 20 Section: LS1Work Health&Safety REFERENCE LS1.1 WORK HEALTH & SAFETY | Illicit DrugsinSport6.23 All Terrain Vehicles 4.5 Disinfection of Equipment 3.1 Rehabilitation and Return to Work 2.4 Sun Safety 2.1 Wear UVprotective sunglasses. Apply broad spectrum sunscreen regularly. Wear awidebrimmedhat. Wear sunprotecting clothing suchaslifesaving uniform (longsleeve shirt, rash vest, kneelength shorts). Reduce exposure to thesunby usingshadei.e.Tent. STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 3of • • • • • • • • • • • • • If you findaneedleand syringe: What to doifyou findanunsafely discarded needle/syringe • • • • Prevention and Response puncture proof container anddisposedofinyour nearest publicsharps disposalbin. All usedneedlesandsyringes shouldbeplacedimmediately after useinaproperly sealed,rigid walled, Safe Disposal injecting equipment inanunsafe manner. In Australia itisnotanoffence to possess sterile needlesand syringes. However itisanoffence todisposeof The Law 2. 1. There are two aspectsto sharps management: Management To raise theawareness of“sharps” asanimportant aspectoflifesaving. Date: 20 Section: LS1Work Health&Safety LS1.2 SHARPS PURPOSE POLICY needles andsyringes. Call theCleanNeedleHotline, 1800NEEDLE(1800633353)to report any incidents of unsafely discarded Advise children to inform anadultifthey findunsafely disposedofneedles/syringes. needle/syringe, orplaced into doubleplasticinto bagsandthen rubbish, or taken to a NSP for disposal. Other items that have come into contact withblood shouldbedisposed ofinthesame container asthe used medical waste. Place the sealedcontainer into your nearest Needle andSyringe Program (NSP) for disposalas Remove gloves (ifappropriate andwash handswithrunningwater and soap). container at thetop. Place theneedle/syringe inthecontainer sharpendfirst; and securely closethelid,holding the at alltimes. Pick uptheneedle/syringe by themiddleofbarrel keeping thesharpendfacing away from you Do notholdthecontainer upright inyour handsasyou are disposingoftheneedle/syringe. Bring thecontainer andplaceonground besidetheneedle/syringe. good ifnodisposalcontainers are immediately available). Use asharps container orfindarigid walled, puncture resistant, sealable container (plastic bottles are Do notattempt to recap theneedle. Do notputyour handsinany hiddenorhard drain to accessplaces(e.g. pipes,toilets orthickbushes). Find andputonlatex/rubber gloves ifpossible. First aidtraining ingeneral hygiene requirements andtreatment ofneedlestick injuries. Access to portable sharps containers andsafe handlingequipment. (identificationBeach cleaningservices and removal ofsharps). Provision ofsharps disposalcontainers. Prevention and response. Education (community andlifesaving personnel). services th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of2
| 11
LS1. Work Health & Safety LS1. Work Health & Safety 12 6.30pm withananswering machineat othertimes. the Alcohol andDrugInformation (ADIS). Service used sharps can besafely disposedof. isavailable Thisservice 24hours, seven days aweek, andisrunby stick injury. Report incidents ofunsafely discarded needlesand syringes and to findoutwhere and how The CleanNeedleHelpline(1800NEEDLE/1800633353)isavailable to accessinformation regarding needle Further Information onDisposal • • • • • • • • injection thebetter. At theearliest stage, Hepatitis B can be prevented by prompt injections. Thesooner they are given an Even thetiniest break intheskinshouldbe reported to thepatient’s doctor orthenearest majorhospital. Hepatitis B,Hepatitis CandHIV infection,allneedle stickinjuries must be regarded as potentiallyserious. Reports ofneedles beingfound onornearbeachesare becoming increasingly common. Dueto therisks of Needle StickInjury Date: 20 Section: LS1Work Health&Safety LS1.2 SHARPS | Consider theneedfor counselling oftheinjured person. Report (Incident theinjury Report Log). If theneedleisstill stuck intheskin,treat asa foreign body wound. precautionary measure). Send thepatient to hospital for treatment andblood tests (advisethemitisjust a the container. end presents nofurtherriskto anyone. Remember to take thecontainer to thesharp,notsharpto Wearing gloves andusingforceps ortongs, disposeofneedlesinasharps container so that thesharp Scrub thearea gently, butthoroughly, inhotsoapy water. Promote bleedingat thesite by gently pullingthewound apart. Stay calm. STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Note: Thehotlineisstaffed -Monday to Friday 8.00am- Page: 2of LS1.2 SHARPS
Section:LS1 Work Health & Safety Page: 2 of 2 Date: 20th September 2016 LS2 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT Standards LS3. Obligations & LS3. Obligations
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 | 13 LS2. Information MGMT & Online Services 14 improve effectiveness of communications. SMS/Text functions inSurfGuard assist Branch/Club Officers and Patrol Captainsservices and manage their • • • • • • • Surfguard • • SLSA Members Portal members shouldrefer to therelevant pre-season circulars/memos released annually. The following provides ageneral overview ofrequirements. For specificmilestones andduedates clubs/ available through namelySurfGuard SLSA, andMembers Portal. SLSNSW supportsalignment andadherence to thecentralised lifesaving information management tools Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) iscommitted to thequalitymanagement of key lifesaving data andinformation. To provide anoverview ofthekey information management tools for lifesaving operations. Date: 20 Section: LS2Information Management LS2.1 INFORMATION M PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY | SMS/Group EmailingFunctions Club/service patrol information requires inputinto SurfGuard (IRD)within2 weeks ofpatrol/incident date. Patrol LogandIncident Logs December 31st annually. Proficiencies, AwardsAll proficiencies must- &Assessments be completed and entered into SurfGuard by sold ordisposedof. Gear andEquipment information updated (pre- andpost inspections) as wellaswhenever equipment is − − − − − Branch/club teams created andupdated, including: portal for publicinformation aboutpatrolled locations) patrol Club/Service teams/rosters inputted andmanaged through SurfGuard (also feeds into beachsafe www.surfguard.slsa.asn.au Branch/Club − − − − − workflow area for members. From thissite members can: This Members portal currently contains alibrary, acentral news andinformation area anda forms and Members Portal patrol hours from thissite. www.lifesavingonline.com.au in SurfLife Saving. You can renew membership, applyto joinaclubandcheckyour details, awards and Lifesaving Online STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 − − − − − − − − − − Patrol AuditTeams Club Emergency Response (Callout)Teams SurfCom Teams Duty Officer Teams RWC Teams See https://portal.sls.com.au/wps/portal/member/ for more information Submit anews item Apply for Award aService Read local andnational surflifesaving news View jobadverts Download aCircular th September 2016 ONLINE SERVICES service profileservice (contact details andOfficeholders) updated onSurfGuard
isaself-service membership portal for members ofclubs andsupportorganisations
ANAGEMENT Page: 1of3 &
Date: 20 Section: LS2Information Management LS2.1 INFORMATION M www.surfcom.org.au www.beachsafe.org.au www.portal.sls.com.au Administrators’; seetheofficerpositionssectionofSurfGuard for your Organisation. Only ‘SurfStore Administrators’ can accesslifesaving specificequipment. To update ‘SurfStore portal.sls.com.au A central lifesaving equipment andsupplystore isavailable through SLSAs’ SLSMembers Portal: www. and visithttp://sls.com.au/infotech/quicklinks. personnel to practice usingthe systems without affecting information. Contact SLSA for more information Online training ‘Playpens’ are alsoavailable. These‘dummy’ systems allow appropriately authorised SLSA SurfGuard Manualisavailable at www.surfguard.slsa.asn.au A SLSA IThelplineisavailable 7days aweek at 1300724006. to SLSA. Training sessionsideallyare runassinglegroup. SurfGuard andSurfComtraining are available from SLSA andshouldbeactionedthrough aBranch request REFERENCE SLSA SURF STORE SYSTEM TRAINING/HELP th September 2016 ONLINE SERVICES ANAGEMENT STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of3 &
| 15
LS2. Information MGMT & Online Services LS2. Information MGMT & Online Services 16 www.beachsafe.org.au • • • • • This shallinclude: internally andexternally by lifesaving services. www.beachsafe.org.au SurfGuard alignsdirectly to publicinformation available through beachsafe. the publicinbothwebsite andsmart-phone application formats. Patrol information service inputted into www.beachsafe.org.au Lifesaving shallalignandpromote services consistent public safety messages to allstakeholders. To outlinethesinglepublicsafety information portal that shouldbeused by alllifesaving services. Date: 20 Section: LS2Information Management LS2.2 PURPOSE REFERENCE PROCEDURE POLICY | communications regarding beach/surf safety to ‘beachsafe’. External partners/agencies shouldbeencouraged to linktheirwebsites, mediareleases andother Social mediaposts regarding publicsafety information should refer to ‘beachsafe’. Public information/education collateral –shouldalign key messages and reference ‘beachsafe’. Branch/Club/Service websites –safety information tabs/pages shouldlinkdirectly to ‘beachsafe’. should bereferred to ‘beachsafe’ for more information. Media Releases/media enquiries–key safety messages shouldalignandmediareleases/enquiries STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 WWW.BEACHSAFE.ORG.AU shallbethecentral reference point for allpublicsafety information released provides consistent publicsafety information andpatrolled locations/times to Page: 3of for Police andincludeacross street orpoint ofreference.” “You have Name’, called ‘Club/Service ifthisisarescue emergency pleasehangupanddialtriplezero, ask message (excluding call-divert systems). All dedicated landlineandmobilelifesaving phonesshallprovide service aconsistent initial answer-phone Club answer-phone messages give your call priorityover Triple Zero (000). critical emergency situations. Dialling112directs you tothesame Triple Zero and doesnot (000) callservice Triple Zero (000)isAustralia’s telephone primary numberto call for assistance inlife threatening ortime other thanto theappropriate emergency by theappropriate services, SLSofficers. The SurfEmergency Response System (13SURF)must notbepromoted to thepublic/mediaorany parties, individual member. 0’) to the public.Thisincludesany local/regional emergency contact information for aclub/service or Branches/clubs/services shallnot Note: For in-water specificincidents/emergencies, lifesaving shouldpromote services ‘000– Police’. Lifesaving shallpromote services ‘Triple Zero’ (000)asthepublicavenue for reporting emergencies. Public Emergency Contact Information Response System (13SURF)SurfCom(radio) protocols andothercentralised information (beachsafe). This structure isfounded on‘Triple Zero’ andincludescomplementary systems suchastheSurfEmergency be adhered to by allmembers/clubs/services. Surf Life Saving New SouthWales hasinplacestructured emergency communication processes whichmust To outline‘publicemergency contact information,’ for promotion bylifesaving services. Date: 20 Section: LS2Information Management LS2.3 PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY th September 2016 PUBLIC EMERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION promote any otheremergency contact information (otherthan‘triple STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of2 | 17
LS2. Information MGMT & Online Services LS2. Information MGMT & Online Services 18 http://www.vcc.vic.gov.au/assets/media/files/SignageManual3.pdf http://www.triplezero.gov.au/Pages/default.aspx References: The following symbol shouldbedisplayedwithsaidinformation etc) to assist thepublicat unpatrolled times.Thisinformation should read“InanEmergency Dial000 for Police’. Club/service facilities shouldprovide consistent emergency contact information on key locations (SLSC, towers Clubhouse emergency contact signage Date: 20 Section: LS2Information Management LS2.3 | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 PUBLIC EMERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION Page: 2of • • • For SLSNSW members andstaff usingsocialmedia,suchuse: • • • • • • • • This policycovers allforms ofsocialmedia.Social media includes,butisnotlimited to, suchactivitiesas: off asbeingamemberofSLSA. This policyappliesto SLSA members, staff orany individual representing themselves orpassingthemselves appropriately, andinways that are consistent withSLSAs stated values andpolicies. involvement intheorganisation inthistypeof forum, they are expected to behave and express themselves When someoneclearlyidentifies their association withSurf Life Saving(SLS), and/or discusses their inappropriately, particularlyin relation to any content that might reference the organisation. It isimportant that SurfLife Saving’s reputation isnot tarnished by anyone usingsocialmedia tools itsstateSLSA, centres, branches andclubs have longhistories andare highlyrespected organisations. benefits ofsocialmediaasanimportant tool ofengagement andenrichment for itsmembers. create, share orconsume content. Asamember-based organisation, SurfLife Saving NSW recognises the Social mediaoffers the opportunity for people to gather inonline communities ofshared interest and makes noreference to SLSA orrelated issues. personal useofsocialmediaplatforms by SLSNSW members or staff where theSLSNSW memberor staff This policyaimsto provide principlesto follow when usingsocialmedia.Thispolicydoes notapplyto the To outlineacceptable parameters for theuseofsocialmediaregarding lifesaving operations. Date: 20 Section: LS2Information Management LS2.4 MEDIA PURPOSE USAGE PROCEDURE POLICY Must notbringtheorganisation orsurflifesaving into disrepute. affiliates, partners orsponsors; and Must notcomment on,orpublish,information that is confidential orin any waysensitiveSLSA, its to illustrations ornicknames; Must notcontain, orlinkto, libellous,defamatory orharassing content. Thisalsoappliesto theuseof affect members, colleagues, clients, sponsors orSurfLife Saving asanorganisation. The intent ofthispolicyisto includeanything posted onlinewhere information isshared that might Editing aWikipediapage. Taking partinconversations onpublicandprivate web forums (message boards); or Taking partinonlinevotes andpolls; Leaving product reviews orservice onretailer sites, orcustomer review sites; Commenting onblogs for personal orbusiness reasons; Content sharingincludeInstagram (photo sharing)andYouTube (videosharing); Twitter orMySpace); Maintaining aprofile page onsocial orbusinessnetworking sites (suchasLinkedIn, Facebook, Shutterfly, th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of3 | 19
LS2. Information MGMT & Online Services LS2. Information MGMT & Online Services 20 • • • • • • • For officialSLSblogs,socialpages andonline forums: may notbereplicated onany site withoutthe written permission ofthe child’s parent and/or guardian. Similarly, appropriate permissionsmust beobtained for the use oflogos orimages. Images ofminorchildren page orforum. taken to ensure theappropriate person at aclub/branch/state level hasgiven written consent to create the When creating anew website, socialnetworking page or forum for staff/club memberuse, care shouldbe • • • Trademarks include: is taken to mean“happeninginsubordinate conjunction withsomething else”). personal socialmediaapplications, except where suchuse can be considered incidental –(where incidental It isimportant that any trademarks belongingto SLSA orany state centre, branch orclubare notusedin Date: 20 Section: LS2Information Management LS2.4 MEDIA NETWORKING SITES CONSIDERATION TOWARDS OTHERS WHEN USING SOCIAL ONLINE OFFICIAL SURF LIFE SAVING (SLS) BLOGS, SOCIAL PAGES AND BRANDING AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (IP) | Under nocircumstance shouldoffensive comments bemadeaboutSLSA members or staff online. also remove information aboutanotherperson ifthat person asks them to doso. information whenthey have beenasked not to or consent hasnotbeensought andgiven. They must SLSNSW members/staff shouldbe considerate to others insuch circumstance andshouldnotpost could potentially breach theprivacy actorinadvertently make SLSNSW liable for breach of copyright. private SLSevent willnotappear publiclyontheinternet. Incertain situations, SLSNSW members or staff videos andcomments inthisway. For example, there may beanexpectation that photographs taken at a users. SLSNSW members andstaff must recognise that itmay notbeappropriate to share photographs, Social networking sites allow photographs, videosandcomments to beshared withthousandsofother All materials publishedorusedmust respect thecopyright ofthird parties. SLS employees must notuseSLSonlinepages to promote personal projects; and the nature ofthe‘popup’content cannot becontrolled; of aquestionable nature. Thistypeofhosted site shouldnotbeused for online forums orsocialpages as Some hosted sites may selltheright to advertise ontheirsites through ‘popup’ content whichmay be Posts must notcontain, norlinkto, pornographic orindecent content; red andyellow patrol uniforms. Other SLSA imagery includingthered andyellow flags,theSLSA red and yellow caps ortheofficial SLSA lifesaving volunteers, staff and/or equipment, except withthepermissionofthoseindividuals; The “Life oftheBeach”, “Whatever itTakes” orany otherassociated slogans; images depictingsurf Club, branch andSLSA logos; STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 FORUMS Page: 2of3
SLSA Policy 6.20–UseofSocialMedia Employees oftheAustralian Lifeguard are Service included. Officers. This applies,butisnotlimited to roles suchasSurfComOperator/Supervisor orBranch orState Duty where they may beprivileged to information must bemadeespecially aware ofthispolicy. This policyappliesto allSLSmembers andpersonnel. However; members whooperate inacapacity/role policy may alsoamount to breaches ofotherSLSNSW andSLSA policies. If detected, abreach ofthispolicymay result actionfrom indisciplinary SLSNSW orSLSA. Abreach ofthis members. Detected breaches ofthispolicyshouldbereported to SLSNSW. State,SLSA, branches andclubs continually monitor onlineactivityin relation tothe organisation andits Date: 20 Section: LS2Information Management LS2.4 MEDIA BREACH OF POLICY REFERENCE PRIVILEGE OF INFORMATION th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 3of | 21
LS2. Information MGMT & Online Services LS2. Information MGMT & Online Services 22 9. 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. The following BOM/SLSNSW protocols are inplaceto best identify andprovide warnings: Branches/Clubs/Services shallnot release aDSW to themediawithoutSLSNSW approval. information to themedia. Authorised branch/clubs/services may inaddition to that ‘release’ provide local/regional adviceand SLSNSW shall beresponsible for disseminating DSW information tothemediaviaaMediaAdvisory. Bureau ofMeteorology (BOM). The Dangerous SurfWarning system shallbeadministered by SLSNSW underitsarrangement withthe regardingmedia/public otherservices forecast high-risksurf/weather conditions. Definition: personnel only. Release ofwarning andoperational information shallbeundertaken byauthorised State/Branch/Club external stakeholders. To outline parameters for thedissemination ofDangerous Surf Warnings (DSW) to internal and PURPOSE DANGEROUS SURF WARNING PROTOCOL (GENERAL) DSW – MEDIA PROCEDURE POLICY Date: 20 Section: LS2Information Management LS2.5 DANGEROUS SURFWARNINGS (DSW) | SLSNSW provide updated information to stakeholders ifdeemednecessary. BOM adviseonany changes/extensions to DSW; SLSNSW releases translated mediaadvisoriesto foreign language media(general orrock-fishing); or ‘Rock-Fishing specific’dependingontime-of-year/risk activities; SLSNSW release mediaadvisoriesto impacted regions (orstate wide),thesereleases are either:‘General’ SLSNSW release aSMEAC to internal andexternal services/emergency services; BOM confirm DSW andimpactarea/timeframe; SLSNSW prepare SMEAC andMediaReleases; BOM provide SLSNSW a‘heads-up’notification regarding potential DSW; BOM forecasters identify potential dangerous surfsituations 48-24hrs prior; STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 ADangerous SurfWarning (DSW) shallbedeemedasany ‘release’ ofawarning to the Page: 1of Date: 20 Section: LS2Information Management LS2.6 WITNESS STATEMENTS SLSNSW Witness Statement Critical Incident Debrief 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. The procedure below outlinestheprocess for collecting andfilingwitness statements. Personnel to privy witnessstatements must notforward themto any unauthorisedperson. required. SLSNSW must receive copies ofallwitnessstatements andwillfile confidentially forfuture reference if presented inacourt. Witness statements may becollected for the purposeoffurtherinvestigation oras evidence tobe is normallyapartofCritical Incident Debriefing process. To outlinetheprotocol for witnessstatements collected by lifesaving Collectingwitness services. statements PURPOSE REFERENCE PROCEDURE POLICY SLSNSW will filewitness statements. The Branch Director ofLifesaving willforward allwitnessstatements to SLSNSW Lifesaving team. All witnessstatements are to beforwarded to theBranch Director ofLifesaving. Witness statements must bedocumented legiblyontheSLSNSW WitnessStatement template. Witness statements may becollected duringorimmediately at theconclusion ofacritical incident. th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of | 23
LS2. Information MGMT & Online Services
OBLIGATIONS &STANDARDS STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 LS3 LS3 | 25
LS4. Regulations – Rescue Vessels LS3. Obligations & Standards • • • AreaService Definitions contracts at alltimes. All lifeguards andlifeguard supervisors shalloperate withintheparameters ofthe relevant lifeguard and theChief Executive Officer. provision Lifeguard ofservices. contracts are negotiated andagreed upon by thedelegated staff member All lifeguard shallhave services alifeguard contract orMemorandum ofUnderstanding (MOU)for the the organisation. Life Saving SurfLife Services. Saving manages allLifeguard Services Contracts anditscontents onbehalfof Lifeguard contracts are acommercial inconfidence document between theContract Manager andSurf Lifeguard Contracts • • • • • • • relevant area(s), taking into account the following conditions – Branch and SLSNSW to planandimplement themost appropriate lifesaving required services for their Lifesaving Agreements Service have been developed to allow anindividualClub, SupportOperations, Lifesaving Agreements Service enables usto reduce anddeath injury onNew SouthWales beaches. for the people visitingour New South Wales beaches, withahigh focus onpreventative methods, which SLSNSW encourages andSupport Operations allClubs, Services to provide the most effective patrolservice particular beach/service orarea to whichalifesaving operates. service Lifesaving Agreement Service andLifeguard Contracts are documents that theoperations specify for a PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY 26 Date: 20 Section: LS3Obligations &Standards LS3.1 LIFESAVING SERVICE AGREEMENTS/ | neighbouring Clubs andresponse distances may bedependent onasset capabilities. Clubs assets may attend an incident. Emergency response areas generally buffer response areas of Emergency Response Area: Theemergency response area ofaClub,isthetasking area inwhicha (additional flagged patrols must meet minimum patrol requirements) Additional Patrolling Areas: Additionalflagged patrolling area/s, i.e. Patrol area oneithersideofaspit (POM) andLifesaving Agreement Service (LSA). PatrollingPrimary Area: patrolling Mainflagged area outlinedintheClubs Patrol Operation Manual State andLocal Government/Council requirements Existing hazards, i.e. Rock platforms Surf conditions, i.e.Highsurf Weather, climate conditions Prevalent recreational activities Beach visitation numbers History ofincidents STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 CONTRACTS Page: 1of3 LS3.1 LIFESAVING SERVICE AGREEMENTS/ CONTRACTS Section:LS3 Obligations & Standards Page: 2 of 3 Date: 20th September 2016
LSA Dispute Process If there is a dispute (no agreement) between the club, respective branch and Surf Life Saving New South Wales that cannot be rectified/resolved during the normal negotiation process, a dispute resolution process can be pursued where three independent Branch Directors of Lifesaving will form a panel to consider the signing of the existing Lifesaving Service Agreement or an amended agreement. The dispute resolution process is separate to the granting of exemptions for Clubs and occurs during the Lifesaving Service Agreement Review every which is conducted every 3 seasons.
Scope Standards
Lifesaving Service Agreements shall be completed for the following services: & LS3. Obligations • ALS/Council Patrol times • Club Beach Patrols • RWC Operations • ORB Operations • JRB Operations • Emergency Response Beacons • Mobile Operations Lifesaving Service Agreements Policy The Lifesaving Service Agreement is issued under Rule 44 of the SLSNSW Constitution by the SLSNSW Executive as Regulations for the proper advancement, encouragement, management and administration of SLSNSW. SLSNSW By-Laws are binding on all members of Surf Life Saving in NSW. As Regulations, the agreement comprises part of the rules framework of SLSNSW and all lifesaving services are obliged to execute this agreement. Clubs, Support Operations and Branches that do not execute the agreement will have contravened SLSNSW Regulations. The agreement is subject to, and will be interpreted in accordance with, the SLSNSW Constitution. Clubs and Support Operations whose Constitution do not comply with the relevant State Constitution and vary from the above, should take the necessary steps to ensure that the constitution does under the SLSNSW Regulations of Affiliation. The Lifesaving Service Agreements shall be negotiated and endorsed by the respective Branch Director of Lifesaving and SLSNSW prior to the commencement of each patrolling season or extended agreed period (as appropriate). The persons responsible for the negotiation of the Lifesaving Service Agreements on behalf of their relevant committee/executive shall be the Branch Director of Lifesaving and the Club/Service Captain (or equivalent) of the affiliating Club/Service in consultation with the SLSNSW Director of Lifesaving and Lifesaving Manager. All Club, Service and Branch Lifesaving Service Agreements shall be sent to SLSNSW and received no later than September 1 of each year of review (agreements may be signed for a period beyond 1 year). The Board of SLSNSW reserves the right to make alterations to minimum service requirements based on special and/or unforseen circumstances, provided such is based on evidence or mandated requirements (i.e change in legislation).
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 | 27 LS3. Obligations & Standards 28 SLSS Lifeguard Contracts (Commercial inConfidence) SLSNSW Guide to dealingwithbreaches ofminimumlifesaving standards SLSNSW Patrol Operation Manuals SLSNSW Lifesaving Agreements Service endorsed by allparties. Agreement from theprevious year willcontinue until a new Lifesaving Agreement Service issignedand Where anew signedagreement isNOT achieved by thestart ofthepatrol season,theLifesaving Service Lifesaving Agreement Service Review every whichisconducted every 3seasons. The dispute resolution process isseparate to thegranting of exemptions forClubs andoccurs duringthe signing oftheexisting Lifesaving Agreement Service oranamendedagreement. can bepursued where three independent Branch Directors ofLifesaving willform apanelto consider the Wales that cannot berectified/resolved duringthenormalnegotiation process,adispute resolution process If there isadispute (noagreement) between theclub,respective branch andSurfLife Saving New South LSA Dispute Process involvement for theduration ofthe exemption period. Note: Exemption/alteration allowances may have implications onaclubs surfsports competition supported by clearevidence/need andincludeaspecificplantimeline to re-establish full capacity. of the ClubPresident andClubCaptain, Branch President andDirector ofLifesaving. Arequest must be Director ofLifesaving nolater thanSeptember 1st oftherelevant year andhave the signedendorsement requirements withinalifesaving agreement. service Sucharequest must bemadeinwriting to theSLSNSW In specialcircumstances clubs/services may request consideration ofan exemption/alteration tospecified Special Exemption/Alteration Requests Date: 20 Section: LS3Obligations &Standards LS3.1 LIFESAVING SERVICE AGREEMENTS/ REFERENCE | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 CONTRACTS Page: 3of LS3.2 LIFESAVING SERVICE REQUIREMENTS (minimum) Section:LS3 Obligations & Standards Page: 1 of 2 Date: 20th September 2016
PURPOSE To outline the lifesaving service requirements of Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW). POLICY Lifesaving Regulations Each lifesaving service shall be responsible for patrolling the beach(es) or water areas under its jurisdiction in accordance with their Lifesaving Service Agreement/contract, the SLSNSW Standard Operating Procedures and SLSA Policies. Standards Local operations may set minimum requirements that apply to their local area of operations over and above & LS3. Obligations State and National minimum requirements. No lifesaving service may set minimum requirements beneath the minimums set by State and National bodies (unless endorsed by the SLSNSW Board). PROCEDURE Minimum Lifesaving Season - Surf Life Saving Clubs and Support Operations SLSNSW affiliated Club/Services must provide lifesaving services on Saturdays, Sundays and Public Holidays from the first day of the Spring NSW public school holidays to the last Sunday of the Autumn NSW public school holidays (or ANZAC Day if it falls after and is endorsed by the NSW Board). The specific dates for the each season are dated in the individual Lifesaving Service Agreements. Clubs are encouraged to operate over and above the minimum requirements of the official patrol season where local conditions and visitations demand and should confirm the best means to achieve this within their Lifesaving Services Agreement and Patrol Operations Manual. Any alterations to a lesser minimum patrol season must be authorised by the SLSNSW Board. Extensions beyond the minimum patrol season must be authorised by the SLSNSW Board. Minimum Lifesaving Season – Lifeguard Services Lifeguard services seasons are stipulated with each individual contract schedule. These vary from contract to contract, however all effort is made to ensure that times patrolled by volunteer lifesavers are consistent with that of lifeguard services. Any alterations to the lifeguard contracted time must be dually authorised by the Lifeguard Manager and the Contractee in writing (unless in an emergency). Lifesaving Operational Times Minimum lifesaving service times are determined by both the local level (i.e. Clubs, Branch/Council) in conjunction with SLSNSW, taking into consideration hazards/risks/beach patronage/recreational activities and prevailing environmental conditions etc. The specific times of patrolling for each season shall be listed in the Lifesaving Service Agreement/Contract and may be listed and agreed for a period in extension to 1 year (i.e 3 year). Any reductions to patrol times set within the lifesaving service agreement must be approved by SLSNSW Board. Note: It is pertinent that minimum start and finish times are applied as consistently as possible to all lifesaving services across regions, as it enables these to be advertised to the public and maximise public safety/communication around supervised swimming locations/times.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 | 29 LS3. Obligations & Standards 30 Patrol Operations Manual Lifesaving Agreement Service Operations Manual. SLSNSW minimumsandsuchshouldbereflected intheirspecificLifesaving Agreement Service and Patrol Branches and/or clubs may set minimumpersonnel numberandqualification requirements above the *Note: Theseawardsmaybeheldby the3xBronze holders. • • • • • for theduration ofthebasepatrol. All clubpatrols shallat aminimumhave on-dutythefollowing personnel withthefollowing qualifications, Lifesaving Personnel/Qualifications Date: 20 Section: LS3Obligations &Standards LS3.2 LIFESAVING SERVICE REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE | 1 xSilver MedallionBeachManagement* 1 xARTC (proficient) * 1 xIRBCrew (proficient)* 1 xIRBDriver (proficient)* 3 xBronze (CertII)qualifiedmembers (proficient) STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 (minimum) Page: 2of LS3.3 CLUB PATROL REQUIREMENTS
Section:LS3 Obligations & Standards Page: 1 of 7 Date: 20th September 2016
PURPOSE To outline the minimum types and placement of rescue equipment and lifesaving personnel for general operations. POLICY Lifesaving services must operate one of the three core patrol types. A sub-patrol type must only be established in addition to a core patrol and cannot operate independently of
a core patrol. Standards
There is no definition of a ‘surveillance patrol’ as this is not a recognised patrol type. & LS3. Obligations PROCEDURE Patrol Types The three core patrol types and the three sub-patrol types are:
Core Patrols Sub-Patrols 1. Base Patrol a) Roving Patrol 2. Foul Weather Patrol b) Outpost Patrol c) Satellite Patrol 3. Beach Closed Patrol 1. Base Patrol Definition: A Base Patrol is the core patrolled area for a lifesaving service established at all times and dates as identified in the Lifesaving Service Agreement. A Base Patrol must meet all minimums for personnel and equipment as stated below to be considered ‘beach open’. A Base Patrol may be supported by multiple Sub Patrols to effectively manage the beach operations as identified in the services Patrol Operations Manual. Lifesaving personnel and qualifications (minimum) A volunteer surf club patrol shall consist of the following minimum personnel: • 1x Silver Medallion Basic Beach Management * • 3x Bronze Medallion (Cert II) qualified members • 1x Advanced Resuscitation Techniques (proficient) * • 1x Silver Medallion IRB Driver (proficient) * • 1x IRB Crew (proficient) * *The above qualifications may be held by the 3 x Bronze Medallion members. Where required, the Patrol Captain may be the award holder of any/all of the above minimum requirements. Should a sub patrol be established, the minimums and resources above must be maintained at the Base Patrol. Minimum Equipment Lifesaving equipment shall be functional, available for immediate use (rescue ready) and in position at the scheduled patrol start time and remain on duty throughout the duration of the operational hours.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 | 31 LS3. Obligations & Standards • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PatrollingPrimary Equipment 32 The following gear &equipment items shallbedeployed/available at aminimumfor allSurfLife Saving patrols. Date: 20 Section: LS3Obligations &Standards LS3.3 CLUB PATROL REQUIREMENTS | Access to sunscreen (min:SPF30+) 1 xEmergency evacuation flag (red andwhite 2 xSignalflags(orange with blue stripe) 1 xEmergency Evacuation Alarm (loudhailer 1 xloudhailer/PA system 1 xpairofsignalflags 1 xFirst aidbumbag 1 xPair swim fins 1 xWhistle 1 xSpinalboard 1 xFirst aidkit(includingsharpscontainer) 1 xOxygen Resuscitator kit 1 xDefibrillator (AED) 3 xRescue Tubes 2 xRescue Boards 1 xPair ofbinoculars 1 xPatrol shelter ortent (including sufficient tie 1 xAll-Terrain Vehicle (ATV) or Vehicle (where 3x HandheldRadiosinWaterproof Bags (Patrol 2 xLevel 50SLSA approved lifejackets (PFD) Inflatable Rescue Boat (IRB),including25HP Pair ofBLACK andWHITEquartered flags Pair ofREDandYELLOW Feathered Patrol Flags STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 quartered) applicable) downs/ anchors) applicable) Captain, Patrol Vice-Captain andIRB) outboard motor, fuelbladderandaccessories (surfcraft prohibited signage attached) (base frames optional) th September 2016 2. 1. Process • Optional Patrolling Equipment • • • • • • PatrollingPrimary Resources • • • • PatrollingPrimary Signage Page: 2of7 Should aSub-Patrol berequired, refer to theSub Refer to LSSOP7.1-7.5 Patrol Information Board IRB LogBook Incident LogBook Patrol LogBook (e-copy available) Patrol Captain’s Procedure Guideflipbook Patrol Operations Manual(e-copy available) available) SLSNSW Standard Operating Procedures (e-copy 2 x“BlueBottle”mobilesigns 2 x“Beachclosed”mobilesigns 2 x“Swimming NotAdvised”mobilesigns 2 x“Rescue Craft AccessArea” mobilesigns(IRB/ Patrol sectionin following pages. RWC operating zone) LS3.3 CLUB PATROL REQUIREMENTS
Section:LS3 Obligations & Standards Page: 3 of 7 Date: 20th September 2016
Minimum Equipment a) Red and Yellow Feathered Patrol Flags b) Black and White Chequered Surfcraft Boundary Flags c) 2x Handheld Radios in Waterproof Bags d) Tower or Shade (tent) e) 1x Pair of Binoculars f) 1x Rescue Board g) 1x Rescue Tube h) 1x First Aid Kit Standards Patrol Uniform & LS3. Obligations • Uniform must meet the SLSA minimum standards (SLSA shirt, shorts, quartered cap and peak cap/wide brim hat). Members wishing to wear a jacket on patrol are to wear an approved SLSA jacket. • Consideration of wet weight should be assessed when selecting clothing items for use in an IRB. A rash shirt and/or wet suit is recommended, to be worn in conjunction with a compulsory PFD. Equipment Placement Equipment should be placed as follows: • Patrol flags shall be placed no more than 15 metres from the water at any stage. • Rescue Tubes are to be placed on Rescue Board stand (or on Rescue Board), at the waters edge. They should also be available at the lifesaving base and vehicle. • Rescue Tubes must also be carried on the ATV when on roving patrols. • Rescue Boards are to be placed on the water’s edge in board-stands in the most appropriate area and in the ‘rescue ready’ position. • First Aid Kits, Oxygen Resuscitation Kit, Spinal Board and the Defibrillator Kit are to be kept in the Patrol Area/ATV – easily accessible at all times (this should include splints and other accessories). • Other equipment should be placed with consideration to local operational requirements as set in the service Patrol Operations Manual. • Tent in between flags. • Radios with Patrol Captain and IRB Driver when in operation. Inflatable Rescue Boat (IRB) specific • The IRB should be positioned on the beach near to the water’s edge in such a position that it can be launched & recovered quickly without posing a risk to beach visitors and/or lifesaving personnel. • Rescue Craft Access Signs (2) should be erected either side of the IRB/RWC launching/retrieval area. • Unless necessary IRBs shall be left on a trailer with the stern facing the ocean. If necessary to position the IRB on the sand for a long period of time the trailer should be removed from the beach.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 | 33 LS3. Obligations & Standards 34 Deployed lifesaving equipment layout for aPatrol 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. Process: Minimum Equipment: AsperBasePatrol Minimum Personnel: AsperBasePatrol temporary innature. The purposeofaFoul Weather Patrol isto ensure thewelfare ofthepatrolling members andmay be inclement weather conditions, irrespective ofthesurf conditions. Definition: 2.Foul Weather Patrol Date: 20 Section: LS3Obligations &Standards LS3.3 CLUB PATROL REQUIREMENTS | occurs, alifesaver must beinaposition to provide immediate emergency response. At any point duringaFoul Weather Patrol, publicmay chooseto enter theflagged area. Whenthis the patrol location can bemaintained. identified, all patrolling members may seek refuge inaClubHouse/building where a constant visualof Where anassessment hasbeenconducted ofthepatrolling area andnobeachpatrons have been Patrol Captain doesnotneedto isnow adviseSurfComthat operating theservice a Foul Weather Patrol. operational hours. ready) andinposition at thescheduled timeand remainondutythroughout theduration ofthe All equipment (including Patrol Flags)shouldremain functional, available for immediate use(rescue Patrol Captain to conduct riskassessment to ascertain ifaFoul Weather Patrol issuitable. STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 AFoul Weather Patrol isa‘downgraded’ BasePatrol, operated are whenservices exposed to Page: 4of7 Prohibited Sign Surf Craft LS3.3 CLUB PATROL REQUIREMENTS
Section:LS3 Obligations & Standards Page: 5 of 7 Date: 20th September 2016
3. Beach Closed Patrol Definition: A Beach Closed Patrol is Base Patrol with a closed swimming area. The swimming area may be closed for situations such as dangerous conditions or an emergency. A Beach Closed Patrol includes all minimum personnel and all minimum equipment with the exception of patrol flags. Minimum Personnel: As per Base Patrol Minimum Equipment: As per Base Patrol with patrol and surfcraft boundary flags removed
Process Standards LS3. Obligations & LS3. Obligations 1. Patrol Captain to conduct risk assessment to ascertain if a ‘Beach Closed Patrol’ is suitable. 2. All equipment should remain functional, available for immediate use (rescue ready) and in position at the scheduled time and remain on duty throughout the duration of the operational hours. 3. Patrol Flags and Surfcraft Boundary Flags are to be removed from the beach and/or laid flat on the sand in their current locations to signal to the public that the beach is closed. 4. Mobile warning/hazard signage - “Swimming not advised” signage should be displayed in suitable positions including the area where the patrolled swimming area may have been. 5. Patrol Captain to advise SurfCom that the service is now operating a ‘Beach Closed Patrol’ and why. “SurfCom this is South Narrabeen, be advised we are currently operating a Closed Beach Patrol due to dangerous conditions, over”. 6. Lifesavers should maintain an effective position to provide surveillance of the patrolling area. If a Beach Closed Patrol operates for an extended period, ensure that an effective rotation roster is in place for this duty. 7. During a Beach Closed Patrol, public are to be advised that the swimming area has been closed and for their own safety they should not enter the water. 8. Patrol Captain to conduct risk assessment to ascertain if a ‘Beach Closed Patrol’ is suitable. 9. Patrol Captain to advise SurfCom as soon as the service establishes a “Base Patrol” and the beach is open. E.g. “SurfCom this is South Narrabeen, be advised we are now have an open beach and are no longer operating a Closed Beach Patrol, over”.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 | 35 LS3. Obligations & Standards 36 • • this duty. If anOutpost Patrol operates for anextended period,ensure that aneffective rotation roster isinplace for in area withahighrisk. need for aroving patrol to thesamelocation andmay beestablished duringtimesofhighbeach attendance An Outpost Patrol may beestablished at thediscretion ofthe Patrol Captain. Typically itwill replace the Process Manual to provide surveillance at anarea ofhighrisk. flags, andoperates asan extension oftheBase Patrol, asdefined withintheservices’ Patrol Operations Definition: B. Outpost Patrol • during patrol operations and at thediscretion ofthe Patrol Captain. Any oneoracombination ofthe following Roving Patrols may beestablished aspertheneedsofservice Process: Operations Manual. along thecoastline (vialandorwater) surveying adjacent areas ofwater/beach Patrol asperservices Definition: RovingA. Patrol The following SubPatrols may onlybeimplemented inaddition to aBase Patrol. Sub Patrol Types Date: 20 Section: LS3Obligations &Standards LS3.3 CLUB PATROL REQUIREMENTS | − − − − Minimum Requirements –IRBRoving Patrol − − − − − − − − Minimum requirements –ATV Roving Patrol − − − − Minimum requirements –Foot Patrol STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − − 1x lifejacket for eachperson Radio inwaterproof bag Qualified IRBCrewperson (proficient) Qualified Silver Medallion-IRBDriver (proficient) Adherence to maximum capacity (asperATV owner’s manual) Oxygen Resuscitation Kit Defibrillator First AidKit Rescue tubeandfins Radio +aqua-bag 1x Rescue Board 1x Bronze Medallionmember Basic First AidKit Rescue tubeandfins Radio +aqua-bag 1x Bronze Medallionmember th September 2016 AnOutpost Patrol isestablished at otherareas ofcoastline. Thissubpatrol typehasnopatrol A transient patrol method whereby amobilelifesaving unitsourced from theBasePatrol, travels Page: 6of7 LS3.3 CLUB PATROL REQUIREMENTS
Section:LS3 Obligations & Standards Page: 7 of 7 Date: 20th September 2016
• Minimum Requirements −− 2x Bronze (Cert II) members (proficient) −− 1x Rescue Tube and 1x Board −− First Aid Kit −− 1x Handheld Radio in waterproof bags −− Shade Note: All outpost patrols must be in radio communication with the main patrol at all times. C. Satellite Patrol
Definition: A Satellite Patrol is a sub patrol type with patrol flags, and operates as an extension of the Standards
Base Patrol, as defined within the services’ Patrol Operations Manual to provide surveillance at an area & LS3. Obligations of high risk. A Satellite Patrol may operate almost independently of a Base Patrol due to similar minimum requirements. Process A Satellite Patrol may be established on a needs basis (sunny, high patronage days) – as determined by the Patrol Captain and services Patrol Operations Manual or as a consistent service provision (with minimum patrol dates and times) as stipulated within the services Patrol Operations Manual. Lifesaving personnel and qualifications (minimum) • 2x Bronze Medallion (Cert II) qualified members
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 | 37 LS3. Obligations & Standards 38 SLSNSW Constitution Patrol AuditProgram Lifesaving Agreement Service SLSNSW Guide to dealingwithBreaches ofMinimumLifesaving Standards Refer to SLSNSW Guideto dealing withbreaches ofminimumlifesaving standards Breaches ofMinimumStandards • • • • • • quality assurance measures at club/service/branch/state levels. The following programs/initiatives complement eachotherand facilitate clear expectations and ongoing Framework minimum standards are reached andmaintained consistently. All active patrolling members/clubs/services have anobligation toensure individualandclub/service safety andcredibility perspective. Ensuring itmeets itsminimumobligations isfundamental to SurfLife Saving from apublicsafety, member local government, emergency partners expectations. service andthepublic,minimumservice As providers ofkey publicsafety SLSNSW hasestablished services inpartnership withitsmembership, state/ in NSW. To outlinetheframework regarding delivery, compliance checks andissueresolution for lifesaving services Date: 20 Section: LS3Obligations &Standards LS3.4 MAINTAINING MINIMUMLIFESAVING PURPOSE REFERENCE PROCEDURE POLICY | Surfguard compliance audits(branch andstate delivered) Patrol Audit/InspectionProgram (branch delivered) Annual GearandEquipment Inspections(branch delivered) PatrolClub/Service Operations Manual(POM) SLSNSW Standard Operating Procedures Lifesaving Agreements Service (club/service specific) STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 STANDARDS Page: 1of LS3.5 LIFESAVING SERVICE SHORTAGE
Section:LS3 Obligations & Standards Page: 1 of 1 Date: 20th September 2016
PURPOSE To outline the immediate procedure to mitigate risk when a lifesaving service fails to meet the minimum standards as set in the Lifesaving Service Agreement/Contract. POLICY In the event that a lifesaving service does not have the minimum number of qualified personnel or equipment to establish a patrol, it is vital that immediate action is taken to:
• Meet minimum standards and establish a patrol; Standards
• Mitigate/manage risk as best able in the interim, in order to protect the bathing public. & LS3. Obligations Personnel and equipment (including signage) already on-site shall be actively engaged in surveillance, roving patrols, preventative actions and rescues even though minimum standards are not yet met to open a flagged patrol area. SurfCom shall notify the appropriate Branch Duty Officer/s and local Lifeguard Supervisor/s to assist in coordinating any resources to assist in the short term. Such assistance may include: • Additional personnel from neighbouring lifesaving services; • Support Operations positioned in the area (RWC, Duty Officer); • Lifesaving Service Support/Club Callout Teams being activated. The Branch Director of Lifesaving or ALS Lifeguard Manager shall be notified.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 | 39 LS3. Obligations & Standards Lifesaving Agreement Service 3. 2. 1. If extended hours are agreed: 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. thus theneedto extend may services bewarranted. Ifthisisthecase thefollowing shouldoccur: Given thisriskassessment itmay bedeemeda‘highrisk’to closethepatrolled area andgo ‘off-duty’ and conduct anassessment ofthelevel ofriskpresent. When alifesaving isdueto service finishitsoperations theperson incharge ofthelifesaving should service September may cause thepublicto remain longer at thebeachinafternoon). a minimumandmay needto beextended dependingontheconditions ontheday (i.e.a hotdayvery in account lifesaving operations, weather, timeof year, beachvisitors andthelike. However thesetimes are Lifesaving timesare service allocated basedonan averaged riskmanagement approach which takes into To provide guidancefor lifesaving inextending services theiroperational hours past theirminimumfinishtime. PURPOSE REFERENCE PROCEDURE POLICY 40 Date: 20 Section: LS3Obligations &Standards LS3.6 LIFESAVING SERVICE EXTENSIONOFHOURS | SurfCom shallcontinue to function until the last patrol hasclosed forthe day. decision to complete operations. The lifesaving isto service continue operations andmonitor/evaluate halfanhour every until makinga Bronze Medallionholders, equipment etc). Minimum lifesaving standards shallberequired for thecontinuation ofa patrol (includingthenumberof patrol. Relevant SupportOperations are considered to assist (i.e RWCs) to either complement orsubstitute the required (i.e.Councilifalifeguard patrol). The DutyOfficer/Lifeguard theappropriate shouldnotify Supervisor personnel for anyauthorisation theappropriateSurfCom shallnotify Branch DutyOfficer/s and local Lifeguard Supervisor/s. SurfCom isto becontacted andinformed ofthesituation at least 15miniutes prior to theendofpatrol. requirement to meet minimumlifesaving standards to doso. The Patrol Captain/Senior Lifeguard isto consult team member/s to discussextension ofhours and STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of LS3.7 PATROL/SERVICE AUDIT
Section:LS3 Obligations & Standards Page: 1 of 2 Date: 20th September 2016
PURPOSE To outline the system for auditing lifesaving services. DEFINITIONS Patrol Audit: The standardised process of assessing compliance of patrols/services to lifesaving service agreements and operations policies/procedures. Patrol Auditor: Branch appointed Officer who conducts/delivers Patrol Audits.
Branch: Surf Life Saving body responsible for administration/delivery of Patrol Audit Program Standards
in the Branch. & LS3. Obligations POLICY All lifesaving services shall be ‘audited’ by a Branch appointed ‘Patrol Auditor’, within a Branch administered patrol/service audit program, at least once every 6 weeks of the regular patrol season. Delivery of patrol audits shall abide with the standard SLSNSW Patrol Audit Form/process. Patrols/services must reasonably participate with a patrol audit. SLSNSW may conduct patrol/service audits as it deems appropriate with prior approval of the State Director of Lifesaving and with prior notification to the Branch Director of Lifesaving. Branches may choose to ‘audit’ components/items in addition to the minimum requirements of the SLSNSW Patrol Audit Form/process (as it deems necessary). However these shall be delivered on supplementary Branch forms (not contained within standardised SLSNSW forms or included in any SLSNSW standardised ‘scoring’ system). PROCEDURE Audit Planning/Preparation Prior to the commencement of the patrol season, Branches shall: • Establish a Patrol Audit Team, of appropriately experienced SLS members. • Appoint/endorse the Patrol Auditors as Branch Officers for the season. • Confirm reporting structure to the Branch Director of Lifesaving and identify whether a Patrol Audit Coordinator shall be appointed. • Conduct a briefing/induction with all Patrol Auditors, including issuing appropriate resources and uniform/equipment. • Develop an ‘audit roster’ to ensure appropriate number/spread of audits over the season. • Communicate Patrol Audit process/expectations/information to all clubs/services. • Provide to SLSNSW written confirmation of Patrol Audit preparedness. Audit Delivery Patrol Audits shall be delivered as per the ‘SLSNSW Patrol Audit Guide’ and shall utilise the standardised forms. Patrol Auditors shall wear uniform to identify them as Branch Patrol Auditors. Should ‘excessive’ patrol/service activity (public safety focused) at the time of an audit (significantly heavy workload/rescues) mean that an audit may compromise effective beach management (create an
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 | 41 LS3. Obligations & Standards Officer orDirector of Lifesaving (directly orviaSurfCom). Should noactionbeundertaken to remedy theissue, Patrol Auditor eitherthe shallnotify Branch Duty unacceptable riskto thepublicormembers, the Patrol Auditor shallinform thePatrol/Service Captain. Should thePatrol Auditor witnessany clearbreaches oflifesaving standards, whichare creating immediate shall beattributed 80%ofthe water-based points automatically, roundedup tothe point).next achieved for theland-basedcomponents (i.e. If80%ofland-basedpoints are achieved, thepatrol/service In bothabove cases apatrol/service shallbeattributed thesame%ofpoints for the water components as cancel in-water components andland-basedonlyactivitiesshallbeundertaken. beach beingclosed to thepublicfor swimming) thenthe Patrol/Service Captain (orPatrol Auditor) may Should surfconditions at thetime ofanauditbedeemed toodangerous forin-water activities (must include (i.e equipment/beach setup/uniform etc). Note: ThePatrol Auditor having recorded thedetails, may continue componentsto auditthe asable ‘other’ in components which may delivery. hinderservice unacceptable risk) thenthePatrol/Service Captain (orPatrol Auditor) may reasonably declineparticipation Annual CompliancyCircular SLSNSW Guideto dealingwithbreaches ofminimumlifesaving standards Patrol Auditor –JobDescription SLSNSW Patrol AuditForm SLSNSW Patrol AuditGuide • • • • • • • Audit Reporting REFERENCE 42 Date: 20 Section: LS3Obligations &Standards LS3.7 PATROL/SERVICE AUDIT | with reasonable notice. SLSNSW may request copies ofspecificorallpatrol audit forms if required at any stage over the year, report/spreadsheet inMay asperAnnualCompliancyrequirements. Branch shallsendprogress reports (spreadsheet) to SLSNSW (inNovember, February) andsubmitafinal the ‘audit form’ onfile. Branch shallinputthedate/score/relevant information into acentral spreadsheet and retain a copy of A copy ofthe‘audit form’ shallberetained withthePatrol AuditLogbook. A copy ofthe‘audit form’ shallbesent to Branch within1week ofbeingconducted. of Lifesaving oron-dutyDutyOfficer. Any issuesrequiring immediate supportshallbecommunicated to theDutyOfficerand Branch Director provide feedback/advice asappropriate. Following thecompletion ofan ‘audit’, the Patrol Auditor shall inform the Patrol Captain ofthe result and STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 2of LS3.8 GEAR AND EQUIPMENT INSPECTIONS
Section:LS3 Obligations & Standards Page: 1 of 1 Date: 20th September 2016
PURPOSE To outline the annual gear and equipment inspection program and identify the programs requirements, processes and benefits for all Surf Life Saving clubs, services and support operations. The annual gear and equipment inspection program ensures all Surf Life Saving patrols have sufficient equipment to meet Lifesaving Service Agreement requirements. The program also promotes the management, maintenance and quality of all patrolling gear and equipment, creating a safer working environment for members and enhances rescue capabilities.
POLICY Standards LS3. Obligations & LS3. Obligations All services are required to ensure they maintain a safe environment and meet their responsibilities in regards to gear and equipment inspections. PROCEDURE A circular will be issued by SLSNSW annually and shall be forwarded to the Branches and Clubs outlining the key dates and actions. Each year all volunteer surf lifesaving equipment shall be inspected prior to the commencement of the patrol season by nominated Branch supervisors/inspectors, in accordance with the annual Gear and Equipment Inspection program. All equipment shall be recorded by the ‘inspector’ and labelled with the SLSNSW Gear Inspection Sticker with the annual ‘year’ date on it (as practical, noting that some items of equipment cannot ‘hold’ a sticker – eg. Rescue tubes). Clubs/services shall ensure gear and equipment information is regularly updated in SurfGuard and reviewed/updated prior to commencement of gear and equipment inspections. Clubs should incorporate the gear and equipment inspections process into the general management system for clubs repairs and maintenance programs throughout the season. Supervising bodies (Branch) shall be responsible for ensuring SurfGuard is updated at the completion of the inspections. Gear and equipment that has not passed inspection must be removed from service until it is either repaired to an approved status. REFERENCE Guidelines to Safer Surf Clubs Gear Inspection Information is available from www.surflifesaving.com.au Gear and Equipment Specifications (Lifesaving) Annual Compliancy Circular
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 | 43 LS3. Obligations & Standards 44 Lifesaving Agreement Service Patrol Operations Manual- Template • • • • • • • • • • • At aminimumeachclub/service POMshallinclude: Standard Operating Procedures and communicated to thepatrolling membership. As partofannualseasonplanningthesemanualsshallbereviewed andupdated to (ifnecessary) reflect the Patrol Operations Manualthat issubmitted toSLSNSW aspartofannual compliancy requirements. All SLSNSW clubs/services shallhave developed, implemented andendorsed annually(by Club/Branch) a operations for clubs. management/response plansare essential for appropriate planning/preparation, responseand recovery To outlinethepurposeofPatrol Operations Manuals(POM’s) withinSLSNSW. Specificlocal beach Date: 20 Section: LS3Obligations &Standards LS3.9 PATROL OPERATIONS MANUALS PURPOSE REFERENCE PROCEDURE POLICY | patrolling members. The POMshouldform thebasesfor annualpre-season briefings/inductions with Patrol Captains and key All new/existing Patrol Captains are to beprovided a copy ofthePOM. All new patrolling members are recommended to beprovided acopy ofthePOM. Key contact information, includingemergency callout teams are to be kept up to date inSurfGuard. requirements. POM endorsed by ClubandBranch thensubmitted to SLSNSW aspartofannual compliancy POM reviewed andupdated aspartofannualseasonplanning. (ifnecessary) Standard Operating Procedures – reference ofcurrent SLSNSW Standard Operating Procedures. helicopter landingzones. Emergency Operations Plan–Emergency beachclosure, tsunamiplan,floodemergency rallypoint, Beach Management –Patrol requirements, patrolling types,patrol/club procedures. Hazard/Risk Management –Map,hazard/risk management plan,emergency response areas. Communication –SLS&Emergency Service contacts, radio network information. STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of LS3.10 SLS RESCUE VESSELS
Section:LS3 Obligations & Standards Page: 1 of 1 Date: 20th September 2016
PURPOSE To provide policy and procedure for the function of marine rescue vessels in lifesaving operations in NSW. POLICY Surf Life Saving marine rescue vessels are required to comply with the obligations outlined in the relevant Government Regulations, operating procedures, licensing specifications and Lifesaving Service Agreements. PROCEDURE Standards
A marine rescue vessel is defined as a rescue vessel that operates both short and long range in both & LS3. Obligations surveillance and response operations. Types of SLS Marine Rescue Vessels • Jet Rescue Boat (JRB) • Offshore Rescue Boat (ORB) • Rigid Hull Inflatable Boat (RIB) • Inflatable Rescue Boat (IRB) • Rescue Water Craft (RWC) Scope of Operation – Patrol Season/Patrol Hours A marine rescue vessel shall perform normal rostered patrols on Saturdays, Sundays and Public Holidays within the lifesaving season as outlined in each units Lifesaving Service Agreement and endorsed by the Branch and State. A marine rescue vessel shall patrol, as a minimum, the State (and Branch if in extension to the State) patrol hours as outlined in the units Lifesaving Service Agreement. Scope of Operation – After hours/Out of season Marine rescue vessels shall be on call for response to emergencies 24/7, 365 days a year and be able to be “on-water” within the shortest operation time. REFERENCE Lifesaving Service Agreement
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 | 45 LS3. Obligations & Standards 46 dissemination ofinformation/outcomes toappropriate personnel/services. consistent representation by appropriate personnel, consistent andquality reporting tothese forumsand SLSNSW shall take thelead surflifesaving facilitating role working withbranches/services to ensure sit within3tiers (State, Regional, Local). emergency management arrangements’ andoccurwithin2silos(Emergency Management andRescue) and Forums at whichemergency andstakeholder service partners meet are structured underthe‘state and regional joint-agency committees. EMPLAN (Tsunami, FloodandStorm) supportsconsistent andqualityrepresentation andinputinto thelocal SLSNSW asapeak-body incoastal search/rescue operations, withintheNSW andasa ‘support agency’ rescue committees. To outlinetheprocess for SurfLife Saving representation at local anddistrict emergency management, and PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Date: 20 Section: LS3Obligations &Standards LS3.11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT & | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 RESCUE COMMITTEES Page: 1of LS3.12 NIPPER ACTIVITIES & PATROLS
Section:LS3 Obligations & Standards Page: 1 of 2 Date: 20th September 2016
PURPOSE To outline the SLSNSW requirements for staging nipper activities (including training). ‘Training’ means authorised nipper training conducted in accordance with the SLSA Water Safety Policy. POLICY All clubs shall adhere to the requirements stipulated in this document and additional policies/procedures regarding Nipper activities.
PROCEDURE Standards LS3. Obligations & LS3. Obligations General Nipper Programs and Activities Nippers programs (and like activities) shall adhere to the SLSA Water Safety Policy at all times. Where possible, Nipper activities shall be delivered during the scheduled patrol season and during the hours of a scheduled club patrol. To facilitate any in-water Nippers activities, all minimum patrol requirements must be present where a rostered patrol is not in operation. Should the patrolled area be closed due to dangerous conditions, or for other reasons, no in-water Nipper activities shall take place. Patrol Members Assisting Nipper Activities On-duty lifesaving personnel may be tasked to assist with Nipper water safety only if doing so does not reduce patrol capacity below minimum patrol standards. Should a Nippers program lack sufficient water safety personnel to meet the requirements of the Water Safety Policy, and associated patrol lack additional personnel to assist and still meet minimum patrol standards, then in-water Nipper activities should not proceed. Chain of Command The Patrol Captain shall have internal SLS ‘control’ of all lifesaving activities on the beach including ‘Nippers’. The Nipper Coordinator (person in charge of Nippers on the day) shall have delegated ‘command’ of their water safety delivery requirements – as per the SLSA Water Safety Policy. The Nipper Coordinator and the Patrol Captain should conduct a risk assessment and agree for nipper activities to take place, however the command role is undertaken by the Patrol Captain as necessary and this means that the Patrol Captain has final authority on whether nipper activities can proceed or not. Communication An ongoing line of communication should be maintained between the Patrol Captain and Nipper Coordinator, including a pre-activity briefing. The nipper area shall be in contact with the patrol via radio at all times. Where Nipper activities are being facilitated outside of general patrolling hours, SurfCom shall be notified with communication maintained via radio at all times. Non-Club Based Nipper (or similar) Groups/Programs Non-club based Nipper programs shall hold a club/branch/state endorsed safety plan (endorsed annually) and consistently meet the requirements of the SLSA Water Safety Policy.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 | 47 LS3. Obligations & Standards 48 SLSA Risk Assessment App(iphone andandroid) SLSA Water Safety Policy 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. b) a) 1. Date: 20 Section: LS3Obligations &Standards LS3.12 NIPPERACTIVITIES &PATROLS REFERENCE RESCUE EQUIPMENT: | patrol at alltimes.IfanIRBthat isnotthepatrol IRBisused,itshouldalsobein radio contact. If thepatrol IRBisused(at thedirection ofthe Patrol Captain) thenitshouldbein radio contact withthe should beonthewater rather thanstationary onthebeach. During theactivity rescue equipment must be readily available andoperational. TheIRBand/or RWC OR 2members ifanRWC crew isalsoinattendance. If anRWC isusedfor water safety, theRWC accounts for 1memberofthewater safety ratio, supervision (IRB driver andcrew). If anIRBisusedfor water safety, theIRBaccounts for 2members ofthewater safety ratio supervision It ishighlyrecommended that anIRBorRWC beusedfor water safety (where safe andapplicable). SLSA approved racing boards. ALL equipment listed ontheSLSA approved lifesaving gear andequipment list. Rescue equipment usedfor thepurposesofwater safety must beSLSA approved andcan include: STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 2of REGULATIONS –RESCUEVESSELS STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 LS4 LS4 | 49
LS4. Regulations – Rescue Vessels LS4. Regulations – Rescue Vessels 50 http://www.marinerescuensw.com.au/boating-education/radio-courses NSW Roads andMaritimeServices through alocal MarineRescue NSW Unit. VHF andHFMarineRadioOperators must have alicenceto usetheseradios. Courses can bearranged Radio Licence and Combination” licence,depending on thesize ofthe towing vehicle andtrailer. be aLight,may MediumorHeavy RigidClassoran“ArticulatedThis class. licence driver NSW appropriate maximum recommended weight avehicle can bewhen loaded, therefore crew members are to obtain the licencecoversup to 5tonnes. vehicles A‘Class C’ upto 4.5tonnes gross vehicle mass(GVM). GVM isthe The length ofthetow vehicle andtrailer isconsiderable andalluptheweight oftheboat and trailer can be Drivers Licence(Motor Vehicles) • • • • • Types ofSLSRescue Vessels and response operations. A rescue vessel isdefined asa rescue vessel that operates bothshortandlong range inbothsurveillance with SLSNSW). operations ofthemarine rescue vessel they are operating (including exemptions and arrangements inplace Crew members are required to obtain Federal thenecessary andState Government licencesrelating to the Rescue Vessels All personnel are required to holdtheappropriate licencesinorder to operate powercraft for lifesaving services. To outlinethelicencesrequired for specific roles withinlifesaving services. Date: 20 Section: LS4Regulations - Rescue Vessels LS4.1 ROLE SPECIFIC LICENCES PURPOSE REFERENCE PROCEDURE POLICY | Rescue Water Craft (RWC) Inflatable Rescue Boat (IRB) Rigid HullInflatable Boat (RIB) Offshore Rescue Boat (ORB) Jet Rescue Boat (JRB) STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of Form andbeunderthe direct of someonewhoholdsalicence. supervision *Trainee drivers must have theminimumqualification signedoff by anassessoronAssessment Summary JRB –Jet Rescue Boat Driver/Skipper ORB –Offshore Rescue Boat Driver/Skipper IRB –Silver MedallionIRBDriver RWC –Rescue Water Craft for the craft to whichthey are operating. The licence willindicate the relevant vessel: All drivers andoperators ofSLSNSW craft (for strictly SLSNSW activities)shallhold*aSLSNSW Licence RMS Licensing Drivers Award withanupdated expiry date. Members must complete theirRWC proficiency annually. After completion they will be issueda new RWC Annual Renewal/Proficiency 9. 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. The following procedure appliesto amember’s RWC licensing: RWC LicensingProcedure RMS boating licenceandPWC licensemust beobtained from RMS). lifesaving RWCs). UseofPWCs for non-lifesaving activities isnot covered bySLSA licences(a separate Holding aSLSA RWC licenceallows for RWC operation withinlifesaving operations only(onapproved requirements. the vessel underSurfLife Saving Australia (SLSA), SurfLife Saving NSW (SLSNSW) andState regulations/ All personnel operating aSurfLife Saving IRB/RWC must bequalified,endorsed and proficient tooperate Inflatable Rescue Boats (IRBs)and Rescue Water Craft (RWCs). To outlineRoads (RMS)licensing andMaritimeServices requirements for SurfLife Saving Powercraft suchas Section: LS4 LS4.2 POWERCRAFT OPERATOR LICENSING Date: 20 PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Member commences active patrolling. Member issuedRWC Operators Award (asalaminated card); Member completes RWC ofState assessment undersupervision RWC facilitator; State RWC facilitator; Member undertakes section2andadditional ofa training undersupervision Branch RWC trainer and/or Member must maintain theirsignedworkbook asproof ofcompletion of Part 1; ofaStatesupervision RWC facilitator orState IRB Assessor; Member undertakes Part 1ofRWC training (Navigation, preparing for boat operations) under Confirmation granted bySLSNSW; Apply to Branch andSLSNSW to commence training; Application Form); Member must holdtheprerequisites to commence RWC training (seeSupportOperations Member th September 2016 Regulations - Rescue Vessels STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of2 | 51
LS4. Regulations – Rescue Vessels LS4. Regulations – Rescue Vessels 52 complete annualSLSpowercraft proficiency. SLSA RWC course. Additionally, acurrent RMSissuedBoat orPWC licencedoesnotnegate theneed to personal use).Thishowever, doesnotnegate theneedto complete Part OneofRWC training withinthe Members may already holdthegeneral boating licenceandPWC licencethrough RMS(belicensed for Licenses shallbereissued annuallyfollowing proficiencies for allmarine rescue vessel licenseholders. holders shallbe required to carry theirlicenses withthemat alltimeswhen operating marine rescue vessels. Licences willbesent to members by SLSNSW when they achieve their award through SurfGuard. Award response, training). not personal boating activitiesornotdeemedas lifesaving operations (patrolling, emergency is endorsed andisanexemption granted by RMS. This exemption applies tolifesaving activitiesonlyi.e. due to thecomponents ofsuchbeingincludedwiththeSLStraining/assessment structure. Thisprocess SLSNSW RWC andIRBaward holders are notrequired to licenses obtain additionalRMSboating/PWC Support Operations MemberApplication Form Date: 20 Section: LS4Regulations - Rescue Vessels LS4.2 POWERCRAFT OPERATOR LICENSING REFERENCE | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 2of 4. 3. 2. 1. Inspections program. The annualre-registration ofallSurf Rescue vessels through theSLSNSW annualGearand Equipment Annual Re-Registration 4. 3. 2. 1. Registering allnew orsecond handSurfRescue vessels. Registration Procedure –New Vessels registrations and to exercise action disciplinary for any misconduct at any time. NSW Roads (RMS)holdtheright andMaritimeServices to request a report ofallSurfLife Saving vessel Inspections program facilitated by SLSNSW. (SR) Numberthrough SLSNSW andallvessels shall bere-registered through theannualGearandEquipment Surf Life Saving vessels operating inNSW. AllSurfLife Saving vessels must be registered withaSurf Rescue requirements inNSW. Theexemption allows SLSNSW to facilitate anin-house registration program forall NSW Roads (RMS)have andMaritimeServices granted SLSNSW an exemption of general vessel registration Surf Rescue Vessel Registration (RMS),includingall Maritime Services formal exemption requirements. in NSW shalladhere to therequirements ofregulations andlegislation asdirected by NSW Roadsand exemptions have been granted to SLSNSW. AllSurfLife Saving andpersonnelvessels, services operating Saving vessels, andpersonnel. services Dueto thenature ofSurfLife Saving operations, aseriesof formal All boat users andvessels inNSW fall underNSW maritime regulations andlegislation, includingallSurf Life PROCEDURE POLICY Section: LS4 LS4.3 RESCUE VESSEL REGULATIONS/EXEMPTIONS Date: 20 SLSNSW at any time. the inspectiondocument at the Branch office. Note: Theseinspectiondocuments maybeaudited by Where alldetails have beenchecked and confirmed as correct, theinspectors archive afile/copy of correct details. Gear Checklistsfilled Inspection and confirm Surf all Rescue vessels are registered withSLSNSW withthe Branch gear Inspectors cross reference SurfGuard generated checklists withinformation onthepre- relevant lifesaving gear andequipment inspection checklists. to print thesurfrescue vessels pre-filled GearInspectionChecklist Form from SurfGuard withtheother Prior to theannualgear andequipment inspectiontheappointed Branch GearInspectors are required SurfGuard andany changes to thesedetails are communicated to SLSNSW. Vessel owners shallberesponsible for maintaining accurate vessel registration andequipment details in operating the vessel. The entity must enter the vessel details andnew SR registration number into SurfGuard before supplier for registration application tothe vessel. The purchasing SLSNSW entity is to forward thenew vessel registration details tothemanufacturer/ entity in form ofanSLSNSW SR Registration Certificate. SLSNSW will review andrecord thedetails ofthevessel thenprovide theregistration number to the the relevant vessel details required to complete theform. complete aSLSNSW New Vessel Registration Application Form–Themanufacturer/ supplierwill provide Prior to purchasing avessel from amanufacturer/ supplier, thepurchasing SLSNSW entity must th September 2016 Regulations - Rescue Vessels STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of4 | 53
LS4. Regulations – Rescue Vessels LS4. Regulations – Rescue Vessels 54 SLSA Circular andBulletin identified below for furtherspecifications. (Minimum level 50)lifejacket, alsoreferred to asPersonal Flotation Devices (PFD’s). Reference the relevant operating IRBsbothinfrontline lifesaving operations andIRB training must wearanSLSA certified As of1st October 2014,allSurfLife Saving Inflatable Rescue Boat (IRB)personnel (Drivers andCrew) Lifejackets (PFD’s) Surf Rescue Registration NumberExample: SRX1N owner identification code. requires entities to re-register any newly acquired vessel toensure the registration reflectsthe correct identification characters bySLSNSW which areincludedinSurf Rescue registrations. This registration system Each SLSNSW entity (Clubs, Branches, SupportOperations andServices) have beenassignedunique 100mm for Rescue Water Craft (RWC)] ineitherblackor contrasting in colourwiththehullorbackground. gunwales. Theregistration numbers shallbe affixed inblock letters at least 150mmin height [minimumof Each SurfRescue vessel shalldisplay itsregistration numberonbothitsportand starboard forward Registration Numbers to theSLSNSW entity inwhichtheSRis registered to. vessel priorto transaction being completed. Failure to remove SRandSLSbranding may result inapenalty (SR) numberandallassociated SurfLife Saving branding, wording andlogos must beremoved from the 3. 2. 1. Vessel Transfer Procedure (selling/gifting/disposing) 7. 6. 5. Section: LS4 LS4.3 RESCUE VESSEL REGULATIONS/EXEMPTIONS Date: 20 | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Where avessel issold to apartyexternal ofSLSNSW, orisbeingdisposed of, theSurfRescue details from SurfGuard. When thevessel transfer hasbeenacknowledged by SLSNSW, theentity must remove/delete the vessel Transfer ofVessel Registration Form. ofaSurf Rescue vessel theSLSNSW entity shallPrior to complete selling/gifting/disposing anSLSNSW required to complete thevessel transfer procedure below, priorto exchanging thevessel. If anSLSNSW entity hassolda vessel previously registered withSLSNSW theSLSNSW entity willbe submit to SLSNSW. immediately and the entity be will required to complete a New Vessel Registration Application Form and In theevent that aSurfRescue vessel isnotregistered withSLSNSW, SLSNSW must benotified amendments andreturn acopy to SLSNSW. Where vessel details are found to beincorrect, theBranch gear inspector isto make therelevant th September 2016 Regulations - Rescue Vessels Page: 2of4 Section: LS4 LS4.3 RESCUE VESSEL REGULATIONS/EXEMPTIONS Date: 20 A DutyOfficershouldbe tasked to marineincidentevery • Any injury/death caused to amemberofthepublicorlifesaver by any publicpowercraft. sustained• Injury by surflife saving memberfrom asurfrescue powercraft. • Collisionofasurfrescue powercraft withamemberofthepublic causing injury. • Collisionofasurfrescue powercraft withanother vessel causing damage/injury. involvesGenerally a‘MarineIncident’ events where there is: protocols. SeetheMarineIncident Report Policy LS4.4. isaseriousevent andrequiresA ‘MarineIncident’ immediate reporting andadherence to RMSandSLSNSW Marine Incidents Licenses shallbereissued annuallyfollowing proficiencies for allmarine rescue vessel licenseholders. vessels. holders shallberequired to carry theirlicenseswiththemat alltimeswhenoperating marine rescue Licences willbesent to members by SLSNSW whenthey achieve theiraward through SurfGuard. Award lifesaving operations). – patrolling, emergency response, training (notpersonal boating activitiesornotdeemedas endorsed andisanexemption granted by RMS.This exemption applies to lifesaving activitiesonly due to thecomponents ofsuchbeingincludedwiththeSLStraining/assessment structure. Thisprocess is SLSNSW RWC andIRBaward holders are notrequired to licenses obtain additionalRMSboating/PWC Form andbeunderthedirect ofsomeonewhoholdsalicence. supervision *Trainee drivers must have theminimumqualification signedoff byanassessoronAssessment Summary JRB –Jet Rescue Boat Driver/Skipper ORB –Offshore Rescue Boat Driver/Skipper IRB –Silver MedallionIRBDriver RWC –Rescue Water Craft Licence for thecraft to whichthey are operating. Thelicencewillindicate the relevant vessel: All drivers andoperators ofSLSNSW rescue vessels (for strictly SLSNSW activities)shallhold*aSLSNSW Licensing ofDrivers/Operators th September 2016 Regulations - Rescue Vessels STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 3of4
| 55
LS4. Regulations – Rescue Vessels LS4. Regulations – Rescue Vessels 56 SLSA Circular 66/13-14Lifejacket Suppliers List -IRBOperations andCompetition SLSA Bulletin 03/13-14Mandatory Wearing ofCertified Lifejackets inIRBs- Lifesaving andCompetition SLSA Powercraft CodeofConduct RMS Vessel Incident Report SLSA Incident Report Log SLSNSW WitnessStatement Form SLSNSW Transfer ofVessel Registration Form SLSNSW New Vessel Registration Application Form • • Section: LS4 LS4.3 RESCUE VESSEL REGULATIONS/EXEMPTIONS Date: 20 SPEED REFERENCE | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 of ariskassessment approach shallalways berequired. Adherence to thevessel operating procedures (SOPs), Powercraft CodeofConductandtheapplication in water except for when required for lifesaving activities (patrolling, emergency response, and training). SLS vessels shalladhere to state regulations regarding speedanddistance to other vessels andpersons th September 2016 Regulations - Rescue Vessels Page: 4of RMS Vessel Incident Report A SLSDutyOfficershould attend marineincidents. into theIncident Report Database andacopy oftheIncident Report Logcommunicated to SLSNSW. Notification toSLSNSW canbedone immediately viathe Branch Director of Lifesaving with a report completed RMS must benotifiedusingtheRMS VesselIncident Form (available from SLSNSW andRMS websites). occurring. property, includingavessel, costing more than$5,000are to incident reported to RMSwithin48hoursthe of within 48hours oftheincident occurring.Allincidents involving afatality, and/or seriousinjury damage to All incidents andinjurieswhere apowercraft hasbeeninvolved must be reported to SLSNSW andRMS available itmay beprudent for lifesavers to make areport. the vessels involved and/or thePolice orRMSofficeronscene.If PoliceoranRMSofficerisnotimmediately Where nolifesaving personnel orpowercraft are involved the responsibility primarily falls to theskipperof • • • • Definition of which requires “anincident” immediate reporting toSLSNSW reviewing procedure inlinewithourrequirements asanemergency service. It isessential that any incidents involving SurfLife Saving resources follow the correct reporting and Surf Life Saving work closelywithandwithintheRMSscope ofmanagement/responsibility. (RMS) requirements. Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) hasanobligation to comply withthe relevant Roads andMaritimeServices To outlineregulations for marine rescue vessels inNSW. Date: 20 Section: LS4Regulations - Rescue Vessels LS4.4 VESSEL INCIDENTREPORTING (RMS) PROCEDURE REFERENCE PURPOSE POLICY Any injury/death caused to amemberofthepublicorlifesaver by any publicpowercraft. sustainedInjury by surflife saving memberfrom asurfrescue powercraft. Collision ofasurfrescue powercraft withamemberofthepublic causing injury. Collision ofasurfrescue powercraft withanother vessel causing damage/injury. th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of | 57
LS4. Regulations – Rescue Vessels LS4. Regulations – Rescue Vessels 58 craft/vessels are exempt onlyifperforming a rescue. All vessels must stay 500mfrom shore and60mclearofany lifesaver/lifeguard patrolled areas. Lifesaving • • Other vessels must (ifexceeding 10knots)stay: • • • • PWCs (excluding SLSRWCs includedinlifesaving operations) exceeding 10knots,must stay: undertaking rescues orsurfrescue training orpatrolling. The following regulations donoapply to SurfLife Saving Powercraft that are operated forthepurposeof this area. least 60meithersideand/or at least 500mfrom shore unlessrequired to respond to anemergency within Rescue Vessels shallnotoperate, launchorbeachwithinadesignated patrolled area andmust remain at Rescue vessels poseahazard dueto size, weight andspeedofthevessel. this policy. SLSNSW iscommitted to safe operations and requires all personnel to follow the requirements listed in designated red andyellow patrol flagged areas. To outlineSurfLife Saving NSW (SLSNSW) policywithregards to marinerescue vessel useinandaround PURPOSE RMS REGULATIONS – PUBLIC (NON SLS) VESSELS SLSNSW EXEMPTIONS PROCEDURE POLICY Section: LS4 LS4.5 RESCUE VESSEL OPERATIONS CLOSE TO Date: 20 | 60m from any person inwater, iftowing anaqua-planer (skier/wakeboard/tube) 30m from any person/object/vessel inwater 30m from theshore/river bank/structures 30m from any othervessel 60m from any non-powered vessel under4m 60m from any person inthewater STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 FLAGGED AREAS
Regulations - Rescue Vessels
PW
C EX C
CL USION USION
SURF Z
ZO
PW NE
C EX C
ONE
CL
60m USION USION
Page: 1of
500m
ZO NE 60m SLSA Powercraft Manual SLSA Surf Store/Signage is minimisedto any in-water patrons asbest able/appropriate. In emergency situations marine rescue vessels may be exempted from this requirement butshallensure risk to launchingorbeachingthevessel. Drivers/operators/skippers shallensure thebeacharea andimmediate water area isclearofpatrons prior designated areas demarcated by specific‘Rescue Craft Access Area’ hazards signs. Vessels shallbepositionedonthebeachin andshalllaunchbeachwithinpre-determined‘standby’ and beachingcreates asituation where the vessel may have alowered level of control. Marine Rescue Vessels are ahazard dueto theirsize, weight, speedandacombination thereof. Launching marine rescue vessels. Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) require additionalsafety considerations whenlaunchingandbeaching rescue vessels onbeaches. To outlinetheprocedure for ensuringpublicsafety launchingandbeachingofmarine duringpositioning, Date: 20 Section: LS4Regulations - Rescue Vessels LS4.6 RESCUE VESSEL LAUNCHING & PURPOSE REFERENCE PROCEDURE POLICY th September 2016 BEACHING ZONES STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of | 59
LS4. Regulations – Rescue Vessels LS4. Regulations – Rescue Vessels 60 following shallapply: If inthecourse oflifesaving dutiespersonnel are required to operate close to marinemammalsthe Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) expects allpersonnel to adhere to theguidelinesbelow. To provide guidanceregarding operating close to marinemammals. Section: LS4 LS4.7 WHALE&DOLPHINREGULATIONS Date: 20 PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY • • • BOW RIDING • • • NO APPROACH ZONE • • • CAUTION ZONE REQUIREMENTS | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 If there isaneedto stop gradually reduce speed. When animalsare bow ridingdonotchange course orspeedsuddenly Do notdeliberately encourage bow riding Do notapproach from therear of travel No waiting infront ofdirection Do notenter animals are stranded Do notenter caution zone if Maximum of3vessels No Wake Speed th September 2016 Regulations - Rescue Vessels • WITHIN • BETWEEN DISTANCE TO AWHALE 100 metres 100 and300metres Page: 1of2 • WITHIN • BETWEEN DISTANCE TO ADOLPHIN 50 metres 50 and100metres All assistance issubject to signofffrom the Patrol Captain/Head Lifeguard &IRB/RWC Driver. • • • • Lifesaving may Services assist with: threatening emergency. entanglement operations butshallmaintain a100m(whale), or50m(dolphin)distance, unless inalife Lifesaving may services provide inwater safety supportto other agencies/vessels involved in relevant insurances. operations (i.esharknet entanglement) asthisisnotalifesaving activityand outside ofSOPs falls and Lifesaving personnel, vessels and/or equipment shallnotdirectly undertake animal/mammaldisentanglement Roads andMaritimeServices NSW National Parks andWildlife Service Section: LS4 LS4.7 WHALE&DOLPHINREGULATIONS Date: 20 REFERENCE Use ofNSW SurfLife Saving radio for communication Advice onlaunchlocations –beachentry and/or boat ramps NPWS boats into thesurfzone andwithinitial reconnaissance ofanimal National Parks andWildlife (NPWS) officers Service withtheir vehicles (eg ATV) to tow NPWS trailers/boats th September 2016 Regulations - Rescue Vessels STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of | 61
LS4. Regulations – Rescue Vessels
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 GEAR &EQUIPMENT LS5 LS5 | 63
LS6. Radio Communications LS5. Gear & Equipment 64 guidelines andbecarried outin consultation withthemanufacturer ordealer. Any modifications including rollbars carry racks and storage containers must adhere tomanufacturer’s • • • • • • • • • • • • • equipment duringoperational times: All vehicles assignedto patrol/response dutiesare recommended to the carry following lifesaving Rescue Equipment all times. Vehicles operating on-beachshallminimisespeedandoperate withheadlights andhazard lights on at infringements, includingduringemergencies. registrations, speed,seat-belts, red-lights, parking).Lifesaving vehicles are not exempt from any finesand shall abideat alltimeswithspeedlimits andall relevant laws and regulations relating to vehicles(including Surf Life Saving isnotrecognised by theState Rescue Board ofNSW asanaccredited rescue unitsovehicles • • • they holdthefollowing driver qualifications. Lifesavers/Lifeguards required to drive aspartoftheirpatrolling dutieswillonlybepermitted todosoif (patrolling/emergency response). Lifesaving vehicles are defined asmotor vehicles (excluding ATV) that are used for lifesaving operations To provide aminimumstandard by whichlifesaving vehicles shallbemanaged. Date: 20 Section: LS5Gear&Equipment LS5.1 LIFESAVING VEHICLES (4WD) PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY | Tire pressure gauge Snatch straps Compressor Reverse Beepers Torch/spot-light Jumper Leads Loud Hailer/PA System Spinal Equipment & Stretcher Radio Rescue Tube +Fins Rescue Board Oxygen Resuscitation Equipment +AEDFirst AidKit Surf Life Saving branding/magnets Vehicle induction(specific tothat vehicle). Appropriate lifesaving qualifications forthe patrol/response task. Driver’s license(Provisional orOpen). STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of3 SLSA Brandbox (Branding guidelines) (including speed/parking). Use offlashinglights doesnot exempt lifesaving from services any laws,regulations and by-laws lights orawarning device (siren). public roads. For thepurposeofclarification, SurfLife Saving cannotutiliseblueorblue/red combination of The useofflashinglights shouldbe restricted to on-beach patrolling/emergencies andshallnotbeusedon lights shallnotbeusedby lifesaving vehicles). SLScolours shouldbered andamber. Flashing lights shallmeet therelevant state laws/restrictions regarding useand colours (Note: red andblue Use offlashinglights shallbe restricted to dedicated lifesaving vehicles (notprivate vehicles). Flashing Lights of service. When thevehicle isbeingdisposed,allsurflifesaving branding andequipment must beremoved at theend such asDutyOfficer Patrols orEmergency ResponseCallouts. Surf Rescue/Lifeguard Magnets shallbeutilisedonlybyapproved personnel duringlifesaving operations, Permanently branded lifesaving vehicles shallonlybeoperated by approved personnel for approved duties. Vehicle Branding &SurfRescue/Lifeguard Magnets Date: 20 Section: LS5Gear&Equipment LS5.1 LIFESAVING VEHICLES (4WD) REFERENCE E L the craft forthecorrect sticker dimensions. recommended thatalocalsignwritermeasure will dependonthemodelofvehicle.Itis The sizeof4WDvehiclebranding stickers - SURFRESCUE/LIFEGUARDstickers - Checkered red andyellowstickers - SLSlogo stickers: There are three partsfor4WDvehiclebranding 4Wd IFESAVING QUIPMENT
Checkered stickers v sL brand/logo ehicle idno./registration th September 2016
807 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of3
SURF RESCUE SURF RESCUE | 16 65
LS5. Gear & Equipment LS5. Gear & Equipment 66 Date: 20 Section: LS5Gear&Equipment LS5.1 LIFESAVING VEHICLES (4WD) | the craft forthe correct sticker dimensions. recommended thatalocalsignwritermeasure will dependonthemodelofvehicle.Itis The sizeof4WDvehiclebranding stickers - SURFRESCUE/LIFEGUARDstickers - Checkered red andyellowstickers - SLSlogo stickers: There are three partsfor4WDvehiclebranding 4Wd E L STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 IFESAVING QUIPMENT
Checkered stickers v sL brand/logo ehicle idno./registration th September 2016
SURF RESCUE Page: 3of
SURF RESCUE 17 All on-dutyATVs shallcarry thefollowing lifesaving equipment andhold thefollowing safety items: Rescue Equipment All ATVs must beconditionally registered at the RMSannually. Registration should bered andambercombinations. Ifusingasinglelight, the colour shouldbeonlyamber. Flashing lights andheadlights shouldbeturnedonwhenever ‘underway’. Ifusingtwo lights, thecolours Passengers shouldnotexceed maximums set withintheATV owner/operator manual. ATVs shallminimisespeedandoperate withheadlights onat alltimes. within theselimits. It istheoperator’s responsibility to evaluate theenvironment to determine asafe andappropriate speed populated areas andbetween the red andyellow flagsis5km/h. The ATV shouldnotexceed 20km/hundernormaloperating conditions. Thespeedlimit forheavily Local government and/or state regulations in relation tospeedmust beadhered to atalltimes. opportunity. ATVs are notexempt from any finesandinfringements, includingduringemergencies. (including registration, speed,seat-belts, red-lights andparking).Speedshouldbeminimised at every ATVs shallabideat alltimeswithspeedlimitsand relevant laws and regulations relating to vehicles incident. of ‘quads’ forfeits coverage by theassociation’s insurance policy for any member/club/service involved inan Single Seat (QuadBikes) are nolonger to beusedby clubs/members for SurfLife Saving operations. Any use www.sls.com.au. All ATVs are to meet SLSA gear andequipment specifications. Thesespecifications areoutlined at: Operational Policy capable ofquicklyresponding to emergencies bothinsideandoutsideoftheirpatrolled area. Side by SideAllTerrain Vehicles (ATVs) enablesuitably qualifiedlifesaving personnel to bemore mobileand Introduction • All ATV drivers must: • • All ATV drivers must beat least 17years ofage and: To outlinerequirements for Sideby SideATVs inlifesaving operations. Date: 20 Section: LS5Gear&Equipment LS5.2 ALLTERRAINVEHICLES -ATV (SIDE BY SIDE) PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Be inducted intheoperation ofthespecific ATV byanominated club/service officer. Be afinancialSurfLife Saving memberoremployed lifeguard (onactive duty). Hold acurrent andproficient driver’s licence(provisional oropen); th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of2 | 67
LS5. Gear & Equipment LS5. Gear & Equipment 68 guidelines andbecarried outinconsultation withthemanufacturer ordealer. Any modifications including rollbars, carry racks and storage containers must adhere tomanufacturer’s No SLSVehicle ispermitted to have/use asiren. • • • • • • • Manufacturers guidelines SLSA Brandbox (Branding guidelines) SLSA Approved GearandEquipment Manual This policycan beobtained through theSLSA Members Portal. Branding for allSurfLife Saving ATVs shallcomply withtheSLSA Equipment andUniform Branding Policy. Vehicle Branding Date: 20 Section: LS5Gear&Equipment LS5.2 ALLTERRAINVEHICLES -ATV (SIDE BY SIDE) REFERENCE | ATV must have sidedoors/barriers Flashing light (shallactivate whenever ATV ismoving) Reverse beepers (shallactivate whenever in reverse) Loud Hailer/PA system Radio Rescue tube + fins Rescue board RESCUE/LIFEGUARD branding. the craft. Theselogosmustnotobscure theSURF Sponsor ormanufacturer logos can appearon sticker dimensions. local signwritermeasure thecraft forthecorrect on themodelofATV. Itisrecommended thata The sizeofATV branding stickers willdepend - SURFRESCUEorLIFEGUARDstickers - Checkered red andyellowstickers - SLSlogo There are three partsforATV branding stickers: all t E L STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 IFESAVING QUIPMENT
Checkered stickers sL brand/logo atv errain v th sponsorname/logo September 2016
SURF RESCUE ehicle (atv
)
SURF RESCUE
SURF RESCUE
SURF RESCUE Page: 2of
SURF RESCUE
SURF RESCUE 9 Safety signage (andflags)shallnot have any form ofsign-writingor content otherthanthe requirements of Presentation ofon-beachsignage. isanimportant partofthe‘impact’ annual gear andequipment inspectionsandpatrol logbook. Lifesaving personnel services shallreport ontheavailability &condition ofallbeachsignage through their message boards are erected at theappropriate accesspoints and/or hazard locations. Lifesaving personnel services that have direct responsibility for on-beachsignage shallensure that signsand On-Beach (mobile)Signage information at additionalspecific sites. Signage shouldprovide appropriate information at point ofentry and reinforces specificmessages and Location 3. 2. 1. Signage systems provide important messages to thepublic.Thesemessages fall into three categories: severity ofincidents intheaquatic environment. Signage serves animportant partoftheoverall education program whichaims to reduce thenumberand 4. 3. 2. 1. To provide anoverview ofbeachsafety signage for lifesaving services. Date: 20 Section: LS5Gear&Equipment LS5.3 WATER SAFETY SIGNAGE PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Prohibition Warning Information Type Prohibition Warning Information been provided. shallonlyutilise‘prohibition’SLS services signage where theappropriate delegated authorityhas hard-plastic variety. Any existing metal mobilebeachsignage shouldbe replaced through natural attrition withthe above whensignage isnotthat ofSurfLife Saving. All SurfLife Saving personnel shallactively promote theuseofsignage systems to be compliant withthe (3rd Edition) andAustralian/New Zealand Standard 2416. All BeachSignage andFlagsshallbeaspertheNational Aquatic & Recreational Signage StyleManual th September 2016 are prohibited. Indicate that certain activities a hazardous environment exists. potentially dangerous situation or Warn thepublicofadanger, a information, location, etc. Indicate direction orgive general Function STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of3 No dogs Swimming notadvised Patrolled area to north Example
| 69
LS5. Gear & Equipment LS5. Gear & Equipment 70 Swimming notadvisedisthe Poles should beconstructed ofanonhazardous material that limitsimpactofinjury. Signs shouldbemadeofplastic material andany metal signage shouldbe replaced by natural attrition. must beendorsed by SLSNSW. ASNZ2416 andSLSA/SLSNSW policies/requirements. Allforms flag-basesandflags ofsign-writing/signage, should beused(yellow diamond). prohibition signage (red circle/white background) shouldbeused,but signagerather warning/advisory hasdelegatedUnless aservice authorityandsupportinglegislation to enforce a prohibition, nomobile Mobile (Patrol) Prohibition/Warning Signage strongadvised (e.g. currents, dangerous rips anddangerous surf). with descriptive text relating totheidentified hazard leading tothe recommendation that swimmingisnot appropriate publiccoastal riskassessment). However the‘swimming not advised’signmay bedisplayed signage andshouldrather feature withinappropriate permanent accesssignage (asrecommended by an access points. Thespecific ‘strong currents’ hazard signshould generally notbeused for mobile warning The ‘swimming notadvised’signshouldbeused to warn ofstrong currents/rips at high-risklocations and Mobile (Patrol) Warning/Hazard Signage Nolifesavingboth adiamondandtriangleoption. shallutilise‘triangle’ service warning symbols. Lifesaving shallusetheexisting Services diamondshaped warning symbols/signs. The standard provides Diamond vs Triangle Warning Signs Date: 20 Section: LS5Gear&Equipment LS5.3 WATER SAFETY SIGNAGE Swimming notadvised | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 preferred sign th September 2016 *NB To bephasedoutthrough natural attrition Strong Currents Prohibition Signage to bephased out through natural attrition. Page: 2of3 Australian/New Zealand Standard 2416:2010.1,2&3-Water Safety SignsandBeachSafety Flags National Aquatic & Recreational Signage StyleManual (3rd Edition) ensuring a‘path’ iskept clearofpatrons andtheirbelongings. onto/off the beachand/or from the patrol base to the waters edge. Orange cones can be effective in On particularbeachesand/or at particulartimesof year, it maybeprudent todemarcate vehicleaccess ATV/Vehicle BeachAccess the designated area andcan becomplemented by ‘orange cones’ asdeemednecessary. and beachingareas for powercraft (RWC, IRBs).Signage shallbeplaced at the water’s edge oneithersideof All lifesaving shallutiliseaset of2‘rescue services craft access’signs todemarcate designated launching Rescue Craft AccessSignage Date: 20 Section: LS5Gear&Equipment LS5.3 WATER SAFETY SIGNAGE REFERENCE th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 3of | 71
LS5. Gear & Equipment LS5. Gear & Equipment 72 delegated authorityandsupportinglegislation to prohibit the activity. (figure 4).Theuseofthesurfcraft prohibition sign(figure 5)shouldonly beused servicewhere the has common example ofthiswould betheuse ofadirectional ‘surfcraft’ information signontheflag pole flags.Thismayboundary be through the placement onthe ‘flag pole’ ofsigns or ‘polebase’. Themost SLS alsoendorses theuseofsurfcraft directional or probation signs tobeusedin conjunctionwith surfcraft Display ofsurfcraft signage withblack/white flags ‘feathers’ shallrequire SLSNSW approval. surfcraft exclusion zones where have SLSservices delegated authority. Implementation ofblack/white Lifesaving shallutilisetheblackandwhite quartered Services flag(with optional feather) toindicate Black andWhite Quartered Flag+Feather (surfcraft boundary) can better ensure they continue swimming‘between theflags’. The ‘feather‘ alsoenhancespublicidentification ofthe patrolled area frominthe water –so that thepublic Augmentation’) asits standard for indicating the patrolled swimming zone atbeaches. Lifesaving shallutilisethe Services red and yellow patrol flagwiththe redand yellow feather (‘BeachFlag Red andYellow Patrol Flag+Feather (augmentation) To outlinewater safety flag requirements for lifesaving services. Date: 20 Section: LS5Gear&Equipment LS5.4 WATER SAFETY FLAGS PURPOSE POLICY | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 2416:2010.2) Signage (asshown inA/NZS Figure 4–Surfcraft Directional Page: 1of2 2416:2010.2) Signage (asshown inA/NZS Figure 5–Surfcraft Prohibition Table 1-Flagsapproved for useby Lifesaving inNSW. Services Date: 20 Section: LS5Gear&Equipment LS5.4 WATER SAFETY FLAGS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 th September 2016
PATROL FLAG CLUBHOUSE FLAG –FEATHER SURFCRAFT BOUNDARY BOUNDARY FLAG SURFCRAFT FEATHER PATROL FLAG – PATROL FLAG EVACUATION FLAG EMERGENCY SIGNAL FLAG STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of emergency. leave thewater because ofan To that signify peopleshould Emergency evacuation. lifesavers. toservices signalother Pair offlagsused by lifesaving fly ifpatrolled area isopen. active Shallonly on-dutyservice. clubhouse/tower to an signify Single flagflown from flag. boundary only withrectangular surfcraft flown Additional ‘feather’ water craft. for useofsurfboards andother ofazone,boundary designated To azone, signify orthe zone orboundary. surfboard andother water craft Pair offlagsused to demarcate a with rectangular patrol flag. flown only Additional ‘feather’ zone whichhasapatrol on-duty. swimming andbodyboarding Pair offlags a to signify | 73
LS5. Gear & Equipment LS5. Gear & Equipment 74 • • • • • • A first aid room should: to besupported ormoved by stretcher orwheelchair. The location andsize ofthe room shouldalloweasy accessandmovement ofinjured peoplewhomay need 10. 9. 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. The following items shouldbeprovided intheroom: The contents ofafirst aid room shouldsuitthehazards that are specific tothe workplace. First Aid/Medical Room: For anexample oftheequipment list, refer to www.safeworkaustralia.gov.au Example ofContents for aFirst AidKit. The document can befound at: www.safeworkaustralia.gov.au Workplace, CodeOfPractice.” SLSNSW first aidequipment requirements are generated from the“Safe Work Australia, First Aidinthe lifesaving operations. To provide guidancerelating to the requirements for first aid/emergency care equipment for Date: 20 Section: LS5Gear&Equipment LS5.5 FIRST AIDEQUIPMENT PURPOSE POLICY | Have anentrance that isclearlymarked withfirst aidsignage. Have anappropriate floorarea (14square metres asaguide). Be well litandventilated. Be easilyaccessibleto emergency (minimumdoorwidthof1metre services for stretcher access). Offer privacy viascreening ora door. and toilet facilities. Be located withineasy accessto asinkwithhotandcold water (where this isnotprovided intheroom) Achairandatable ordesk Electric power points A bowl orbucket (minimumtwo litres capacity) A container for thesafe disposalofsharps A container withdisposableliningfor soiledwaste A cupboard for storage An examination lampwithmagnifier An examination bedwith waterproof surface anddisposablesheets Hygienic handcleanseranddisposablepapertowels A first aidkitorsuppliesappropriate for the workplace STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of2 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • An oxygen resuscitation kitshould contain the following items asaminimum: Equipment Requirement Guidelines All oxygen resuscitation equipment shouldmeet SLSA andSLSNSW standards. All personnel required to useoxygen resuscitation equipment shouldbeappropriately trained andqualified. To establish appropriate requirements for theprovision ofoxygen resuscitation equipment. Date: 20 Section: LS5Gear&Equipment LS5.6 OXYGEN RESUSCITATION EQUIPMENT PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Coloured Chalk Manual suctionunit Penlight torch Spare stocks ofoxygen masks andtubingetc Rescue sheet (spaceblanket) Disposable Gloves (2pairs) Pen andNotebook (To record patient details) 3 xOrpharyngeal Airways inVarious Sizes 2 xSpare SealingWashers (Stored inawatertight container) − − − 2 xOxygen Tubing 1 xCylinderKey Wheel/Lever (Permanently attached withchain/rope to interior of casing) 2 xTherapy Masks –ChildandAdult(Sterile packaged) 2 xResuscitation Masks –ChildandAdult(Sterile packaged) 1 xBVM (BagValve Mask) − − 1 xAustralian Standard Regulator size1 xStandard medical oxygen ‘C’ cylinder − − − − − 5mm indiameter 2m inlength Soft plastic gas contents gauge Three (3)settings; 8L/min,15L/min,Off th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of2 | 75
LS5. Gear & Equipment LS5. Gear & Equipment 76 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. Disposable Bag-valve-masks are recommended (disposedofafter use). equipment to minimisethechanceofspreading diseaseorinfections. After having carried out resuscitation withanairbag resuscitator itis important very tocleanallthe Cleaning preferably duringnon-peaktimes(winter months), andall consumable equipment checked for expiry. A qualifiedoperator shouldcloselycheckequipment. The oxygen regulator annually, shouldbeserviced Technical (external) Servicing • • • • • The carry case/bag for oxygen resuscitation equipment must be: Case/Bag Carry Date: 20 Section: LS5Gear&Equipment LS5.6 OXYGEN RESUSCITATION EQUIPMENT | Operate allfeatures after before drying storage. They shouldthenberinsedanddried(not indirect sunlight). Refer to SLSA Policy. Then soakallpartsinasolutionof at 10% bleach for at least two minutes. Wash reservoir valve (bagonly)and oxygen reservoir insoapy water andrinseinfresh runningwater. Disassemble rear valve, wash inwarm soapy water, rinseinfresh runningwater andre-assemble. Wash airbaginwarm soapy water, rinseinfresh runningwater andassemble. and assemble. Disassemble patient valve, wash insoapy water to remove allsolids,rinseinfresh running water Oxygen therapy masks, regurgitation valves and resuscitation tubingshouldbediscarded after use. Be aswater resistant aspossibledependant onmaterial/s used. the cylinder; Able to safely secure anoxygen cylinder(eitherinternally orexternally) to prevent movement of Able to accommodate equipment allthenecessary inasafe andorderly manner; Of non-corrosive material; Of durable material, sturdy indesignandableto protect contents from damage; STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 2of
SLSA Approved GearandEquipment Manual • • • • • • • • An AEDKitmust contain thefollowing items asaminimum: Equipment (patrol tent etc). is located withotherfirst response equipment (on/in rescue vehicle etc) or at a common accessiblelocation Due to thenature ofcardiac arrest andtheimportance of“time to first that shock”itisnecessary theAED All NSW SLSCsare to maintain anoperational AED at alltimes. Deployment defibrillator equipment shouldmeet SLSA standards. All personnel required to usedefibrillator equipment shouldbeappropriately trained andqualified.All To establish theappropriate requirements for theprovision ofdefibrillators. Date: 20 Section: LS5Gear&Equipment LS5.7 A PURPOSE REFERENCE PROCEDURE POLICY Water-resistant carry case (waterproof pelican-type case preferred) resuscitation kits) Disposable gloves andresuscitation mask(unlessincludedwiththeaccompanying first aidor oxygen Disposable razor Clothing shears (for cuttingheavy clothing/wetsuits) Non-alcohol wipes Small towel (for chest) drying Pen andpaper AED (SLSA Endorsed) andAEDPads th September 2016 UTOMATIC E XTERNAL STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 D Page: 1of EFIBRILLATORS (AED) | 77
LS5. Gear & Equipment LS5. Gear & Equipment 78 • • • • Approval considerations willinclude: A set numberofunits(inhalers) will beapproved for aclub/service. Lifesaving Manager, Education Manager andManager Australian Lifeguard (NSW). Services Approval willbesubjectto thereview oftheapplication by a panelmadeupoftheDirector ofLifesaving, the application before SLSNSW can review theapplication. mustClubs/Services forward completed application form to Branch for endorsement. Branch must endorse and club/service capacity to dosoeffectively. Methoxyflurane’ form outliningtheirdesire to obtain andadminister methoxyflurane andthe proven need Clubs/services seekingto holdmethoxyflurane must complete a‘SLSNSW Application to Stock Approval to holdMethoxyflurane Goods Regulation by theNSW Department ofHealth. by SLSNSW andinaccordance andSLSA, withtheauthorityissuedunder Poisons andTherapeutic in thecourse oftheirdutiesasamemberoremployee ofSLSNSW, inaccordance withtheprotocols issued Methoxyflurane is to beadministered by anauthorisedperson, only for thepurposeofemergency first aid Authorised Personnel methoxyflurane dispensedfrom anapproved inhaler. The painmanagement medicine approved for useby NSW Lifesavers andLifeguards isrestricted to Pain Management MedicineType storage requirements. andauditing/reporting Department ofHealthregulations andSLSNSW approval –specifically related toneed,supply, training, The provision for clubs/services to holdpain management medicine requires adherence to strict NSW Introduction areas where there isproven need. away. Theadministration ofbasicpainmanagement medicine can add value provisionto service insome Some oftheseincidents occurat relatively isolated locations where paramedic assistance canbesometime Lifesavers/Lifeguards are often primary responders to emergencies where apatient isinsignificant pain. Background To outlineSLSNSW policy&procedure for methoxyflurane useinlifesaving operations. Date: 20 Section: LS5Gear&Equipment LS5.8 METHOXYFLURANE PURPOSE POLICY | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Personnel qualifiedintheadministration of methoxyflurane. High incident numbers andfrequency ofneed. the provision ofmethoxyflurane effective. Club patrol membership size –whether theclub/service holdsasufficient numberof personnel tomake response may time to ambulanceservices notbeeligible to holdmethoxyflurane. Distance/average response –aclub/service time withinaclosedistance/to ambulanceservices th September 2016 Page: 1of4 A copy ofthe‘ A ‘ drug whenreleased for patrol dutiesandalsologdruguse(incident) and resupply. methoxyflurane andutilised bythe patrol/service captain (whoholdsthe key) to ‘sign-outandsign-in’the A ‘ drug. Acopy isprovided for handover to Ambulance. A ‘ Reporting (forms/documents) resulted intheuseofstock. Orders following theinitial(first time)supply must be accompanied with a copy oftheincident logwhich to SLSNSW. Approved clubs/services shallsubmitapurchase request ontheapproved ‘Order Form for Methoxyflurane’ approved clubs/services withSLSNSW astheonlysupplyagent. In accordance withtheNSW Department ofHealthauthoritythesupplymethoxyflurane shallbe to Methoxyflurane Supply person’s records. service every two years anddocumentary evidence ofre-accreditation retained by SLSNSW intheauthorised Authorised persons are to bere-accredited to thesatisfaction oftheSLSNSW Director ofLifesaving atleast Note: Equivalent (non-SLS)first aidqualifications willbe recognised. • • Additional Requirements • • • Holder of: SLSNSW memberoremployee (current/financial) Conditions ofAuthorisation suffering aninjury: the following requirements isauthorisedto administer methoxyflurane for initialpain relief inpersons of thePoisons andTherapeutic Goods Regulation 2008)onlyaSLSNSW memberoremployee whomeets Under theprovisions ofclause166thePoisons andTherapeutic Goods Regulation 2002,(now clause170 Training/Personnel Requirements Date: 20 Section: LS5Gear&Equipment LS5.8 METHOXYFLURANE the ‘ retained for twelve months. Records relating to theadministration anddisposition (receipt andsupply)of methoxyflurane are tobe Methoxyflurane’. A copy oftherelevant ‘ replenish itsstocks ofmethoxyflurane. Methoxyflurane Order Form Order Methoxyflurane Form’ Handover Patient Logbook Register Drug First Aid(current) 18 years ofage (minimum) New SouthWales SLSA Certificate in PainManagement orequivalent (current) asendorsed bySurfLife Saving SLSA Certificate inAdvanced Resuscitation Techniques(current) SLSA Certificate inSilver MedallionAdvanced First Aid(current) Methoxyflurane Order Form Order Methoxyflurane th September 2016 Patient Handover Form Handover Patient incident log incident ’ shallbemaintained withinthelockable storage cabinet withthesupplyof shallbeusedandcompleted by theauthorisedpersonnel administering the ’ shallbesubmitted to SLSNSW by theclub/service wishing to obtain or ’ to SLSNSW. ’ whichgave rise to theneedto replenish stocks shallbeprovided with ’ shallbeprovided to SLSNSW withthe‘Order Form for STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of4 | 79
LS5. Gear & Equipment LS5. Gear & Equipment 80 processes inspection/audit ofclub/service adherence to this SOPandassociated regulations. Branches andthe Australian Lifeguard shallincludeintheirannual ‘Gear Service andEquipment Inspection’ against therequirements ofthisSOPandassociated regulations. SLSNSW (oranauthoritydelegated to by such)shallretain theright to randomly inspectaclub/service generated theneed for additionalsupply. SLSNSW shallreview eachmethoxyflurane order against the required which copy oftheincident log, of suppliesandstorage requirements regularly. audit presentation andinspection at any time.Club Captains shall conduct their own internal checks/audits CaptainClub/Service to maintain internal records ofsupply/use ofmethoxyflurane. Theseare available for the following ways: be regularly audited at intervals ofnotmore thantwo months. Thisshallbecompleted inacombination of In accordance withtheNSW Department ofHealthauthorisedclubs/services holding methoxyflurane shall Audits Where attend Ambulanceservices theincident, request ambulanceservices to disposeofusedampoules. • Damaged ampoules(refrain from transporting damaged ampouleswhichare leaking) • Expired ampoules a disposalcertificate received. Thisincludes: All ampoulescontaining Methoxyflurane requiring disposalmust bedisposed at aChemist orPharmacyand • Empty ampoules per ‘sharps’ requirements. Thisincludes: All used/empty drugampoulesrequiring disposalare to beplacedina‘sharps anddisposedofas container’ Disposal patrol base/club. area andvehicle remain withtheauthorised lifeguard/lifesaver whohassigned thedrugsoutfrom the secure drugsinsolongasthey are stored in alockable secure area ofthevehicle andthekey to that secure A vehicle registered to alifesaving/lifeguard whichisinusefor service, lifesaving duties,may beused to Vehicles witnessed by anotherlifesaver/lifeguard ifat allpossible. The signinginto anoutofthedrugregister shouldbedoneby thelifesaver/lifeguard incharge and lockable storage cabinet. authorised lifesaver/lifeguard, themethoxyflurane must besignedbackinandlocked withinthedesignated lifesaver/lifeguard at alltimes. At the completion ofduties,orwhennotunderthe ofthe direct supervision within the first aidkitorsimilarsolongasit remains underthedirect oftheauthorised supervision During lifesaving dutiesthemethoxyflurane may befrom thedrug register ‘signedout’ andplaced Supervisor. Lifeguard etc). Supervisor Theregister ofkeys/access shallbemaintained by theClubCaptain orLifeguard cabinet isviaakey orelectronic code captain by theauthorisedservice only(ClubCaptain, Patrol Captain, Methoxyflurane shallbe stored inalocked cabinet whichiseitherfixed ornoteasily moved. Access tothe Lifesaver/Lifeguard Sites Storage Date: 20 Section: LS5Gear&Equipment LS5.8 METHOXYFLURANE | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 3of4 Incident Log Patient Handover Form Methoxyflurane Order Form Application to Stock Methoxyflurane Form NSW Department ofHealthAuthorisation (SLSNSW) Poisons andTherapeutic Goods Regulations Act2002 (refer 2008 revision) SLSA Policy 3.12–Pain Management SLSNSW SOP–Administration ofMethoxyflurane • • • In addition: Administration to apatient islimited to6ml/day (or2x3mlampules) can beundertaken from Lifesavers/Lifeguards to ambulance/hospital staff. other medical centres ornoneat all.Methoxyflurane shallonlybeadministered where adirect ‘handover’ Methoxyflurane shallnotbeadministered to any patient who intends to transfer themselves tohospital, regulations/rules. within theSLSA Pain Management Certificate and relevant regulations outlinedinthisSOPand related The administration ofmethoxyflurane byauthorised personnel toa patient shalladhere tothe requirements Administering Medicine(Methoxyflurane) • • • • Should misuse/breach beproven, thefollowing shalloccur: Manager ofAustralian Lifeguard (NSW) (oragent Service delegated to by such). Investigation shallbe conducted bytheDirector ofLifesaving, Lifesaving Manager, Education Manager and immediate suspensionofaclub/service from utilisingmethoxyflurane until an investigation isconcluded. A report ofmisuseorbreach oftheregulations/rules withinthisandassociated documents shall result inthe Misuse/Breach of Requirements Date: 20 Section: LS5Gear&Equipment LS5.8 METHOXYFLURANE REFERENCE possible. signed by theadministering lifesaver/lifeguard andwitnessedby anotherlifesaver/lifeguard, ifat all The nameofthepatient to whomthedrugisadministered shouldalsobe recorded inthedrug register, that the patientmust hasbeenadministered benotifiedduringthe‘hand-over’ methoxyflurane. An Incident Logmust becompleted andsubmitted to SLSNSW. Ambulance/hospital staff (orequivalent) incident log. where methoxyflurane isadministered, witha copy being forwarded to SLSNSW witha copy ofthe Patient Handover Forms shallbemaintained withthemethoxyflurane andused for any/all incidents expulsion from theorganisation may be considered. be suspendedfrom theorganisation for aperiodof2seasons.Dependingonthescale ofmisconduct, Any individual/s proven to have misused thedruginanon-emergency situation shall at aminimum front oftheState Committee. Disciplinary The individual/s involved shallbeimmediately suspendedfrom theorganisation, pendingappearance in Medicine misuseshallbereferred to theNSW Police asacriminalmatter. other painmanagement medicine). The immediate andindefinite from suspensionofClub/Service use/stocking ofmethoxyflurane (or any th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 4of
| 81
LS5. Gear & Equipment LS5. Gear & Equipment 82 the patrol at alltimes. public accessDefibrillator isnot to be considered as patrolling equipment andaDefibrillator must bewith Note: PREshallnotbeconsidered aspartofminimumequipment for patrolling usei.e.theprovision ofa after the event. should begiven to SLSNSW viaanIncident Report Logbeingcompleted andforwarded assoonpossible When any PREisusedinanemergency andthelifesaving are services aware ofitsuse,notification ofthis removed astheresult oftheft. Lifesaving shouldregularly services checkareas where PREexists to ensure they have notbeenusedor inclusion anddissemination ofany records that SLSNSW may keep. Lifesaving that services placeorare advisedoftheplacement ofaform SLSNSW ofPREshouldnotify for All proposed PREinstallations require written approval ofboththe Branch andSLSNSW before proceeding. Most commonly inNSW, PRErefers to aRescue Tube, andpublically Angel accessible Defibrillator Ring, (AED). the provision ofPREshouldbeundertaken inconsultation withthelocal LandManager. should beprovided where orwhentraditional lifesaving are services not available. Any riskassessment on Lifesaving are services encouraged to conduct ariskassessment onwhether PublicRescue Equipment (PRE) To provide guidancerelating to theuseofpubliclyaccessiblelifesaving equipment for publicemergencies. Date: 20 Section: LS5Gear&Equipment LS5.9 PUBLICRESCUE EQUIPMENT (PRE) PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of • • • • • • At thetimeofpublication ofthese Standard Operating Procedures they were as follows: are located ontheSLSA members portal. responsibility to ensure that allpoliciesare followed at alltimes.Themost current versions ofthesepolicies Equipment specifications andpolicies are endorsed bythe National Board of Lifesaving. Allmembers have a To provide guidancerelating to theuseoflifesaving equipment Date: 20 Section: LS5Gear&Equipment LS5.10 SLSA EQUIPMENT POLICIES PURPOSE POLICY IRB Outboard Motor SealingProcess SLSA Equipment and Uniform Branding SLSA Approved GearandEquipment Manual Gear andEquipment Specifications (Lifesaving) New andModified Equipment Use ofSLSA Equipment th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of | 83
LS5. Gear & Equipment
RADIO COMMUNICATIONS STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 LS6 LS6 | 85
LS7. Patrol Operations (General) LS6. Radio Communications 86 • • undertaking lifesaving operations, including: All SLSclubs/services/branches shallmeet theSLSNSW radio/communication requirements when To outlineclub/service radio communications requirements for lifesaving operations in NSW. Date: 20 Section: LS6RadioCommunications LS6.1 RADIOCOMMUNICATIONS • • • • • • • PURPOSE POLICY | radio frequencies. agencies/stakeholders shallrequire written permission to hold,useormonitor SLSNSW partner shall utilise andoperate lifesaving radio equipment andmonitor lifesaving frequencies. External Only approved SLSclub/service officers/personnel (who are currently SLS/ALS members/staff) All SLSradios must meet theminimumSLSNSW radio specifications asoutlinedinthisdocument. coverage mustAll SLSservices becontactable viaradio ifconducting lifesaving operations in regular patrol Only SLSNSW approved, licensedagents/service technicians may orprogram service SLSradios. All SLSradios regularly shallbeserviced by alicensedandSLSNSW endorsed technician/service agent. frequency plan. apply for orimplement frequencies through theACMA for lifesaving operations outside oftheSLSNSW SLS radio frequencies are licensed andmanaged by SLSNSW. No SurfLife Saving inNSW shall service No unapproved frequencies orfrequency changes shallbepermitted withouttheapproval of SLSNSW. Only SLSNSW approved radio frequencies andchannelallocations shallbeprogrammed into SLS radios. shall implement theirown ‘SurfComtype’entity withouttheauthorisation of SLSNSW. communications/coordination centre forlifesaving operations. NoSurf Lifeservice Saving All SurfLife Saving clubs/services inNSW shallutiliseaSLSNSW endorsed SurfCom alternative radio communications networks unlessauthorised bySLSNSW. shallundertakeNo service lifesaving operations onalternative networks or establish their own All SLSclubs/services/branches shallutiliseandoperate withintheSLSNSW approved radio network. − − − STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 − − − Coordinating thoughSLSNSW approved SurfCom’s SLSNSW approved radio frequencies (channels) SLSNSW approved radio equipment (types/models) th September 2016 areas. Page: 1of
Date: 20 Section: LS6RadioCommunications LS6.2 RADIOSPECIFICATIONS 9. 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. Lifesaving Operations: Portable/Handheld: Base-set/Mobile-Set: Definitions To outlineminimumradio specifications forSLS radiosusedin NSW. PURPOSE POLICY ability withintheSLSNSW radio network for lifesaving operations. shallutiliseonly SLS services radios whichmeet the following specifications toensure optimal working agents shallbeactivated onSLS radios. Only those‘special functions’approved by SLSNSW andprovided to endorsed radio suppliers/service SLS clubs/services allradio shallservice equipment regularly, includingfrequency/channel alignment. withauthorisationExternal (nonSLS)services to holdSLSfrequencies shall reapply to SLSNSW annually. no other radios other thanSLSradios shallholdSLSNSW frequencies withoutSLSNSW approval inwriting. No oneotherthanauthorised SLSNSW personnel shallprovide SLSNSW frequencies to other parties, and SLSNSW frequency schedule). (additional frequencies must have SLSNSW written approval andsubsequent records updated onthe SLS radios shallonlyhave theSLSNSW scheduleofradio frequencies/channels programmed into them Only SLSNSW approved radio agents service or program shallbeauthorisedto service SLSradios. must beAustralian typeapproved radios. Radios for lifesaving operations shallbepurchased onlyfrom SLSNSW approved suppliers/dealers and Only SLSNSW approved radio makes ormodelsshallbeutilised for lifesaving operations. th September 2016
Patrolling/Emergency Response/Training/Events/Carnivals Radio unitsused/carried by individuallifesavers/lifeguards Fixed radio unit-usually located intowers/clubs orATV/4WD STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of3 | 87
LS6. Radio Communications LS6. Radio Communications 88 SLSNSW recommends that radios over 12months old are annually. service operate effectively. Club andBranches must ensure that radios are kept inanappropriate condition to sothat services can ensure adherence to licensesandto ensure radio channelsare correctly documented (SLSNSW). persons. Noalterations to radio programming shallbeundertaken withoutSLSNSW authorisation – to only to endorsed radio agents. service They shallnotbeprovided to otherclubs/services orotherbodies/ specifications andallocations. Radio frequenciesschedules aremaintained bySLSNSW and are provided All radios shallbeprogrammed onlyby aSLSNSW endorsed licensedtechnician/agent asperSLSNSW Radio Programming/Frequencies identified and rectifiedso as tonotinhibit lifesaving operations. Testing should commence nolater thanonemonth before the start oftheseason to enableissues to be within theSurfComcoverage area. andSurfComs shouldconduct aseriesofpreseasonClubs/Services radio tests withalllifesaving services Radio Tests operate effectively. SLSNSW recommends that radios over 12months old annually.are service Preseason Club andBranches must ensure that radios are kept inanappropriate condition to sothat services can Preseason RadioTest • • • • • Equipment needsto bechecked for (at aminimum): integrity ofequipment andlifesaving provision. service All radio equipment shallberegularly by aSLSNSW serviced endorsed agent service –to ensure the Radio Servicing/Preventative Maintenance To outlinetherecommended maintenance procedures for SLSradios. Date: 20 Section: LS6RadioCommunications LS6.3 PURPOSE POLICY | Correct CTCSS numberandformat Transmit power levels Battery condition General condition of radio Channel/frequency assignment STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 RADIO EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE & SERVICING Page: 1of
Date: 20 Section: LS6RadioCommunications LS6.4 COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY/ SLSA Policy 6.20-SocialMedia SLSNSW SOP–SocialMedia result for any person(s) found to beresponsible. Any suspected breaches willbetaken seriouslyandSLSNSW willinvestigate. Severe consequences may SLSNSW. sensitive nature) must remain confidential and must notbedisclosedvia anymediumunlessauthorised by who undertake roles inSurfComorasDutyOfficers. Tobeclear, all information (andespecially that ofa Members may to beprivy sensitive information during the course oflifesaving duties,particularlythose Sensitive Information Please refer to theseparate SLSA SocialMediaPolicy. Social Media • • • • • These restrictions include: written communications withoutthewritten authorisation ofSurf Life Saving NewSouth Wales. shallrecord,No individualcluborservice release, publishorstream any SurfLife Saving radio, phoneor lifesaving communications. To outline expectations and restrictions regarding recording, releasing and streaming of PURPOSE REFERENCE POLICY ‘Posting’ orpublishingany‘Posting’ officialsurf life savinglogs/forms onlineorinthemedia. Police/Coroner. Provision ofSurfLife Saving logsorforms to any otherparty(internal/external) –otherthanNSW other party(internal/external). Recording ofany lifesaving operations related phone/mobile communications and/or provision to any Live streaming ofSLSNSW radio frequencies ontheinternet orany intranet system. party (internal orexternal). Recording ofSLSNSW radio frequencies and/or provision ofrecording communications to any other th September 2016 STREAMING STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of | 89
LS6. Radio Communications LS6. Radio Communications 90 Duty Officers Lifeguards (ALS) Club Callsign: ‘SurfCom’–Allradio command centres be usedby andfor allradio communications. To ensure aconsistent andstandardised form ofcommunication across NSW the following call signsare to Date: 20 Section: LS6RadioCommunications LS6.5 RADIOCALLSIGNS “Branch” inthe call-sign. i.eRandwick10 *In someBranches where responsibility may bedividedbetween Councilareas, “Council”may replace *Additional unitsassignednumbers. i.e.“[ClubName]IRB1”andIRB2.” PURPOSE PROCEDURE Duty Officer3(additional) Duty Officer2(additional) Duty Officer(in command) Branch/Regional Position Lifeguard (additional) Supervisor Lifeguard Supervisor Roving Foot/ATV Patrol Lifeguard RWC AreaFlagged (waters-edge) Tower (mobileorfixed) Patrol Base Units IRB* Roving Foot/ATV Patrol AreaFlagged (waters-edge) Tower (mobileorfixed) Patrol Captain orPatrol Base Units | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 [Branch/Council* Name]12 [Branch/Council* Name]11 [Branch/Council* Name]10 Call-sign [Council Name]2 [Council Name]1 [Beach Name]Roving orMobile [Beach Name]SupportSki [Beach Name]Flags [Beach Name]Tower [Beach Name]Lifeguard Call-sign [Club Name]IRB* [Club Name]Roving orMobile [Club Name]Flags [Club Name]Tower [Club Name]Patrol Call-sign Page: 1of3 Helicopter/s SLSNSW Call signsfor RWC willbeassignedaspertheService’s services relevant Lifesaving Agreement. Service Rescue Water Craft (Jet Ski) Services Date: 20 Section: LS6RadioCommunications LS6.5 RADIOCALLSIGNS Police South Coast Westpac Helicopter Sydney Westpac Helicopter Hunter Helicopter Hunter Helicopter Tamworth Helicopter Tamworth Helicopter (Lismore) Northern Region Helicopter (Lismore) Northern Region Helicopter SLSQ SunshineCoast Helicopter SLSQ GoldCoast Helicopter Unit Lifeguard Operations Coordinator Lifeguard Coordinator –SouthernRegion Lifeguard Coordinator –NorthernRegion Lifeguard Manager SLSNSW Lifesaving Staff Lifesaving Manager Director ofLifesaving State DutyOfficer State Position th September 2016 PolAir 1 Lifesaver 23 Lifesaver 21 Westpac 2 Westpac 1 Westpac 4 Westpac 3 Lifesaver 4 Lifesaver 2 Lifesaver 46 Lifesaver 45 Call-sign STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Lifeguard 14 Lifeguard 13 Lifeguard 12 Lifeguard 11 NSW 13 NSW 12 NSW 11 NSW 10 Call-sign Page: 2of3 Continuous | 91
LS6. Radio Communications LS6. Radio Communications 92 Surf Sports Rescue vessels Department Industries ofPrimary -Coastal Surveillance Helicopters Date: 20 Section: LS6RadioCommunications LS6.5 RADIOCALLSIGNS (SEMC) shallusethiscall-sign. *note: AllClub,Branch andState runevents whichhave aSafety Emergency Management Coordinator Safety Emergency Management Coordinator Unit DPI -Helicopter -Zone 7 DPI -Helicopter -Zone 6 DPI -Helicopter -Zone 5 DPI -Helicopter -Zone 4 DPI -Helicopter -Zone 3 DPI -Helicopter -Zone 2 DPI -Helicopter -Zone 1 Unit Ambulance Kiama Offshore Rescue Boat Randwick Offshore Rescue Boat Ballina Jet Rescue Boat Unit | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Rescue 26 Rescue 22,23,24 Helicopter -Zone 7 Helicopter -Zone 6 Helicopter -Zone 5 Helicopter -Zone 4 Helicopter -Zone 3 Helicopter -Zone 2 Helicopter -Zone 1 Call-sign Surf Rescue 50 Surf Rescue 30 Surf Rescue 40 Call-sign (Beach name)Safety Coordinator Call-sign Page: 3of Wollongong Bankstown Date: 20 Section: LS6RadioCommunications LS6.6 RADIOCODES Radio Codes • • • • • • Use ofradio codes isnotmandatory for lifesaving operations, butifused,shalladhere to the following. To outlineSLSNSW endorsed radio codes andtheparameters ofuseinlifesaving operations. PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Code Rescue Rescue Rescue Break Break No Duff Priority 1 Priority 2 Priority 3 If inany doubt services/personnel shouldalways revert to standard English(clear andconcise sentences). implement theiruse. Club/service personnel shouldbeadequately trained/inducted intheuseofcodes shouldthat service SurfCom Operators and DutyOfficers shallbeinducted in‘the code’duringSurfCom training. when on-duty. SurfComs shallbeaware ofradio codes andhave ‘thecode’ immediately available to reference authorisation by SLSNSW. No alternative ‘codes’ shallbeused by lifesaving onSLSNSW frequencies services withoutwritten their useconsistently across (i.eclub). thewholeservice Any wishingto SLSNSW services useradio codes shalladhere to thecodes below andshallimplement
th September 2016 Meaning + call-sign transmissions to indicate urgency Prefix for emergency different transmissions) (should always leave agap after 2 Grouping transmissions together training exercise A real incident underway duringa Urgent task Non-urgent task Routine task STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Further Explanation club to SurfCom. i.e from lifesaver to patrol base/patrol captain orfrom notify/request support. Should prefix every initial‘Priority1’emergency call to is SurfComrequesting your patrol sign-on, over” you. Break break, Copacabana Copacabana patrol this “Avoca E.g. patrol from SurfCom,allcopied thank transmissions together. ‘Break break’ can beusedto group different SurfCom thisisAvoca Beach” “NoDuffNoDuff,E.g. Rescue Rescue Rescue, legit. event. Every is treated transmission as after “NoDuff” is occurringduringatraining exercise orsimulated The term isusedwhenareal ‘NODUFF’ incident serious injuriesorseveral patients. – usuallyinvolves life-threatening situation/rescue or Specific tasking that requires immediate attendance not considered life-threatening. emergency care orto undertake rescue operations but Specific tasking that requires lifeguard to provide administrative, logistics requests. Specific task butisnot considered urgent. May include Page: 1of2
| 93
LS6. Radio Communications LS6. Radio Communications 94 Date: 20 Section: LS6RadioCommunications LS6.6 RADIOCODES Code Radios Secure Sign Off Sign On X 2 1 4 3 5 6 7 8 10 9 12 11 13 14 17 16 15 18 19 | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Meaning Secure radios from publicearshot Ceasing duties(endofshift) Commencing ofduty(start ofshift) Search for submerged patient instructions at (location) On standby andawaiting further On dutyandavailable for tasking Beginning to packuppatrol area On mealbreak use restroom etc Leaving beach,assignedtask or Entering thewater for training (service/equipment) Unavailable to respond to calls Unable to becontacted Search for missingperson inwater undertake rescue Entering water to (man-down) Lifesaver/Lifeguard introuble Mass Rescue CPR Incident Deceased Person Shark Attack Shark Sighting threatening) Undertaking First Aid(non-life Indecent Behaviour Function Undertaking Enforcement Further Explanation be communicated. Prefixing non-urgent butsensitive information to More details required intransmission. state ofreadiness’ and/or arrival at incident site. Used duringincident/callout to indicate ‘elevated end ofshift. The lifeguard commences to packequipment at the When complete –transmits a‘Code1.’ When complete –transmits a‘Code1.’ training. Used whengoing for aswim, undertaking water based timeframe ifpossible.i.e Byron SupportSkiCode7. contactable butcannot respond at that time.Offer a is oraspectoftheservice This code meanstheservice More details required intransmission. (submerged person). “Code X” may berelevant ifconfirmed Provide details, location, e.g. description, etc. give furtherinformation –especiallylocation. or ismissing.Urgent assistance required. Ifpossible Member/staff hasbeeninjured, isinphysical danger More details required intransmission. *Ambulance -Code4:Patient Deceased More details required intransmission. More details required intransmission. More details required intransmission. Page: 2of
Date: 20 Section: LS6RadioCommunications LS6.7 RADIONETWORK FAULT REPORTING FORM 1 Radio Network Maintenance Report Forms Radio Transmission g) f) e) d) c) b) a) The following partsoftheradio network are managed by thefollowing parties: Radio Network Responsibilities time efficient and effective outcome. state. Theresolution of radio problems must beundertaken ina coordinated manner, to achieve themost A fullyoperational and effective radio network isessential tothe provisionof lifesaving services acrossthe radio network issues. To outlinetheprocess androles/responsibilities oflifesaving providers andservice services in resolving FORM 2 Example: “Reading you Strength 3,withInterference over.” PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Radio Network SOPs/Procedures –SLSNSW Radio Frequencies –SLSNSW Radio Network Repeaters/VOIP –SLSNSW SurfCom internet lines –Branches SurfCom phone/fax lines–Branches SurfCom facilities/equipment –Branches Base sets, handheldradios, facility antennas –Clubs/Services/Lifeguards − − − − − − − − Used by SLSNSW to inform technician service ofproblem. Used by Branch/Lifeguard Supervisors to inform State ofproblem. Used by Clubs/Services/Lifeguards to inform Branch/Supervisor ofproblem. network drawings). technicianUsed by service to inform SLSNSW ofwork undertaken (in conjunction with th September 2016 VERY WEAK –STRENGTH 2 FADING –STRENGTH 1 GOOD –STRENGTH 4 WEAK –STRENGTH 3 LOUD –STRENGTH 5 SIGNAL STRENGTH Quality Checks –For useby lifesaving services STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of3 REPORT ONREADABILITY WITH INTERFERENCE UNREADABLE DISTORTED READABLE CLEAR
| 95
LS6. Radio Communications LS6. Radio Communications 96 Radio Fault Reporting –‘Form 1’and‘Form 2’ 7. 6. • • • • 5. 4. 3. NOTE: ONLY THESLSNSW LIFESAVING MANAGER CANENDORSE REPAIRS TO THERADIONETWORK 2. • • • 1. RADIO NETWORK MAINTENANCEPROCEDURE Date: 20 Section: LS6RadioCommunications LS6.7 RADIONETWORK FAULT REPORTING REFERENCE | Lifesaving officer/supervisor service notifiestheir lifesaving service personnel. network records. SLSNSW advises thelifesaving officer/supervisor service of repair/relevant details andupdates its radio Returns “Form 2”+drawings to SLSNSW withinvoice Updates network drawings Completes “Form 2” Notifies SLSNSW of repair [email protected] ProviderService completes work: providerService provides ‘quote’. SLSNSW reviews quote andprovides direction onwhether to progress. radio network drawings. Quote requested for repair. Purchase Order numbersupplied. SLSNSW contacts radio network technician service andprovides “Form 1”anda“Form 2”template + [email protected] or fax 94718001and calls SLSNSW on94718000 The branch officer/lifeguard completes supervisor andsends “Form 1” to officer/lifeguard supervisor. Lifesaving records service theresults oftheseradio checks andcontacts itsappropriate branch/service toand services theNorthandSouth. Lifesaving undertakes service radio checks (onmainandalternative repeater channels)withSurfCom (simplex, mainrepeater channel,andalternative repeater channel). Lifesaving undertakes service radio checks withinitsown area onat least 2handheldsanditsbaseset Alifesaving identifies a service problem withtheir radios: STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 2of3 Date: 20 Section: LS7RadioCommunications LS6.7 RADIONETWORK FAULT REPORTING RADIO NETWORK MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE IDENTIFIED NETWORK ISSUE their Officer/Supervisor and their Officer/Supervisor Updates Network Drawings Lifesaving contacts service informs themofissueand with SurfComand2other SLSNSW Lifesaving Officer patrols. Results recorded. handhelds andbaseset. Radio Checks (asabove) surflifesaving.com.au or Branch sendsForm 1to Fault Discovered -Local service (Simplex,service Main results ofradio checks. SLSNSW at lifesaving@ Supervisor completesSupervisor repeater, Alternative Form 1andcontacts Radio checks within repeater) –Using2 Informs SLSNSW of Completes Form 2 Lifesaving Officer/ network drawings Provides Form 1+ SLSNSW contacts fax at 94718001 result 99718000 Service ProviderService ProviderService ProviderService completes work th at 94718000 September 2014 Lifesaving oftheresult/ service officer forequipment service Officer/Supervisor informsOfficer/Supervisor SLSNSW informs Branch of communications point via cell phone/phonelinks to result/relevant details via Service contactsService relevant IDENTIFIED EQUIP ISSUE Implement contingency NORMAL OPSRETURN radio. Alternatively via SurfCom/Clubs or000 Using DutyOfficer/ CONTIGENCY PLAN relevant details phone +email Supervisor as Supervisor STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 plans Page: 3of through allavailable repeaters. SurfCom informs clubs ofissue Radio checks usingat least 2 Officer/Supervisor Response issue andcompletes Form 1 Fault Discovered -SurfCom SurfCom informs Branch of Service ProviderService Response Radio Checks withclubs SurfCom Response and sendsto branch ResponseService Local Lifesaving radio consoles. State Response via phone/cell KEY | 97
LS6. Radio Communications
PATROL OPERATIONS (GENERAL) STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 LS7 LS7 | 99
LS8. Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS7. Patrol Operations (General) 100 3. 2. 1. The Patrol Captain/Lifeguard shall: Patrol Captain/Lifeguard 15. 14. 13. 12. 11. 10. 9. 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. Beach Operations guidance to personnel regarding expectations. service Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) iscommitted to ensuringaprofessional working environment by providing within theirbeachoperations whilemaintaining alevel quality. ofservice To provide anunderstanding oftheminimumroles andresponsibilities alifesaving shallundertake service Date: 20 Section: LS7Patrol Operations (General) LS7.1 BEACH MANAGEMENT METHODS&ROLES PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Ensure alllifesaving equipment ischecked andprepared before dutywiththeassistance ofothers. Captain/Lifeguard to identify any issues(equipment orother)hazards present. Prior to thecommencement ofdutycheckallprevious logentries andliaisewiththeprevious Patrol CONDUCT ABRIEFING WITHPATROL TEAM –AT THESTART OFEVERY PATROL. Radio channels(SurfCom,patrol) shallbeconstantly monitored. Lifesaving personnel shallpatrol thewater’s edge with a rescue tubewhilst swimmers are inthewater. observation at alltimes. dunes etc) at alltimesduringoperation when swimmers are inthe water and have thebeach area under A lifesaver shallbestationed inanelevated position(mobile tower/facility tower/high point onsand devices whichmay distract attention from duties. Lifesaving personnel assignedto surveillance dutiesshallnotutilisepersonal mobilephonesorother Non lifesaving personnel are notpermitted inalifesaving arena except inanemergency. i.e. Every 20minutes, to minimisefatigue/boredom andensure efficiency. Lifesaving personnel shouldrotate roles onaregular basis–underthedirection ofthe Patrol Captain – Patrolling water’s edge, tower surveillance, roving ATV patrols duties etc. In amultipleperson team situation lifesaving personnel shallbeassigned patrol dutiesand e.g. tasks bottles, needle sticks, branches, floating debris, etc. patrolflagged area. Particular attention shouldbemade to hazardous itemssuchas broken glass, Lifesaving personnel shallensure thebeachisinasafe andcleancondition prior to setting upofthe specific hazards. Appropriate hazard andinformation signage beplaced shall (mobile) at adjacent beachaccess points and identifying the key hazards andinformation. Lifesaving shouldprovide services aninformation sign at themainaccesspoint to thepatrolled area Patrol flags,IRB/RWC/Boards shallbepositionedasclose tothe water’s edge as practical. involved (conditions, personnel, hazards). patrolThe flagged area shouldbeaswide asappropriate to best manage risk,given the various factors surveillance ofandaccessto thepatrolled area andadjacent areas, publiclyidentifiable/accessible. Patrol arenas, tents orbasesshallbebasedinthemost appropriate position to ensure appropriate The patrolled area shallbeunderconsistent surveillance oflifesavers for thefullduration ofthepatrol. Lifesaving personnel shallensure the flagged patrol area islocated inthe safest possiblearea for swimming. | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of2 Position Descriptions 19. 18. 17. 16. 15. 14. 13. 12. 11. 10. 9. 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. Lifesaving personnel service shall: Lifesaving Personnel Services 16. 15. 14. 13. 12. 11. 10. 9. 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. Date: 20 Section: LS7Patrol Operations (General) LS7.1 BEACH MANAGEMENT METHODS&ROLES REFERENCE At alltimesbeunderthe direction ofthe Patrol Captain. Advise ofyour absence, late arrival orearlydeparture ifneeded. and/or due to dangerous conditions etc. Proactively advisemembers ofthepublic that thepatrolled area isclosingi.e. At theendofday Check rescue equipment for damage orbreakages andreport such. Advise Patrol Captain iffeeling fatigued, ill,tired orinjured. Always bepolite andcourteous whendealingwith thepublic. Practice thebasic principlesofsunsafety. Have accessto required PPE. Maintain fluidintake duringoperations, especiallyonhot days. Not leave thepatrol area unlessauthorisedby thePatrol Captain/Lifeguard. Remove theiruniform at thecompletion oftheiroperations/duties. Wear thecorrect patrol uniform duringtheirrostered times. Ensure that board riders patrol donotimposeontheflagged area. them to swim between thered andyellow flags. Warn swimmers entering thewater area outsideoftheflagged ofthedanger andhazards andadvise Proactively encourage swimmers to swim inbetween the red and yellow flags. Ensure alllifesaving equipment iserected inasecure andsafe manner. Sign on/off inthelogbook at start/finish of patrolling operations. Practice thebasicprinciplesofPREVENTION,RECOGNITION, andRESCUE onduty. are alsoutilised. Always carry arescue tubewhenpatrolling thewaters edge. Itisrecommended that awhistle andradio CONDUCT ADEBRIEFWITHPATROL TEAM AT THEENDOFEVERY PATROL. Allocate responsibilities in case ofemergency and/or rescue. Ensure thedelegation of roles/activities tomembers of patrol. Have withthemaradio (handheld)at alltimesduringpatrol andmonitor SurfCom. Make themselves easilyaccessibleto thegeneral publicto answer any general enquiries. Ensure thecorrect recording ofinformation inlogbooks, report forms etc. Ensure Councilordinance signage andmobile hazard andinformation signage are erected (where required). Be aware ofandabideby theLocal Government Act. Co-ordinate any search andrescue situation that may occur. vicinity ofhazards etc. Warning thepublicofdangers, maintaining swimmers between theflags,placingofequipment inthe Ensure that alllifesaving personnel services take apro-active approach to preventative measures i.e. Ensure aproper buffer zone exists between thesurfcraft area andthe swimming area. that willnotbecome harmful to thepublic. Ensure thepositioningoflifesaving equipment inside/outside oftheflagged patrol area isinamanner observation point and/or physical test ofthearea (where permitted). Select (basedontraining) thesafest area ofbeachto erect patrol theflagged area from anelevated th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of | 101
LS7. Patrol Operations (General) LS7. Patrol Operations (General) 102 • • Beach/Surf: • • • • • • • • • • • • General: In areas where area aflagged isestablished the following factors shouldbe considered: Establishing aflagged area and rescue equipment must bemoved withtheriseandfall ofthetide to keep them at the waters edge. Patrol flagsand rescue equipment shallbepositionedasclose tothe water’s edge aspossible.Theflags possible where conditions and resources allow. areaThe flagged shouldbelocated inthesafest area for swimming andshouldbeopenedaswide actions that may have to be taken to ensure publicsafety. most appropriate method andefficient deployment ofequipment andpersonnel inaddition to anyspecific Lifesaving personnel inmost areas are required to determine thesafety oftheselected patrol area andthe To outlinethekey required actionswhenopeningapatrolled area. Date: 20 Section: LS7Patrol Operations (General) LS7.2 OPENINGOFPATROL (Start ofPatrol) PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Prevailing conditions (weather, swell, tide,current). Beach type. Communications systems (access to support/emergency services). Safety andemergency supportoperations. Facilities available to thelifesaving services. Other tasks required ofthelifesaving personnel. The typeandamount ofequipment available. The numberofpersonnel onduty. Potential hazards (i.e. Rocks, suddendrop off, etc). Recreational equipment inuse(slides, toys, inflatables, etc). Type ofactivities. Skill level(s) ofpatrons. Number ofpatrons. Size anddistance ofarea to bepatrolled. | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of2 Date: 20 Section: LS7Patrol Operations (General) LS7.2 OPENINGOFPATROL (Start ofPatrol) SurfCom will call each service inaNorth-Southorder.SurfCom willcall eachservice SurfCom willcontact priorto services the start timelisted intheLifesaving Agreements. Service Patrol Captains/Lifeguards are required to report into aSLSSurfComwhenthey have commence ol. Patrol –SignOnProcedure • Radios: • • Rescue Equipment • • Powercraft: • First AidKits: • Defibrillators: • • • Oxy resuscitation Kits: operability of;power craft, rescue, first aidand resuscitation equipment. All patrolling equipment shallbechecked oneachdeployment, withspecific attention tothe conditionand Captain orLifeguard Supervisor. Any damaged ormissingequipment shallbereported inthelogandcommunicated ASAP to theClub and inworking order. It istheresponsibility ofthePatrol Captain/Lifeguard to ensure that allemergency equipment isinplace Equipment Fully charged andoperational Rescue tubechecks Rescue board checks All-Terrain Vehicle (ATV) checks Inflatable Rescue Boat (IRB)checks Condition and contents check System test andmiscellaneousequipment check Ensure at least 1fullbackup cylinderisavailable Check oxygen cylinderisover ½full; System test andmiscellaneousequipment check th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of | 103
LS7. Patrol Operations (General) LS7. Patrol Operations (General) 104 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • An operational briefing may cover: • • • • • A start ofpatrol briefing should: patrolling/rescue activity. A briefing shouldbe consistently employed on every occasion, regardless ofthepredicted level of In alifeguard situation thismay bedone by theSeniorLifeguard orLifeguard Supervisor. In avolunteer situation thisshouldbe conducted by the Patrol Captain. optimal patrol planningandpreparation. Good beachmanagement requires good communication. Patrol briefing provides an excellent tool for To outlinetheconcept ofa“patrol briefings” and topics to be covered within. Date: 20 Section: LS7Patrol Operations (General) LS7.3 PATROL BRIEFINGS PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Radio communications (SurfCom/Channels). Public image/professionalism expectations. Health andsafety issues(SunSafety, Fluid intake etc). Roster (includingrotations andsubs). Incident contingency plans(based on identified risks, who, what, where, when). Roles andresponsibilities. Beach management positions,flagduties plan(surveillance etc). Identified highrisk groups (rock fishermen, tourists etc). Identified highrisk areas (areas of lateral drift, rips, holes etc). Expected patronage. Current andexpected beach/water/weather conditions. Allocate equipment (radios, asnecessary call-signs etc). Equipment check(asateam ortask personnel). Uniform check(current/meets policy, clean,practicable). Patrol AuditForm. Patrol Operations Manual(POM). Pair upnew/inexperienced personnel withexperienced personnel. Identify any new personnel that may require afullinduction. Utilise visualaids(whiteboards/maps etc). Invite inputandquestions at any stage (open forum). Include alllifesaving personnel. | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of2 Patrol AuditForm Patrol Operations Manual • • • When theincoming lifesaving hasassumedcontrol, service SurfComshouldbeadvisedof: Procedure Date: 20 Section: LS7Patrol Operations (General) LS7.3 PATROL BRIEFINGS PATROL CHANGE OVERS REFERENCE IRB/RWC Status Number ofBronze Holders Beach Status th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of | 105
LS7. Patrol Operations (General) LS7. Patrol Operations (General) An IRBcannot bereported asnon-operational duringthelast 1hourofminimumpatrol times. • • call outresponse underthefollowing conditions: earlier than30minsbefore theminimumclosingtime, to be washed, refuelled andprepared for after hours/ It ispermissiblethat at thediscretion ofthe Patrol Captain for anIRB to be removed from thebeach,no IRB Rescue Ready at Closure ofPatrol patrol hasclosed. maintained by lifesaving personnel (withaccessto rescue equipment) for at least 30min-1hourafter the If beach/water patronage warrants, andpersonnel are available, ofthebeacharea surveillance shouldbe 11. 10. 9. 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. Disestablishing ofaflagged patrol area safe transition from swimming swimming. supervised to unsupervised The closure ofalifesaving patrol service at theendofday requires effective communication toensure a To outlinebest-practice procedure for closingalifesaving patrol service for theday. PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY 106 Date: 20 Section: LS7Patrol Operations (General) LS7.4 CLOSURE OFPATROL (End ofDay) the beachshoulditberequired untile.g. theminimumclosingtimeis reached. Attached to ATV. That theIRB(withdriver andcrew) ismaintained inarescue ready position to enablequick response to minimum closingtimeis reached That theIRBdriver andcrew are inradio contact duringthisprocess andmust bepresent until the consumable/fuel shortages etc). Notify relevant club/service/branch officers/supervisors of anyissues(i.e Equipment damage, Conduct afinalsurveillance sweep ofsurfarea before packingup standby equipment andleaving thebeach. Prepare after-hour/callout response equipment (rescue-ready). Maintain dedicated rescue equipment on-standby whileotherequipment ispacked upfor theday. Maintain surveillance of water by delegated lifesaving personnel whileequipment ispacked upfor theday. Repeat communication ofclosure and warning ofhazards to remaining swimmers if required. Consider aroving patrol to adjacent areas to inform publicofclosure. Utilise in-water lifesaving personnel to inform publicofclosure. swimming for theday. Utilise thepublicannouncerorsimilar to inform swimmers ofclosure and recommend they cease Inform SurfComofclosure orextension. required dueto patronage orconditions. Refer to Lifesaving Agreement Service andidentify whether extended times(above minimumhours) are | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of 5. 4. c) b) a) 3. 2. 1. adhere to thefollowing procedure: Members whoare undertaking lifesaving activities forthepurposeof maintaining orimproving skillsmust b) Training conducted for maintaining theskills oflifesavers in SLSA awards currently held Certificate (i.e.the award isnotcurrently held) cannot beundertaken. If aClosedBeachPatrol isoperating, training ofmembers for theBronze MedallionorSurf Rescue a) Training ofmembers for theBronze Medallion d) c) b) a) For thepurposesofthisSOP, lifesaving activities are separated into the following areas; person responsible andagree onthe training area to beused. of anotheragency (i.e.Councillifeguards), thelifesaving shouldcommunicate service with theappropriate This policyrefers to beachesunderthecontrol ofSurfLife Saving. Shouldthebeachbeunder thecontrol Endorsed surflifesaving competitions/events shall continue tobeguided bythespecific event safety plan. • • • • No inwater lifesaving activityis to beundertaken onclosedbeaches affected bythe following hazards: No inwater junioractivityis to beundertaken onclosedbeaches. constitute aClosedBeach Patrol refer LSSOP4.3. In order to ensure that members have therequired skillsandabilities to safely work insurf conditions that To provide clarityfor lifesaving activitiesthat canbeundertaken duringaClosedBeach Patrol. Date: 20 Section: LS7Patrol Operations (General) LS7.5 PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY this isSouthNarrabeen, be advisedwe are currently conducting board training for the next 2hours,over.” Patrol Captain to advise SurfComthat isconducting theservice training “SurfCom onaClosed Beach. e.g. The relevant training signage shouldbepositioned nearthetraining area IRBondutycan beusedwithapprovalThe services’ from bothPatrol Captain and IRBDriver. respond. The crew ofthewater safety IRBmust bebriefed onthetraining to beundertaken andmust beready to IRB, onstandby aswater safety. If swim orboard rescue training isbeingconducted there isto beaminimumofonefullyoperational Prepare appropriate water safety Patrol Captain to conduct riskassessment to ascertain iftraining issuitable Members must befinancialmembers andbeproficient inthe award (minimum Bronze Medallion). Training conducted for surfsports Training ofmembers for PowerCraft awards Training conducted for maintaining theskillsoflifesavers in SLSA awards currently held Training ofmembers for theBronze Medallion Electrical storms Marine pollution Debris inthewater Dangerous MarineCreatures th September 2016 LIFESAVING ACTIVITIES ON CLOSED BEACHES STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of3 | 107
LS7. Patrol Operations (General) LS7. Patrol Operations (General) 108 1. d) Training conducted for surfsportscompetition 7. 6. 5. 4. b) a) 3. 2. 1. procedure: Members whoare undertaking Powercraft training for new or existing awards must adhere tothe following c) Training ofmembers for Powercraft Awards 7. 6. Date: 20 Section: LS7Patrol Operations (General) LS7.5 Refer to SLSA Water Safety Policy 1.1 At thecompletion oftraining, the Patrol Captain is to adviseSurfComthat training isnow complete. activity. Should conditions orcircumstances change, the Patrol Captain hastheauthority to suspendthetraining this isSouthNarrabeen, beadvisedwe are currently operating IRBtraining for thenext 2hours, over.” Patrol Captain to isconducting adviseSurfComthat training theservice “SurfCom on aClosedBeach.e.g. The relevant training signage shouldbepositionednearthetraining area. and capable ofresponse . cannot beusedfor thetraining. ie.IfoneIRBisonthewater, thenthe second IRBmust beonstandby IRBondutycan beusedwithapprovalThe services’ from bothPatrol Captain andIRBDriver, butit safety IRBmust bebriefed onthetraining to beundertaken andmust beready to respond. There must be a minimum of one fully operational IRB, on standby as water safety. The crew of the water Prepare appropriate water safety. Patrol Captain/Trainer to conduct riskassessment to ascertain iftraining issuitable. Medallion). Members must befinancialmembers andbe proficient inthe prerequisites (minimum Bronze At thecompletion oftraining, the Patrol Captain is to adviseSurfComthat training isnow complete. activity. Should conditions orcircumstances change, the Patrol Captain hastheauthority to suspendthetraining | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 LIFESAVING ACTIVITIES ON CLOSED BEACHES Page: 2of3 Date: 20 Section: LS7Patrol Operations (General) LS7.5 Refer to SLSA Water Safety Policy 1.1 th Sport? September 2016 LIFESAVING ACTIVITIES ON CLOSED BEACHES 2. 1xWater Safety IRB, Driver Training onclosedbeach? Board orSwim Training? Dangerous Conditions? & Crew -onstand by Lifesaving Training? Powercraft Award? Proficient Bronze? 4. AdviseSurfCom 3. PCDecision 1. AssessRisk STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 3of Junior Activities(Nippers) Pollution, Water Debris, IRB, Driver &Crew - 4. AdviseSurfCom 2. 1xWater Safety Dangerous Marine Conduct Training Electrical Storm Animals, Water 3. PCDecision 1. AssessRisk on stand by No training | 109
LS7. Patrol Operations (General) LS7. Patrol Operations (General) 110 • • beaches include: Other factors that needto beconsidered andpromoted to owners andoperators ofvehicles to bedriven on Other factors • • • • • • • • When drivingonbeachesthefollowing conditions/precautions shouldbe taken into consideration: specific to thearea. Beach accessgates, ramps andtracks shouldbesignposted withappropriate drivingrulesandregulations Enter andleave thebeachonlyat ramps anddesignated accesspoints. Beach Access within theselimits. It istheoperator’s responsibility to evaluate theenvironment to determine asafe andappropriate speed populated areas andbetween the red andyellow flagsis5km/h. The ATV shouldnotexceed 20km/hundernormaloperating conditions. Thespeedlimit forheavily Local government and/or state regulations in relation tospeedmust beadhered to atalltimes. On-beach drivingshallbeundertaken at theslowest safe practical operating speed. • • • • Driving onbeachesshouldonlybepermitted: To provide guidelinesfor thesafe management ofvehicular traffic onbeaches. Date: 20 Section: LS7Patrol Operations (General) LS7.6 LIFESAVING VEHICLES ONBEACHES PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Ground clearance; Speed oftravel onbeaches; − − − − Sand tyre pressures: Beware ofwashouts after heavy rains. Be aware offishers andfishinglines. Know your tides,never drive along wave lineonarisingtide. Wet sandnear thewave line may behard butanoddsoftpatch can send you off-course without warning. The best sandvehicles are light. Distractions from other vehicles, water and wave conditions, wildlife, fishers, beachusers and swimmers etc. Poor visibility(sunonsand,seaspray andmist creates disorientation). In anemergency. Where there are noroads runningimmediately adjacent to thebeach. Where thebeachsurface structure supportstheweight ofvehicles. As approved by thelocal regulating authority. | − − − − STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Never drive on roads withthesereduced tyre pressures. most vehicles placethelower limitat 16psi. Finding thecorrect pressure islargely trial&error for aparticular vehicle withaparticularload,but as effectively. It must benoted that tyres deflated to halfnormalpressure won’t respond to braking or steering For beach drivingareduction intyre pressure to 136kpa(18-21psi) is recommended. th September 2016 Page: 1of2
10. 9. 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. • • • • • Accidents and/or injuriesasaresult ofdrivingonbeacheswillbeat thejurisdictionoflaw. Accidents/Injuries 2. 1. The following specificrulesofthe road shallbemet for drivingonbeaches: Rules ofthe“Road” Date: 20 Section: LS7Patrol Operations (General) LS7.6 LIFESAVING VEHICLES ONBEACHES Use indicators whenovertaking orturning. Keep to theleft ofoncoming vehicles. Passengers shouldnotbecarried ontheoutsideofvehicle. Seat beltsmust beworn at alltimes. Vehicles shouldnotbedriven inthedunesystems. Wildlife hastheright ofway over allvehicles. Pedestrians, swimmers andbathers have theright ofway over allvehicles. Headlight andhazards lights shallbeactivated wheninmotion. Driving onthebeachcauses and sandcompaction canaccelerate andrutting, erosion. of native habitats includingbirds, crabs andseaturtles. Driving onbeachesat high tideoronnarrow beaches contributes to general beacherosion anderosion Pedestrians. Other vehicles anddegradation ofthebeach;and Consistency ofthesand; b) a) Drivers must have acurrent andvalid: Vehicles shouldhave acurrent andvalid registration. Onlyapproved vehicles to beused. Permit to drive onabeach(ifrequired). Drivers licensefor thevehicle type,anda; th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of | 111
LS7. Patrol Operations (General) LS7. Patrol Operations (General) 112 • • Advise: • • • • Inform/Educate: • • • • • Communicate 3. 2. 1. stageThe advisory can have three sub-stages: StageAdvisory 3. 2. 1. local regulations: The following outlines aseriesofstages aPatrol Captain/Lifeguard can work through to promote and warnings. The enforcement ofregulations will generally follow a systematic progression orescalation of information regarding by-laws, regulations andprohibitions in order to promote the safety ofpersonnel andthe public. Outside ofadelegated authoritysituation lifesaving may services alsoprovide advice andguidance to the public authority (local government) underthespecifications oftheLocal Government Act. Lifesaving personnel shallberesponsible for enforcement functionsonlyasdelegated by the relevant To provide guidanceinrelation to thepractical enforcement oflocal by-laws/regulations. Date: 20 Section: LS7Patrol Operations (General) LS7.7 REGULATION ENFORCEMENT PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Reinforce what you would like from them asapreferred course of action. Advise theperson that they would be,orare, inbreach ofthese regulations. Advise themofthepreferred course ofaction. Identify theauthorityof regulation –i.e.Local Authority. Explain that theserulesare for thesafety andhealthofall. Explain that thearea issubjectto certain rulesandregulations. Establish arapport Smile Positive bodylanguage Introduce yourself Greet theperson Advise –Provide specificadvice Inform/Educate –Provide information Communicate –Establish communication Reporting Warning Advisory | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of2
• • Reporting: Reporting Stage • • Warning: Warning Stage Date: 20 Section: LS7Patrol Operations (General) LS7.7 REGULATION ENFORCEMENT Record details. Report offence to appropriate authority. Advise themofyour course ofaction. current activity. Advise theperson that they are inbreach oftheregulation andofthepenaltyifthey continue their th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of | 113
LS7. Patrol Operations (General) LS7. Patrol Operations (General) 114 • • • • • Crews Duties be avoided by quickthrottle action.Ifthemarine rescue vessel is forced to steer away, quicklyabortthe tow. If alarge wave astern forces the disabledboat to override the rescue boat itcould prove disastrous. Thiscan tow. Asuitable drogue can bemadefrom abucket orsimilar. If thetow isinafollowing sea,adrogue orseaanchormay needto 20to berigged 30metres astern ofthe line whentowing inswells. Any slacklinemust betaken into avoid fouling thepropeller orjet unit. The towed boats anchorandlinecan beattached inthe tow line to allow ashockabsorber inthe waterline. Ideally thetow lineshouldbeattached aslow aspossible to the waterline ofthe vessel, at thebow. to yaw, thedriver shouldslow down ortheboat may broach, especiallyifthetow point ishighabove the simultaneously andat least oneswell apart.Thetowed boat shouldbeobserved continuously. Ifitbegins In longtows outto seabothboats must be instep, that is, bothboats enter the troughs orcrests The outboard onthevessel shouldbeleft down to allow control ofthedirection ofthe towed vessel. accept thetow andthat themarinerescue vessel willtake allcare butnoresponsibility. Before attempting a tow a verbalagreement shouldbe reachedthat theskipperofotherboat will vessels. Wherever ablepersons shouldbetransferred to thesafety oflandbefore commencing atow. vessel. Thoseonboard should have personal flotation devices andmeansof communicating between If atow isfeasible, thefirst decisioniswhether to leave someorallofthecrew onboard thedisabled Surf Life Saving ispreservation oflife, not recovery ofproperty orsalvage operations vessel isinimminent danger, thenthey shouldbetransferred to therescue vessel. functionof Theprimary of thecrew andthoseaboard thestricken vessel. Ifatow istoo hazardous, andthecrew ofthestricken The decisionto tow anothercraft shouldbe carefully evaluated. Thefirst consideration shouldbethe safety RWCs are at nostage permitted to tow any form of vessel. functionofSurfLifeThe primary Saving ispreservation oflife, not recovery of property orsalvage operations. Lifesaving personnel shouldat nostage attempt to tow another vessel ifitcreates unacceptable risk. Lifesaving personnel shouldonlyattempt to tow another vessel whenthere are people inimmediate danger. To outlinevessel towing protocols. Date: 20 Section: LS7Patrol Operations (General) LS7.8 VESSEL TOWING PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Lay outtow lineonboat deckto ensure no tangles. shackle at pulley. Bridle isloopedaround stern bollards; ensuringpulley andshackleare free andconnect tow lineto − − Rope selection: Remove tow rope andbridlefrom rope locker. Ensure fenders are inplace. | − − STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 A shortrope used for closedquarters and flat conditions (can beshorted even more by sheep-shank). for bigswell, orto abollard ortow point. A longrope ortwo joinedtogether connected to towed vessels anchorline,usingasaspring th September 2016 Page: 1of2 • • • • • • • • • SLSA IRBTowing Policy • • • • • • • Skippers Duties(JRB/ORBDriver Duties) • • • • • Driver Duties Date: 20 Section: LS7Patrol Operations (General) LS7.8 VESSEL TOWING REFERENCE Have aknife ondeckto cutlinefree. then again payed outandtow recommences. In closequarters, i.e.Marina,lineispulledinandanappropriate sized sheepshankplacedinline.Lineis At completion of tow, pulllinein, keeping clearof motors. case ofemergency. As tow commences, monitor towline andvessel, beingready to sever (withknife) thetow linein As driver takes upslack,pay outtheline,ensuringitdoesnotsnagonvessel orcrew, until taunt. Inform skipperallissecure. Ensure person secures towline to anchorbollard, capstan oranchorline. If warranted, usealight throw linefrom eithervessel thenusethisto pulltowline between vessels. Inform skipperthat you are ready to tow. Get particulars from skipperof towed vessel i.e.Name,address, typeof vessel, reason for requiring tow. Advise crew andothervessel ofintention to shorten lineinclosequarters. Oversee towing procedure ensuringsafety ofallinvolved. Inform driver andothervessel when ready to tow. Double checktow lineiscorrect. Ensure othervessel isaware ofyour intentions whilst crew prepares for tow. Plan thetransfer oftow linefrom asafe distance +inform crew ofplannedprocedure. Be aware that the size of the towed vessel is proportional to the amount of momentum when towing ceases. manoeuvring withoutriskofcollision withothervessels. In enclosedorclosequarter conditions, i.e.Marina,thelineshouldbeshortened to allow easy Once linetaut andtowed vessel istrue,speedcan beincreased. On signalmove forward ononemotor at low revolutions to take upslack. and await for signalthat lineissecured. Place boat to thewindward sideof thevessel to betowed, closeenoughfor linesto betransferred safely th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of
| 115
LS7. Patrol Operations (General) LS7. Patrol Operations (General) 116 be maintained inregard to water surveillance/patrolled area. Water safety shouldnotbecompromised inthissituation andminimumlifesaving service standards should • • • • • • procedures listed below: in offensive inappropriate behaviour, orthey believe someone to besuspiciousthey should follow the Where apatron reports someone to lifesaving personnel orlifesaving personnel observe someoneinvolved • • • • • These include,butare notlimited to: Inappropriate behaviour covers numerous activitiesthat occuronbeaches. To outlinetheprotocols for managinginappropriate behaviour. Date: 20 Section: LS7Patrol Operations (General) LS7.9 INAPPROPRIATE BEHAVIOUR BY PUBLIC PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY do so)andremain incontact withtheir patrol baseuntil the Police arrive. Where Police are noton-site lifesaving personnel the suspect(ifsafe (minimumof2)shouldobserve to Contact SurfComfor Police assistance. Take notes from witnesses. Make note oftheperson’s description, location & vehicle. If possiblekeep members ofthepublicaway (i.erestrict accessto area ofbeachorpublictoilets etc). Maintain asafe distance. Public sexual activities Indecent exposure Suspected paedophiles Consumption ofalcohol/drug useonbeaches Theft | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of • • • • • The information that shouldbeprovided includes: SurfCom, whowillthencontact theNSW MaritimeorEnvironment Protection Authority. Witnesses to pollutionbeingdischarged from any vessel ornoticingoilchemical pollution should contact Reporting • • Plus: • Actions onidentifying marinepollution • • • community that includes: In addition to theenvironmental risks associated withmarinepollutionthere isapotential forrisk tothe To provide guidelinesrelating to marinepollutionincidents. Date: 20 Section: LS7Patrol Operations (General) LS7.10 MARINEPOLLUTION PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Any otherrelevant information. Name ofthevessel orothersource. The extent (area covered). The typeofdischarge oradescription oftheproduct. When andwhere thepollutionoccurred. Provide assistance to RMS/DPIOfficers asinstructed. Authority, Department Industries. ofPrimary SurfComand Notify request they contact theEnvironment Protection Agency, National Maritime Safety As per“Emergency BeachClosure.” Marine Algae The potential threat offire or explosion. The healthrisks associated withpotentially poisonous substances. th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of | 117
LS7. Patrol Operations (General) LS7. Patrol Operations (General) 118 contacting aFisheriesNSW Officer as listed above. In thefirst instance theSLSNSW State DutyOfficeris tobe contacted. He/she will be responsible for to riskofinjury. an entrapped animaliswarranted, no actionsshouldbe taken that may expose thepersonnel orthepublic At alltimessafety to lifesaving personnel andthepublicis to be considered thepriority. While concern for following procedures may beapplied: In theevent ofany speciesbeingidentified as caught inashark net whether itbealive the orotherwise Entrapment ofspeciesinsharknets • • • • • In theevent of“rogue” equipment beingidentified the following procedures shallbe followed: particular iftheequipment isinalocation that may present ahazard topeople. Includes, butnotrestricted to, nets, lines,fishing gear, buoys andhooks that have moved from site, in Rogue Equipment future directions of programs. SLSNSW monitors issuesrelating to sharks across the state and consults withFisheriesNSW aboutthe http://www.dpi.nsw.gov.au/fisheries/info/sharksmart. meshing (Bather Protection) Program andSharkSmartbrochure available from theFisheriesNSW website: to Wollongong andapubliceducation program. For more details refer to thePrime fact 147NSW Shark swimmers andsurfers. Theprogram involves usingspeciallydesignednets along51beachesfrom Newcastle Fisheries NSW manages theSharkMeshing(Bather Protection) Program to provide asafer environment for The SharkControl Program • • • This policyaimsto: a sharkmeshingprogram (nets). To provide information relating tothe recognition and reductionof risks associated withbeaches that have Date: 20 Section: LS7Patrol Operations (General) LS7.11 SHARKMESHING PROGRAM PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Record asmuchdetail regarding theequipment aspossible. SurfCom (orsimilar)isto contact theSLSNSW State DutyOfficer, who will callaFisheries NSW Officer. Do notmove orretrieve theequipment. Isolate theequipment from publicaccess/interaction. Follow procedures listed in‘Emergency BeachClosure’. Assist inestablishing riskmanagement procedures. Raise theoverall awareness ofhazard identification andrisk reduction. Help identify existing andpotential healthand safety issues. | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of2 will bedeployed to undertake disentanglement. Note: Live animalscan andhave to killedthepeopletrying release them.Where required atrained team • • • • • following procedures are to befollowed: In rare cases FisheriesNSW may request assistance from SurfLife Saving to identify what isinanet. The http://www.dpi.nsw.gov.au/fisheries/compliance/report-illegal-activity. activities totheFisheries Watch 1800043536orvia website: personnel are encouraged to report any oneseeninterfering withSharkNets andany illegal fishing It isanoffence underthe FisheriesManagement Act1994 to interfere withset fishing gear. Lifesaving Report Interference withSharkNets/Illegal Fishing animal iswarranted, noactionsshouldbe taken that may expose the operators orthe public to riskofinjury. At alltimessafety to lifesaving personnel andthe publicis to be considered thepriority. While concern for the Personal Safety dugongs) SurfComshallcontact theSLSNSW State DutyOfficerwhoshallliaisewithaFisheries NSW Officer. In theevent ofany deceasedanimals/mammals (specifically sharks, turtles,whales,dolphins,sealsand Animals ComingAshore Date: 20 Section: LS7Patrol Operations (General) LS7.11 SHARKMESHING PROGRAM associated withlive animalsandpersonnel entanglement. Lifesaving personnel must notattempt to free live ordeceasedentangled animalsdue to therisks Lifesaving personnel shouldnotswim nearsharknets. involve onlymarinerescue vessels IRBs,RWCs, JRBsorORBs(notin-water swimmers/board paddlers). Only suitably qualified and competent lifesaving personnel shouldparticipate inoperations andshall Maintain asafe distance. Assess risk–onlyifisdeemedlow andacceptable shouldthisactivitybeundertaken. th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of | 119
LS7. Patrol Operations (General) LS7. Patrol Operations (General) 120 Beach attendance =Group Total Ax Total NumberofGroups 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. Grouping Technique Area: Shallbethearea defined patrolling astheprimary area. Attendance: Shallincludethetotal numberofpeopleinthewater andonthebeach. Definitions balances inplacethere shouldbeimproved confidence and faith inthefigures. The technique describedbelow issubjective andisestimate based, however withadditionalchecks and beach visitation figures. Visual scanning techniques utilised for effective water observation canalsobeapplied for estimating on attendance. Lifesaving shouldhave services thesamemethodology andprocedures for andestimating observing beach allocation. An evidence-based approach can beusedto inform decisionsonlifesaving provisioning service andresource and range ofdata collected withregards to beachvisitation. To provide aconsistent formal beachattendance monitoring program to improve the reliability, accuracy Date: 20 Section: LS7Patrol Operations (General) LS7.12 BEACH ATTENDANCE MONITORING PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY attendance figure canbesignificantly affected.. This method isstill subjective andifthe representative groupispoorlyselected the total beach beach attendance. It may beappropriate to estimate onbeach andin water separately andthen combine to give a total Multiply thenumberofbeachusers inthat group by the total numberof groups contained onthebeach. Count thenumberofpeopleinonesuchgroup. During observation, personnel shouldbreak thebeach/water upinto smaller representative groups. | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of2 Date: 20 Section: LS7Patrol Operations (General) LS7.12 BEACH ATTENDANCE MONITORING States Lifesaving Association, New Jersey, USA. Brewster, CB2003,‘Open Water Lifesaving –TheUnited States Lifesaving Association Manual’, United 3.1). Data must becollected andrecorded onPatrol Logsto beentered into SurfGuard within14days (asperSOP times. Thearea to bemonitored shallbethearea primary patrolling specified astheservices area. Beach attendance shallincludethenumberofpeoplein water andonthebeach at eachofthespecified • • • Beach attendance shouldbe collected at the following times(asaminimum): Reporting Beach attendance 918=51x18 Beach attendance =Group Total Ax Total NumberofGroups multiplied outacross the18groups, thisgives andapproximate attendance figure of918people. average representative numberof attendees. Approximately 51 attendees canbe counted in group4.When In Figure 1,thebeachhasbeensplitinto 18groups. Group number4hasbeenselected ashaving an Example Figure 1. REFERENCE Sign Off Mid-Patrol Sign On th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of | 121
LS7. Patrol Operations (General)
PATROL OPERATIONS (EMERGENCY) STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 LS8 LS8 | 123
LS9. Emergency Response System LS8. Patrol Operations (Emergency) 124 considered to beexclusive): The following are specific conditions underwhich ‘closure’ may be considered (thislist shouldnotbe safety tasks. unmanageable riskto the publicorthe lifesaving isunableto service effectively safely perform water Patrol Captains/Lifeguards shouldconsider ‘closure’, at any timethat there isanunacceptable/ closing thepatrolled area (aquatic area) isanappropriate option. Lifesaving personnel service are required to assesstheconditions that present to themanddetermine if the day. their decisionsto closethepatrolled area inasafe andefficient manner at any timeotherthantheendof To assist Patrol Captains/Lifeguards by providing guidelinesto determining theiroptions andactingupon Date: 20 Section: LS8Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8.1 EMERGENCY BEACH CLOSURE PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Other: Chemical/Biological Hazard: Environmental/Weather: Equipment insurf/swimming area buoys, (lines,netting, etc.) Civil disturbance (publicunrest, criminalactivity) Human Hazard: Marine Life: Dangerous SurfConditions: | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 & EVACUATION Suspicious packages Dangerous objectssuchasmunitions Biological agent(s) Oil/Petrol spills Chemical spill High pollutionlevels Tsunami warning Cyclonic conditions Lightning Powercraft hazards Uncontrollable surfcraft infringements Excessive Stingers Sharks Debris Rips/Strong Currents Large Surf Heavily DumpingSurf Page: 1of2
Date: 20 Section: LS8Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8.1 EMERGENCY BEACH CLOSURE 11. 10. 9. 8. 7. 6. 5. re-established underthedirection ofthe Patrol Captain/Senior Lifeguard. Once itisdetermined that itissafe to reopen thebeachthennormalpatrol procedures shouldbe Reopening Procedure • • • Recommended closure periodsinclude: presents arisk. Generally thebeachwill remain closeduntil suchtimeastheidentified hazard is controlled orno longer Closure Periods system isnotavailable ashortblast ofthealarmcan besounded. All Clear/BeachOpen: the water. Emergency evacuation ofapatrolled Area: Alarmissoundedcontinuously until everyone has exited Emergency Evacuation AlarmProcedures 4. 3. 2. 1. Emergency BeachClosure -Procedure Where required liaisewithEmergency Services Anappropriate record shouldbemadeinthepatrol loggivinganoutlineoftheincident. Maintain anactive presence onthebeach to advise/warn public. Maintain minimumpersonnel, qualification andequipment requirements. Continually monitor allareas. Post ‘Swimming NotAdvised’ signsat identified beachaccesspoints andwhere theflagged area was located. Lower andremove thered andyellow patrol flagsandblackwhite surfcraft flags. Chemical/biological hazards –After confirmation fromappropriate authorities thatthe areais safe. Shark sighting &encounters: Refer to LS8.5 Dangerous surfconditions –asdetermined/appropriate. − − Inform everyone ofthefollowing: Activate theEmergency Evacuation Alarm. Inform SurfComthat you are about to closethepatrolled area. Determine ifwater area isto beevacuated. − − Reason for closure. Water area isbeingclosed;and th September 2016 & EVACUATION Announcement ismadeover theloudhailer/PA system. Where anannouncement STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of
| 125
LS8. Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8. Patrol Operations (Emergency) 126 Informants must beretained withthelifesaving for service theduration ofthesearch. In allsearch incidents itisimperative that the following information is collected and recorded onpaper. Information Gathering follow aseriesofescalating procedures to handlelost and found persons. Lifesaving personnel shouldprioritiseinformation gathering before declaring thetypeof responseandthen Prioritising Information Gathering • • • A ‘found person’ iswhere thelifesaving personnel either: reports aperson missing. A ‘lost person’ iswhere afamily member, friendorguardian approaches thelifesaving personnel and Definitions SurfCom isto benotifiedofmissingpersons assoonasituation hasbeenidentified. SLSNSW requires personnel to follow theguidelinesprovided whenalost/missing person isreported. provides someprinciplesonwhichto basearesponse. To ensure lifesaving personnel usecorrect procedures whenamissingperson isreported. Thisguideline Date: 20 Section: LS8Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8.2 LOST/MISSING PERSONS PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY 6 5 4 3 2 1 Serial When amemberofpublicfindsthechild/person andhandsthem over to lifesaving personnel. Comes across someonewhoappears distressed andlost, or; Is approached by amember ofpublicwhohaslost theirgroup; | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 External Agency Coordinated Search: Under Person NotLocated/Advise Police Initial Search Conducted Assistance Requested/Incident Reported Type ofSearch Declared Information Gathering Action Page: 1of2 With otheremergency services Via SurfCom With on-site assets Via SurfCom In-Water orLandBased 0 –2Minutes Details • • • • • • In-water Search Considerations • • • • • • • • • • • In-water Search Response • • • • • following circumstances: An in-water search shouldbedeclared by thePatrol Captain/Senior Lifeguard underthe coordinated andmethodical response by lifesaving personnel. Incidents where persons are missinginthesurforbelieved to bemissinginthesurfrequire animmediate, Declaring anIn-water Search Date: 20 Section: LS8Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8.2 LOST/MISSING PERSONS • • • • • areas i.e.location of car, residence, etc. Reassure parents orcarer andwhere possibleobtain addition details suchasotherpossible search Ensure allresponding unitshave radio communications (excluding swimmers/boards). and/or to theircar (landbasedsearch). Send lifesaving personnel to where themissingpersons towel etc are positionedonthe beach adequately maintained. Remember to maintain management area offlagged orcloseflagged area ifit cannotbe Activate on-scene resources ASAP andinitiate support ASAP.from otherservices Consider current/drift direction (Consider useof ‘dye’). Additional lifesaving services/support operations requested (if required). Emergency supportrequested. service SurfCom informed. In water swimmer positioned at last known location. Water basedsearch withpowercraft. Shoreline search (foot and/or ATV/4WD). Observers from tower withbinoculars (orelevated position). Radio communications. Lifesaving personnel dispatched. Informant retained. Details collected. Personnel missing(dangerous conditions) –last seenin water. Public communicated missinginfant/child (<8)–last seennearthewater. Public communicated missingperson –believed to beinthewater. Public communicated missingperson –last seeninwater. Lifesaving personnel witnessedsubmersion orintheprocess –whileundersurveillance ofrescuing. General Description (size/weight/race) Clothing Sex Age Name th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 • • • • • • Page: 2of clothes/possessions are) Missing persons site onthebeach(where their Swimming ability Likelihood ofbeinginthewater Flotation devices? Activity beingundertaken Location last seen
| 127
LS8. Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8. Patrol Operations (Emergency) 128 • • • • Secondary Information • • • • • • • • • • • SurfCom shouldprovide thisinformation to Ambulance communications. Lifesaving personnel shouldprovide thefollowing information to SurfCom regarding apatient’s condition. Procedure –Patient Reporting Note: Ambulancesshouldberequested viaSurfCom(viaTriple Zero onlyifSurfComisnotavailable). (including SurfComs)shouldaligntheirprocedures to thefollowing: an Ambulanceto anincident. To maximise theeffectiveness and efficiencyof aresponse lifesaving services hasastandardThe AmbulanceService set ofquestions itmust answer before it can respond by sending Good incident management involves correct andconcise collection and communication of information. ofNSW.the AmbulanceService SLSNSW expects lifesaving to services aligntheirprocedures withtheinformation gathering requirements of regarding apatient’s condition. To outlinetheminimuminformation required from by theAmbulanceService lifesaving services/SurfCom Date: 20 Section: LS8Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8.3 REQUESTING ANAMBULANCE PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Did thepatient take any drugsormedication inthepast 12hours? Does thepatient have ahistory ofheartproblems? Is thepatient clammy? Is thepatient changing colour? Update ifpatient condition deteriorates (lossof consciousness,difficulty breathing etc). The best contact number/radio channelto becontacted on. What action/treatment lifesavers are administering. Patient location/access point. Chest Pains? Level ofConsciousness. Breathing Present? Chief Complaint (what istheinjury). (whatMechanism ofInjury happened). Patient Age. Patient Sex. | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of2 http://www.ambulance.nsw.gov.au/Calling-an-Ambulance/Quick-guide-to-calling-an-ambulance.html ofNSW Ambulance Service Remember: Position, Problem, People, Progress INCIDENT REPORTING MATRIX –PATIENT INJURY REFERENCE Date: 20 Section: LS8Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8.3 REQUESTING ANAMBULANCE PROGRESS (if notat surfclub) Closest accesspoint/road Address ofSurfClub? On beach/rocks/water? POSITION • • • • • • • PEOPLE PROBLEM name emergency)+ Callsign/patrol Rescue Rescue Rescue (ifan INFORM SURFCOM (viaradio) ACTION Is thisperson aSLSmember? Chest Pains? Level ofConsciousness Breathing Present? (what is theinjury) Chief Complaint Patient Age Patient Sex th September 2016
patient’s condition deteriorates SurfCom shouldbeupdated ifthe access them? How can emergency best services Where isthepatient located? their condition Outline details ofthepatient and mechanism ofinjury Outline what hashappened– transmissions it above non-emergency emergency andprioritises Identifies your callasan EXPLANATION STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of consciousness, over” advised that ourpatient haslost “SurfCom thisisTaree OldBar, be over” the road to direct theambulance, will bepositionedonthesideof Bar RdandUngala Rd.Alifesaver the SurfClub,at thecorner of Old “Patient hasbeentransported to Patient hasnochest pains, over” the head Patient isbleedingseverely from Patient is conscious Patient isbreathing. “Patient isMale,aged 36yrs old. laceration to theirhead” a surfboard andhassevere who has beenrunover by “SurfCom we have 1patient copy, over?” Taree OldBar, SurfComdoyou “Rescue Rescue Rescue thisis EXAMPLE | 129
LS8. Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8. Patrol Operations (Emergency) 130 available ormost appropriate. Note that thisisonlyahelicopter request andthat asupportresponse by helicopter may notalways be controller for SAR incidents that lifesaving are services involved in). will beunderthecontrol ofAusSAR, rather thantheNSW Police (whoisthenormalcombat agency/incident incident iscoastal. Insuchcases standard joint-operations may continue, however SLSLife Saver helicopters operations. Procedures exist to ensure otherlifesaving are services advisedofsuch–particularlywhere the It isimportant to note that AusSAR may task Life Saver helicopters direct to assist withmajor search support orprovide regarding anadvisory anincident andshallnotcontact basedirectly. theservice Council Lifeguard shalleithercontact services 13SURForNSW Police (000)to request helicopter SAR emergency support. Note: Ifahelicopter isairborneandat alocation may theon-dutyservice contact via radio direct to request request supportorprovide (thisshallonlybeundertaken anadvisory by theState DutyOfficer). Individual members/staff/clubs/services shallnot • • • rescue emergencies inthefollowing ways: Club/branches/ALS Lifeguard may services request rescue helicopter (Life Saver helicopter) supportfor Life Saver Rescue Helicopters • • • Request for Assistance Process 2. 1. Helicopters serve two roles primary inlifesaving operations Scope helicopter support. SLSNSW requires alllifesaving to services follow the provided regarding guidelines requesting To outlineprocedure for requesting helicopter support for lifesaving operations. Date: 20 Section: LS8Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8.4 REQUESTING HELICOPTER SUPPORT PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY SurfCom contacting 13SURF Branch DutyOfficer contacting 13SURF ALS Lifeguard contacting Supervisor 13SURF regardingservices helicopter requests. SurfCom/SDOs shallrecord allcommunications to andfrom lifesaving andtheotheremergency services Advise ofaccessibilityissuesandspecificlocation details. For medical emergencies, helicopters shallberequested by (000). SLSviatheNSW AmbulanceService SLSA Life Saver Rescue Helicopters shallbenotified/requested viathe State Duty Officer(13SURF). Medical response andevacuation In-water/coastal search andrescue | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 directly contact theLife Saver helicopter basesto service Page: 1of 2. 1. with ashark.Theseriskfactors are: While sharks may bepresent at any time the following risk factors may increase theriskofanencounter alertness andanappropriate level ofresponse when these factors are present. Lifesaving shouldbeaware services ofthefollowing riskfactors soasto ensure aheightened senseof Risk Factors Shark Net Shark Incident/Shark Bite Shark Sighting Shark Alarm For thepurposesofthisStandard Operating Procedure the following definitions apply: Definitions great white sharks (alsocalled white pointer orwhite shark). attributed to just three sharktypes.Theseincludewhalersharks (includingbullsharks), tiger sharks and is recognised that notallsharks are dangerous withnearlyallsharkbites inNSW coastal waters being For thepurposesofthisdocument theword sharkisusedinthebroad senseto includeallsharks. It SLSNSW requires lifesaving to services follow provided guidelinesregarding sharksightings/incidents. • • • This guidelineaimsto: lifesaving inmanaginganenvironment services that sharks inhabit. This guidelineisanaidto recognising andreducing risks associated withsharks. Itrecognises therole of Date: 20 Section: LS8Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8.5 SHARKINCIDENTS PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY mouths/estuaries/harbours); Salt water meets fresh water. Often this water isdirty, silt-laden orhasdebrisinit(including river- more active; Twilight hours (duskordawn) and night. Theseare considered astimeswhensharks are typically Assist inestablishing riskmanagement procedures. Raise theoverall awareness ofhazard identification andrisk reduction. Help identify existing andpotential healthand safety issues. th September 2016 councils orNational Parks. Note: Enclosed‘shark netted’ swimming areas are managed by local Shark Meshing(Bather Protection) Program managed by FisheriesNSW. Shark nets are 150mlongnets that are set by contractors aspartofthe by thesame. or property damage where itisapparent that thedamage hasbeencaused Death/injury caused by amarineanimal(whichispresumed to beashark) shark alarm. Where thepresence ofasharkhasbeenconfirmed. Usuallyasa result ofa to confirm theidentity oftheobject. and they believe itto beashark.Actionis taken to ensure publicsafety and Where acivilianorlifesaving personnel have seenanobjectinthewater STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of4 | 131
LS8. Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8. Patrol Operations (Emergency) 132 6. 5. 4. 3. • • • • • • • • • • If closingthepatrolled area: • procedure shalloccur: In theevent ofa(lifesaving confirmed) services sharksighting nearthe patrolled area the following Actions onSightings gov.au/fisheries/info/sharksmart Refer to FisheriesNSW SharkSmartpubliceducation program website andbrochure: http://www.dpi.nsw. • • • • • • • • • • • and humans,shouldbepromoted to thepublicsothey can take appropriate selfprecautions: Some oftheadvicefor safe swimming alsoappliesto helpingreduce theriskofincidents involving sharks Personal Safety Date: 20 Section: LS8Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8.5 SHARKINCIDENTS Swimming nearsteep drop offs andbetween sandbars. The occurrence ofasharkattack inthearea inthe recent past; and Large amounts offishschoolinginthevicinity(seabirds divingisa good indicator ofbaitfish); Deeply overcast conditions; Complete SharkReport Form andforward to SLSNSW. users posedby theshark;and Patrol Captain/Lifeguard isconfident that there isnoobvious risk to swimmers, surfers andother beach- The patrolled area shouldremain closeduntil after afullsearch ofthe area hasbeen completed andthe Contact SurfCom(orsimilar)andinform themofthe sharksighting and status ofpatrolled area (i.eclosed); Do notattempt to kill, capture orinjure theanimal; and aerialassets (ifavailable); Continually monitor allareas from anelevated position(i.e tower) and through theuseor power-craft Post ‘Shark’hazard signwhere patrolled area was located; Post ‘Swimming NotAdvised’signsat identified beachaccesspoints; Lower andremove red andyellow patrol flagsandallotherflags; leave thewater; Inform everyone that thebeachisbeingcloseddueto asharksighting and strongly recommend they Activate theEmergency Evacuation Alarm (continuous tone); of shark,proximity to swimmers, level ofconfirmation ofsighting and conductofshark). Determine ifpatrolled area isto beclosedandswimmers asked to evacuate thewater (considering size If you seeasharkleave thewater asquicklyandcalmly aspossible. Steep drop offs are favoured shark‘hangouts’. Do notswim near, orinterfere with,sharknets. being cleaned. Do notswim incanals, channels,nearariver orcreek mouthordrainage outlets orwhere fishare Do notswim orsurfnearschoolsoffish. Never swim orsurfindirtymurkywaters. and have advantage. asensory Avoid swimming whenitisdarkorduringthetwilight hours (duskordawn) whensharks are most active Never swim orsurfalone. beach isclosed. Leave thewater ifyou hearasiren orapublicaddress announcement. Donotenter thewater ifthe Leave thewater immediately ifasharkissighted. Always swim at apatrolled beachandbetween thered andyellow flags. | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 2of4 and aMedia‘BeachSafety issued. Warning’ factors (asoutlinedabove) needto bereviewed. Ifriskfactors remain high,beachesshouldremain closed When decidingto re-open patrolled areas ariskmanagement approach needsto beundertaken andallrisk hours following anincident. It isstrongly recommended that thebeachwhere theattack occurred should remain closed for at least 24 group. Thisgroup comprises DPI-FisheriesNSW, SLSNSW, ALSandCouncil. The decisionto re-open patrolled areas after ashark attack shouldbedecisionmade bythejoint working Re-opening patrolled areas after ashark attack Media Manager orthedelegated spokesperson (i.eLifesaving Manager). Media Manager. Allmediaqueries,releases andstatements relating to shark attacks must be referred to The SLSNSW Lifesaving Manager orAustralian Lifeguard (NSW) Manager theSLSNSW Service willnotify Media Liaison • • • State DutyOfficer(SDO): • • • • • • • • In theevent ofanapparent sharkincident/bite, thefollowing procedure shouldbeundertaken: Actions in Event ofSharkIncident/Bite Date: 20 Section: LS8Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8.5 SHARKINCIDENTS Ensure that theRescue Coordinator at therelevant VKG RadioCommunication Centre hasbeenadvised. Contact theSLSNSW Lifesaving Manager andALSManager (orCouncilLifeguard Supervisor). Contact DPI–NSW Fisheriesto advise. Consider securingabodyretrieval kit. Consider deploying marker buoys at attack site(s) andlast seen(victim&shark)locations; support Implement criticalprocess; incident debriefing/peer Record asmuchdetail regarding theincident aspossible; Consider closingpatrolled areas at adjacent beaches; appropriate authorities(i.e.FisheriesNSW) to activate NSW Shark Attack ResponsePlan; SurfCom to contact theBranch DutyOfficerand State DutyOfficer(SDO)on13SURFwhowilladvise Close thebeachimmediately asperabove; Recover andtreat thepatient aspernormalprocedures; th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 3of4 | 133
LS8. Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8. Patrol Operations (Emergency) 134 Date: 20 Section: LS8Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8.5 SHARKINCIDENTS http://www.dpi.nsw.gov.au/fisheries/info/sharksmart Fisheries NSW SharkSmartpubliceducation program website Critical Incident Debriefing Media Guide Emergency BeachClosure of theAustralian SharkAttack File(Taronga Conservation Society Australia). This Standard Operating Procedure was developed in consultation withDPI-Fisheries NSW andtheCurator Consultation Ensure theSDOisadviseduponre-opening ofpatrolled areas. through the use ofpowercraft andaircraft to confirm that there are nofurthersightings ofsharks in the area. Prior to re-opening patrolled areas itisstrongly recommended that athorough search ofthebeachismade Signage shouldremain inplace(asbest able)until suchtimebeaches are re-opened. Reopening patrolled area RiskAssessment guide REFERENCE | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 4of Emergency BeachClosure 40km/h. Waiting 30minsallows thethunderstorm to beapproximately 20km away. Reopen when30minshave passedsincethe last sighting oflightning strike. Atypical storm travels at about Reopening ofpatrolled area • • • • • • • • the following actionshouldbe taken: Where theflash to bang count islessthen30seconds, indicating that thelightning islessthan10km away, Closure ofpatrolled area sets outthefollowing principles: The ‘30/30Rule’isrecommended for lightning safety intheAustralian Standard onLightning Protection. It The 30/30Rule Australia, accounting for five to tenlives lost and well over 100injuriesannually. In statistical termslightning posesa greater threat toindividualsthanalmost any other natural hazard in To outlinetheprocedure for lifesaving inconditions where services lightning strikes may occur. Date: 20 Section: LS8Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8.6 LIGHTNING PURPOSE REFERENCE PROCEDURE POLICY SurfCom shouldbeadvisedoftheactionbeing taken. emergency calls are required keep thembrief. Avoid theuseofportable radios andmobiletelephones duringathunderstorm ifintheopen.If postpone events completely. Officer/refereeServices and/or organisers todelay the event until thedanger haspassedor cancel/ In theevent ofasurfcarnival orspecialevent alleffort shouldbemade by the carnival Emergency surfingorinaboatIf swimming, leave the water immediately andseekshelter. the vicinity. and remove metal objectsfrom head andbody. Donotliedown butavoid being the highest objectin If isolated intheopen, away from shelter, crouch down (preferably inahollow) withfeet together isolated orsmallgroups oftrees. Seek shelter ina‘hard top’ vehicle orbuilding–avoid smallstructures, patrol shelters, fabric tents and surveillance lookout from there. beach immediately. The patrol shouldretire to theshelter oftheclubhouse/patrol base,maintaining a With anapproaching thunderstorm, allpersons shouldbeadvisedto leave thewater andclearthe Patrol andsurf-craft flagsshouldbe boundary dropped (patrol area closed). th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of |
135
LS8. Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8. Patrol Operations (Emergency) 136 • Interaction withOffenders • IRB/Rescue Vessels • • • • Altercations • Rescues • • Notification ofother LifesavingServices • • Notification ofthe Police • • Notification ofSurfcom personal safety andthat ofany members intheircharge. It ispossiblethat analtercation may take placeadjacent to patrol areas. Members are to ensure their own To define theprocedures when adisturbance (suchasanaltercation) occurs atabeachduring patrol hours. Date: 20 Section: LS8Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8.7 PUBLICORDERINCIDENT PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY on thebeach.Have noverbal communication with themand avoid eye contact ifpossible. Members are to avoid becoming involved inany form ofinteraction withpeople causing adisturbance If able,rescue vessels shouldconduct patrols from thewater. TheIRBmust beequippedwitharadio. become involved (directly orindirectly). Every effort is to be taken to ensure that young orinexperienced members are protected anddonot Any radio, first aidand oxygen equipment etc. is to be removed from thebeach. advised ofthis. The members are to proceed to theclubrooms until the disturbance hassubsided. SurfCommust be close thepatrolled area by removing theflags. members remaining at avantage point to monitor thebathing public(ifitissafe to doso).Otherwise If there islikely to beanaltercation near patrol members all members are to leave the beach withtwo unstable condition ofpatient, etc. Normal protocols inregards to thesafety ofthepatients and rescuers are important surf conditions, e.g. In theevent ofarescue consideration shouldbegiven to taking any patients toanadjacent beach. Duty Officers must benotifiedandaDutyOfficershall attend(ifable). be sent to theincident ifthey are requested by the Patrol Captain oraDutyOfficer. Surfcom isto neighbouringclubs ofthesituation notify (ifapplicable). Additional resources shouldonly Normal notification isvia Triple Zero. police andpassthisinformation on to them. Upon receiving information that aPublicOrder Incident isoccurringSurfCom required to contact the SurfCom isto make afullandaccurate record inthelog. SurfCom isto benotifiedimmediately whenever aPublic Order Incident occurs. | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of2 • • Critical Incident Debrief • • • • Post Incident • Injuries andRescues Date: 20 Section: LS8Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8.7 PUBLICORDERINCIDENT REFERENCE At notimeshouldamember communicate withany person whoisharassing orintimidating them. SurfCom hascalled thePolice. If members are harassed leave thearea andmake sure that you stay withexperienced members. Ensure Consider initiating critical incident debriefing/peer support. Consider initiating critical incident debriefing/peer of Incidents. Remain calm andfollow other SLSNSW procedures includingIncident Reporting, MediaandNotification Where physical abusehasbeensuffered the Police shouldhave been contacted immediately. and state thenature oftheincident). Complete anincident report log(take particular care to complete thenarrative asthoroughly aspossible rescue procedures are to beprovided aslongitissafe to doso. If any person isinjured orrequires rescuing from thewater, includingoffenders, normalfirst aidand th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of | 137
LS8. Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8. Patrol Operations (Emergency) 138 4. 3. 2. 1. Personnel required at CommandPost 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. Act If outsidepatrol hours contact 000-Police. • • • • Notify • • Commence Log Is there caller ID? If atelephone threat –hasthetelephone linebeenkept open? • • • • Ascertain details Initial Action SLSNSW advisespersonnel to treat allbombthreats asgenuine andto take appropriate action. To provide guidanceiflifesaving personnel service receive abombthreat. Date: 20 Section: LS8Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8.8 BOMB THREAT PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Log Keeper. Ambulance Coordinator; and Police Coordinator; Duty Officer; Assist withpolicerequests. Support emergency access(ifattending); service and Set upcommand post; Cordon offscene; Establish assemblyarea -putsomeoneincharge; Evacuate area andsurrounds to place ofsafety; Continue Log; State DutyOfficer(viaSurfCom). Duty Officer(viaSurfCom);and NSW Police (viaSurfCom); SurfCom; Record fullaccount ofconversation outliningthreat. Time/Date/Place. Any timelimit? Type ofdevice. Location -person/s orpremises threatened. Informant name/contact/location. | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of2 9. 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. Debrief At completion Date: 20 Section: LS8Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8.8 BOMB THREAT Arrange any ongoing assistance. Thank members; and Take contact details ofallmajorparticipants inincident; Take notes; Conduct debrief -SLS/Police/Ambulance; Ensure allpersonnel are accounted for; Arrange refreshments; Ensure policeandambulancecoordinators inattendance; Arrange venue away from activitiesand interruptions; th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of | 139
LS8. Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8. Patrol Operations (Emergency) 140 e) d) c) b) a) Always Consider 4. 3. 2. 1. In Water 4. 3. 2. 1. On Land Body Recovery operations i.ein-water support to Police Divers, or recovery from rocks/cliffs. Lifesaving may services berequested andbeableto provide effective safety support to Policebody recovery Body retrieval istheresponsibility ofNSW Police. Any recovery shouldbeunderthedirection ofthe Police. It isnotappropriate to risklife, ormajorequipment seriousinjury damage inbodyretrieval operations. obvious that thebodyisofadeceasednature (decomposition, tasked body retrieval etc). Lifesaving personnel shouldalways treat abodyasviablerescue/resuscitation attempt until itisotherwise and depth. Coldwater willslow down degeneration anddeeper water will compress the gases. body’s cellsdegenerate gas willbereleased andthebodywillfloat. Variables include water temperature A bodyinthewater willundernormalcircumstances initiallysinkandthen(over 36–72hours) asthe Common submerged bodyprocess SLSNSW expects lifesaving to services aligntheirprocedures withthebodyrecovery guidelineslisted below. To outlineconsiderations, roles and expectations oflifesaving services regarding body recovery operations. Date: 20 Section: LS8Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8.9 BODY RECOVERY PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Keep any witnesses closeto thesceneortake contact details. Note important details: times,location, etc. Relatives/friends. Members ofthepublic. Young/inexperienced lifesaving personnel (minimiseexposure). If norecovery ispossible thenmarkornote location and, ifpossible,maintain contact/sight ofthebody. Minimise direct contact with thebody. Recover thebodyifpossible. Assess thesituation/risk. ensureIf necessary thebodyisretrieved above waterline. Utilise protective clothing(body recovery kit). If abodymust bemoved note any details andkeep asclosepossibleto theoriginalsite. Perform bodyrecovery underthedirection ofNSW Police. | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of2 Critical Incident Debriefing exposed to adeceasedperson. Debriefing options) shouldbeundertaken for any incident where members/staff have been involved/ A critical incident debrief process andpeersupport/psychological first aid(includingCritical Incident Critical Incident Debrief/Peer Support interfere withthesafety andrescue tasks ofthelifesaving service. Lifesaving resources may berequested to assist inthistask (especiallyinremote areas). Thisshouldnot The arrangements for transporting thedeceasedperson willnormallybethe responsibility ofthe Police. Transport Arrangements psychological health. in operational activitiesshouldbe aware oftheservices availablethat aidinmaintaining counselling The riskofinfection isincreased andtheuseofgloves ishighly recommended. Personnel involved appropriate to risklife, orequipment injury damage inbodyrecovery operations. All normalhazards associated withsearch andrescue operations are present inabody recovery. Itisnot Safety A BodyRecovery Kitshouldcontain thefollowing items as aminimum: It isadvisablethat alllifesaving maintain services aBodyRecovery Kitfor healthandsafety reasons. Equipment Requirement Guidelines Date: 20 Section: LS8Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8.9 BODY RECOVERY REFERENCE Small anchor/buoy system Disinfectant Blanket/sheet Bio hazard bags/plastic bags Gloves –armlength Protective Face Masks Body Bag ITEM th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 1 1 litre 2 6 2 pairs 4 2 QUANTITY Page: 2of | 141
LS8. Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8. Patrol Operations (Emergency) 142 Surf Emergency Response System (13SURF) SLSNSW FloodResponse Plan • • • • • • • Local Response Procedure (General) Branch response plan. Lifesaving may services onlyundertake flood SAR activitieswithinanauthorisedand coordinated State/ emergency services. Lifesaving facilities may be requested as community shelters and/or response coordination centres for SLSNSW and SES. Lifesaving shallbenotified/tasked Services bythe SES, via13SURF, asperthearrangements between The NSW State Emergency (SES) Service isthecombat agency/authority for flood response operations. events. (EMPLAN)/Flood Sub-Plan.Assuchthere isanexpectation that lifesaving may services assist inmajorflood Surf Life Saving are services deemeda‘support undertheNSW Emergency agency’ Management Plan be underthecontrol oftheState DutyOfficerthrough the SES. In theevent ofaflood event theSLSNSW Flood Response Planshallbelocated and followed. Allactionswill response operations. To outlinehow SLSNSW asa‘support supportstheNSW State agency’ Emergency (SES) Service duringflood Date: 20 Section: LS8Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8.10 COASTAL FLOODING PURPOSE REFERENCE PROCEDURE POLICY Lifesaving to services activate and follow ClubCoastal FloodingPlan. undertaken withinacoordinated response plan. Do notundertake any flood SAR activitiesunlessauthorised bythe State and BranchDutyofficerand Await advice/updates from SurfCom/DutyOfficer/SES. Evacuate members andkey operational equipment to pre-determined safe location (rally point). Evacuate personnel andkey equipment from asnecessary highriskareas underadvisement oftheSES. If duringpatrol hours –closepatrolled area andevacuate members ofthepublicfrom thearea. directions/information from the SES and required actions. State DutyOfficer(13SURF)shallnotify BranchDutyOfficers andSurfComs(ifduring patrol hours)of | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of Patrol Operations Manual(club) SLSNSW Tsunami Plan Manuals (POM’s) For additional Tsunami procedures relevant to specific areas, refer toindividual toClubs Patrol Operations e) d) c) b) a) The Tsunami threat isofspecificimportance to SLSNSW and coastal lifeguard services for the following reasons: and NSW SES planningandresponse arrangements. SLSNSW are considered a‘support for Tsunami agency’ events withintheNSW Tsunami Emergency SubPlan Importance ofaneffective Tsunami response the control oftheState DutyOfficerthrough the SES. In theevent ofaTsunami theSLSNSW Tsunami Planshallbelocated andfollowed. Allactionswillbeunder Tsunami response operations onthe NSW coastline. To outlinehow SLSNSW asa‘support supportstheNSW State agency’ Emergency (SES) Service during Date: 20 Section: LS8Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8.11 TSUNAMI WARNING PURPOSE REFERENCE PROCEDURE POLICY educating thepublic regarding best practice response toa Tsunami event. As anexpert provider ofaquatic safety training to thepublicSLSNSW isable to assist theSES in post Tsunami. Lifesavers andlifeguards are equippedandtrained to supportNSW Police insearch andrescue activities a Tsunami isobserved oraTsunami hasoccurred for whichthere hasbeennopriorwarning. Lifesavers andlifeguards are best situated to theSES notify whenunusualoceanbehaviour indicative of evacuation/action, basedonadvice/instruction ofthe SES. are best situated, equippedandtrained to warn beachgoers ofapotential hazard and recommend areAs theservices most active onthebeachandin-shore aquatic areas, lifesavers andlifeguards facilities inahighriskarea given a Tsunami event. The “coastal” location oflifesaving activitiesand facilitiesplaceSLSNSW and lifesaving personnel/ th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of | 143
LS8. Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8. Patrol Operations (Emergency) 144 locations) SAR withinanauthorisedand coordinated State/Branch response planunderthedirection of RFS. Lifesaving may services onlyundertake evacuation response activities (to locations otherthanclub patrol As thecombat agency/authority, theRural Fire (RFS) Service shallprovide direction andincident control. including State Duty officers, branch DutyOfficers andSurfComs(ifduring patrol hours). Lifesaving response to fire events shallbeundertaken withinthe existing emergency response system, Response procedures (general) • • • The following contingencies may be required inoneormore of the above circumstances: • • • • Specific risks include: parks, forested areas andregional clubs whichhave limited accessthrough forested areas. Coastal fire events create anumberofrisks for lifesaving inparticularlocations services suchasin national authorities (RFS/Police) and command oftheState andBranch DutyOfficers. risk to members, thepublicandotheremergency undercontrol/direction services, oftheappropriate In theevent ofamajorcoastal fire emergency response procedures shallbeundertaken to mitigate the To outline guidelines for lifesaving response service to acoastal fire event insupportofthe Rural Fire Service. Date: 20 Section: LS8Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8.12 COASTAL FIRE PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Water-based provision ofpatrol to services isolated (but notthreatened) coastal communities. coastal communities. Water-based evacuation ofpersonnel/public from a existing patrolled beachand/or additionalisolated Provision ofshelter/refuge to lifesaving personnel, public,wider community insurflife saving clubs/facilities. Isolation ofbeachespreventing lifesaving service provision (accesscut – roads/tracks). Isolation ofbeachesimpacting evacuations (accesscut – roads/tracks). Direct threat to bathing public/coastal communities. Direct threat to lifesaving personnel/facilities. | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of Lifesaving personnel should not attempt to enter an aircraft whichhas crashed. before theaircraft sinks divers can sometimes rescuepersons trapped intheairpockets withinthefuselage. should beevacuated smoothlyandquicklybefore theaircraft begins to fillandsink.If there issome time the aircraft isfloating after a crash careshould be taken toensure Survivorsbuoyancy isnot disturbed. Although theriskoffire is reduced fuelfloating onthe surface ofthe water canignite spontaneously. When When anaircraft crashes into the water, theimpactislikely to cause theaircraft to break upinpieces. Aircraft Crashes into Water upwind after evacuating theaircraft An aircraft must onlybe evacuated onceitis stationary. Itisimportant to move passengers well away and Evacuation either withinasurfclubandoradjacent areas. Lifesaving personnel services may be requested to assist with the establishment of a triage treatment centre Triage Centres for such. Interpretation ofcurrents anddrift may be required toidentify search areas.Marker dye may besuitable The submersion ofanaircraft may require lifesaving services to markthelocation viatheuseofbuoys etc. Site Marking Communication/Support Requested Plane crash incidents can posehazards to lifesaving that services require specific consideration, suchas: Personal Safety • • Types ofAircraft Accidents: resources, rescue helicopters, Ambulance,Fire andPolice resources assoonpossible. The possiblenumberofinjured orlost patients requires the response ofasignificant quantity of lifesaving water search &rescue and/or landbasedfirst aid treatment andemergency care. Lifesaving response service to anaircraft crash incident alignswith standard SLSA training relating toin- To provide guidelines andspecial consideration for lifesaving personnel responding to anaircraft crash incident. Date: 20 Section: LS8Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8.13 AIRCRAFT CRASH PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Water emergency: Where anaircraft makes anemergency landingon water. Land emergency: Where anaircraft makes anemergency landingonland. − − − − − − − − − − Request additionallifesaving andemergency services services. Contact SurfComimmediately andinform ofincident details. Sharps (glass/metal). Fire/smoke/gas hazards. Fuel. th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of2 | 145
LS8. Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8. Patrol Operations (Emergency) 146 and thenshower assoonpossible.Wetsuits shouldalsobethoroughly cleaned to prevent damage. the crew re-boards theboat they shouldbethoroughly washed down withcopious amounts offresh water any mucusmembranes. Women shouldbeespeciallycareful whenentering fuelcontaminated water. When includes wearing awetsuit, ahelmet andamask.Theeffects offuelare to irritate theskinandespecially members are required to enter thewater they shouldbeprotected against theeffects ofthefuel.This such anevent. Thismay even includeturningoffthemotors to prevent any possibilityofignition.If crew Although theriskofignitingfuelon water surface islow, every precaution shouldbe taken to prevent Precautions whendealingwithcrashed aircraft the aircraft. Lifesaving personnel shouldnot attempt to enter anaircraft whichhas crashed. There isavery highriskofsmoke, fire and explosions post crash andpersons may become trapped inside When anaircraft crashes onto landthere may beseveral impactsbefore theaircraft becomes stationary. Aircraft Crashes onLand Date: 20 Section: LS8Patrol Operations (Emergency) LS8.13 AIRCRAFT CRASH | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 2of SURF EMERGENCYRESPONSESYSTEM STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 LS9 LS9 | 147
LS10. SAR Operations LS9. Emergency Response System 148 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. • • • • The nature ofemergency response often results inasituation where: Background • • • • An emergency response isarequest for assistance from any ofthefollowing agencies/organisations: Definition emergency to services contact andactivate lifesaving inNSW. services effectiveness oftheSurfEmergency Response System (13SURF)asthenotification/tasking process for Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) requires personnel to follow theprovided guidelinesto ensure the • • • • • To outlinetheSurfEmergency Response System (13SURF)withinNSW withtheaimto: Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.1 PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY that person. assume therole, function,authorityor call-sign oftheon-dutyState DutyOfficer, unlessdelegated to by The integrity oftheState DutyOfficer(on-duty)shall bemaintained at alltimes.Noother person shall appropriate resource from any agency/organisation for assistance to ensure thequickest response time. Emergency Response System (coordinated by the State DutyOfficer)shallutilisethenearest/most Regardless oftheoriginrequest for assistance oragencies involved, theSurfLife Saving Surf Emergency Response System (13SURF)at local/regional/state level. No lifesaving shallimplement duplicate/contrary service systems whichdoormay underminetheSurf SurfCom hours, orviaSurfCom). notification of locally identified/notified major incidents from services(either lifesaving directlyoutside The SLSNSW administered SurfEmergency Response System (13SURF) shallbetheprocess for upward Saver helicopters). lifesaving inNSW (includingSLSvolunteers, services ALSLifeguards, CouncilLifeguards andSLSLife tasking process for Police, Ambulance, Fire, SES andotheremergency to services contact andactivate The SLSNSW administered SurfEmergency Response System (13SURF)shallbethenotification/ Response timeiscriticalsurvival/recovery. tothe casualties Patients are inthemid-latter stages ofthe drowning cycle. There islimited information –unknown circumstances/details available. Incident isat anunpatrolled location/time. National Parks andWildlife Rangers. Service Lifesaving (Contracted Services Lifeguards, CouncilLifeguards, SLSCsetc). Volunteer Marine Rescue (Coastal Patrol, Coastguard etc). Emergency (Police, Services Fire, Ambulance,SES etc). Reduce therisk to responding personnel. Minimise ambiguitiesinto themost appropriate resources to utilise. Maximise thequalityofacoordinated emergency response system. Reduce theresponse timeoflifesaving and rescue services to casualties. Improve casualty survival rates. | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 SURF (13SURF) EMERGENCY RESPONSE SYSTEM Page: 1of5 6. c) b) a) Awareness Stage These are asfollows: sequence ofactionsthat relate to eachofthesearch and rescue stages. In alignment with‘Search andRescue’ best-practice, theSurfEmergency Response System (13S Response SequenceofActions • • • for responding SLS/ALS onlyif: services The State DutyOfficers whodeliver theSurfEmergency Response System shall take a‘Command’function may bedelegated to oversee atask involving assets from multipleorganisations. control ofPolice establish ajoint response-plan. Ifappropriate andagreed, a‘forward incident commander’ On-scene, thevarious incident commanders shallestablish ajoint incident command post, andunderthe scene). ALSandCouncilLifeguard shalldolikewise. Services what/how respond theirown services andwilllikely appoint aSLSIncident Commander/DutyOfficeron- personnel undertheirown incident command structures/systems (i.eabranch shallberesponsible for Regardless ofday, timeor council area, responding organisations shall retain ‘command’ oftheirassets/ For asurfrescue incident NSW Police are thecombat agency andhave ‘control’. providing updated/SITREPS to thoseagencies asappropriate. information to lifesaving onbehalfoftheNSW services Police Force (and otheremergency and services) The SurfEmergency Response System (13SURF)isprimarily responsible for disseminating emergency Control andCommand • • • Communication and resource types: Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.1 Emergency Response System’. communicated by any partyto thepublicormedia.Thesystem shallbereferred to externally asthe‘Surf The contact numberfor theSurfEmergency Response System (13SURF/137873) shallnotbe community/media stations. Management personnel from agencies involved withtheincident to aidinenquiriesfrom the The State DutyOfficer may promulgate information to the relevant SLSOfficers and Lifesaving willalerttheirpersonal, services andascertain what resources are available to respond. The State DutyOfficer willadvisethemost appropriate lifesaving services. Requested to take onthat role by theDutyOfficer/Supervisor. isdelayed/some ‘incidentThe local commander’ service periodoftime away. isavailable ‘incidentNo local (DutyOfficer/Supervisor). commander’ service advisement call ismadeto therelevant to themoftheincident. services notify resourcesprimary are more thanadequate for theresponse and/or have completed thetask. An Advisement: Where asurfrescue service/resource may nothave available resources and/or where response andisnotified/tasked after theprimary. Secondary Resource Notification: respond to anincident andisnotified/tasked first. ResourcePrimary Notification: th September 2016 SURF (13SURF) EMERGENCY RESPONSE SYSTEM Thesurfrescue resource whichisdeemednearest/most appropriate to Thesurfrescue resource/s whichmay provide value to anemergency STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of5
URF ) hasa | 149
LS9. Emergency Response System LS9. Emergency Response System 150 e) d) c) b) a) The State DutyOfficer will: State Level Operations Stage c) b) a) Planning incidents orpost incident. The State DutyOfficerwillmake the decision when this callis tobemadei.e. duringtheincident forsignificant advise ofthe situation. Note: Thisshouldnotbe given priority over primary response coordination however. Officer shall still contact the lifeguardservice contact/supervisor or BranchDutyOfficer assoon as practical, to resource” to activate as ‘first-call’ or have noon-duty/available resources to respond atall, the State Duty Where apaidlifeguard (Council/ALS) service may orSLSservice notbe the“nearest/most appropriate Advisement services/resources ofnon-primary 4. 3. 2. 1. The initial call from theState DutyOfficer tothe lifesavingservice shallinclude: that available information initially may belimited. available information asprovided by theauthority/combat agency (Police/SES etc). Itshallbe recognised The initialnotification/tasking call from the State DutyOfficer to servicesshalllifesaving provide any/all State DutyOfficer–Lifesaving Communication Service e) d) c) b) a) Initial Action Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.1 Will assume the position of ‘Incident Commander’ intheirabsence (SLS/ALS). Will assumetheposition of ‘Incident Commander’ resources asappropriate. Acquire andcoordinate dissemination ofinformation toboth internal andexternal support Assist andorprovide SITREPSandassist asablewithinformation to theMediaManager. Advise otheragencies at State level, particularlytheNSW Police VKG/Marine Area Command. Assume communications control ofoperations (where able–i.eSOC)andmonitor thesituation. for anactionplan. The State DutyOfficer(ordelegate) should review SITREPS, weather reportsandoperational information The Incident Commander/s (DutyOfficers/Supervisors) should provide SITREPSonthe InitialAction Stage. The State DutyOfficer(ordelegate) will review existing plans(ifin existence). Request for SITREPvia13SURF orSLSRadioonceresponding. Request for regional/local asset availability status. Advisement ofwhat otherresources have been/are responding. Notification ofincident –includingall relevant information held. The State DutyOfficerwill contact othernon-priority agencies asdeemedappropriate. for ‘advisement’ The ‘Incident Commander/s’ shallbeginmonitoring/coordinating their response. orrequestSupervisor) ‘command’ supportfrom their State DutyOfficerifnot available/delayed. The responding lifesaving shallappoint service andrespond anIncident Commander (DutyOfficer or (via 13SURF)ofresponse details. Lifesaving willrespond services undertheirinternal protocols advisingtheState DutyOfficer The State DutyOfficerwillbeginmonitoring thesituation. | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 SURF (13SURF) EMERGENCY RESPONSE SYSTEM Page: 3of5
f) e) d) c) b) a) The Incident Commander/s (DutyOfficers/Supervisors) will: Regional Level e) d) c) b) a) Conclusion e) d) c) b) a) The responding will: service Local (Operations) Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.1 Coordinate communications withon-site SLSLife Saver Helicopters. Liaise withoractastheIncident Controller (Police). Arrange to provide logistic/operational support forout-of-area groups; and Liaise withotheragency Incident Commanders andpersonnel; appropriate on-site liaison; Advise otheragencies oftheirrequirements for supportandarrange that supportandestablish Activate andassume ‘command’ oftheirlifesaving operations; All partieswill complete documentation. thenecessary Lifesaving willrefuel, Services replenish and undertake post operational checks. The Incident Commanderorotherappropriate Officer may co-ordinate adebrief. The appropriate Incident Commanders andemergency (Police services VKG/MAC) shallbeadvised. All responded lifesaving shallbeaccounted services for andstood down before theincident isdeclared ‘over.’ (Duty Officer/Supervisor). Maintain constant communications through suchthingsasSITREPs withtheirIncident Commander Call for assistance/support if viatheirIncident Commander(DutyOfficer/Supervisor) required. Commence operations. and always considering risk/safety. Establish ajoint response planwithotherorganisations/agencies –setting clear tasks/goals/milestones SurfCom, otheremergency andparticipating services organisations. Advise andestablish liaisonarrangements withtheir Incident Commander(DutyOfficer/Supervisor), th September 2016 SURF (13SURF) EMERGENCY RESPONSE SYSTEM STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 4of5 | 151
LS9. Emergency Response System LS9. Emergency Response System 152 Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.1 d) The State DutyOfficer(ordelegate) should communicate the | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Support Operations SURF Regional/Branch Paid Services (13SURF) Duty Officers EMERGENCY RESPONSE SYSTEM
Volunteer Services State Operations Centre Helicopter Services State DutyOfficer State DutyOfficer Local Emergency Response Teams SLS Life Saver Secondary Primary 13SURF Police Page: 5of
SLSNSW Regional SurfComsoperate onweekends andpublicholidays 13SURF during thepatrol season. At thosetimesitoffers support forthe ALS. ALS/Council Lifeguard
Clubs andServices Call Diversion Process Services SurfCom Warringah Op Hrs: Vol Patrols undertake aSLScommand position for that incident. Incident Commander, theState DutyOfficer may activate and command local lifesavingservices directly and Where an area hasnoavailable Incident Commander(DutyOfficer, orwhen Supervisor) requested bythat • • • Primarily theState DutyOfficeris responsible for: Roles/Responsibilities Response System. The State DutyOfficer roleshalloperate 24hours a day, 365 days a yearwithintheSurfEmergency Scope ofOperation –Coverage ALS Lifeguards). rescue emergencies (includingSLSC,SupportOperations, SLSLife Saver Helicopters, CouncilLifeguards, To provide communication, coordination andliaisonsupport toalllifesaving services forsearch and State DutyOfficerObjectives and external liaisonto emergency incidents withinNSW. A Board appointed role withinSLSNSW whichprovides operational communication, command, coordination State DutyOfficer Definition At theupperlevel ofthissystem sitstherole oftheState DutyOfficer. optimal response ofappropriate resources ina coordinated, efficient and effective manner. The flow of communication fromexternal agencies tothe correct lifesaving isessential services toensure an any majoremergency and/or after-hours incident that may occur. A coordinated system ofcontrol/command/communication is required at Club,Branch andState level for Emergency Response System. To provide policy, procedure andbest practice regarding the role ofaState DutyOfficerwithintheSurf Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.2 STATE DUTYOFFICER PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY or natural disaster. Acting astheSLSNSW lifesaving service ‘controller’ for alloperations inthe event ofamajoremergency see themrespond theirspecific resources undertheirspecific ‘command’ structure. Informing lifesaving ofasearch services andrescue incident (asadvised by external agencies) whichwill disaster (flood,tsunami,fire) in NSW. NSW Police, Fire, Ambulance, AusSAR, SES, ADF, BOM,DPIfor any search andrescue incident ornatural Acting asthesingle,central SurfLife Saving contact/liaison for communications/tasking bodieswithin th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of3 | 153
LS9. Emergency Response System LS9. Emergency Response System Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.2 POSITIONDESCRIPTION –STATE DUTY 154 Term: Role: Reports to: Silver Medallion–RadioController Desirable Skills/Qualifications Branch DutyOfficer experience (oremergency services) Class CDrivers License Basic BeachManagement SLSA Bronze Medallion/Cert II(proficient) Endorsed by Board ofSLSNSW Active andfinancialSLSA member Minimum Qualifications 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. 4. 3. 2. 1. Title: ROLES &RESPONSIBILITIES PURPOSE deficiencies identified. Take immediate steps to report/rectify any seriousbreach ofSurfLife Saving safety policiesand/or patrol saving personnel Lifesaving e.g. Manager andState DOL. Ensure appropriate reports, recommendations, and statistical data areforwarded to relevant surf life Where required actasmedialiaisonand/or direct enquiriesto theappropriate MediaManager. as required. Help ensure suitable de-briefings and/or peersupportisundertaken at Branch/Regional andState levels Promote positive interaction between alllifesaving andappropriate services, external organisations. liaison for allexternal agencies. Act astheIncident Commandoflifesaving response to state/national emergency ornatural disaster, and Emergency Response System. Action the response oflifesaving inNSW services to incidents andemergencies activated through the Promote aprofessional image ofSurfLife Saving NSW internally andexternally. disaster/emergency (Tsunami, flood etc). To deliver SLSNSW the primary control/command function for alllifesaving services for amajorState search andrescue incident. To provide supportto responding Incident Commanders (DutyOfficers/Lifeguard Supervisors) toamajor (including inlandwaterways/harbours). To task/notify appropriate lifesaving services to reported coastal andaquatic emergencies in NSW and agencies. To lifesaving actastheprimary contact service point withinNSW for allexternal emergency services | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5
th September 2016 OFFICER
coordination and external liaison to emergency incidents withintheNSW. A Board appointed role whichprovides operational communication, command, 12 months (before re-appointment by Board ofSLSNSW) SLSNSW Director ofLifesaving State DutyOfficer Page: 2of3 Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.2 POSITIONDESCRIPTION –STATE DUTY Media DPI (Fisheries) Bureau ofMeteorology SES NSW Ambulance NSW Fire NSW Police Rescue Helicopter (Police, Services Ambulance) External Liaisons Lifeguard Supervisors SLS Life Saver Helicopters SLSNSW Media Manager State Lifesaving Manager State DOL Branch DOL SurfComs Duty Officers Internal Liaisons A significant background/understanding oflifesaving throughout services NSW Essential Knowledge Ability ofwork underpressure Ability to multi-task Customer orientated manner Professionalism (Respected withinSLS) Sound communication skills IT literate (computers/iphones/ipads/internet) Leadership anddecisionmakingqualities Attributes EMA courses IRB/RWC/ORB/JRB experience SurfCom experience Certificate IIIinPublic Safety (BeachManagement) th September 2016 OFFICER STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 3of | 155
LS9. Emergency Response System LS9. Emergency Response System 156 • • Training/Exercises details maintained by each DutyOfficer. The Branch shallensure allclub/service callout team information isupdated annually onSurfGuard and on SurfGuard andcommunicated to SLSNSW. Personnel andcontact detail changes shouldberegularly checked andupdated withintheBranch resources, new/prospective DutyOfficers shall complete the ‘Support Operations Application Form’ andsubmit to Branch. All active Branch Duty Officers shall beupdated annuallyinSurfGuard and details provided toSLSNSW.All and hard copy. All Branches shouldmaintain aspecificBranch DutyOfficerManual(updated regularly)and availableinsoft Information Management immediately answered. branch-level mobilephonedivert protocol willensure that any request for assistance through 13SURFis After hours/outside seasona rostered on-call Branch DutyOfficer system ishighly recommended. Usinga Emergency Response/Callouts (After-hours/Out-of-season) rostered time. whole period(however thisispreferred), butmust be100%contactable andableto respond duringthat patrol hours, duringthelifesaving patrol season.ThisDutyOfficerdoesnotneed tobe atabeach forthe At least 1dedicated Branch DutyOfficershallbeonactive rostered duty at anyonetimeduringnormal Regular Patrol SeasonDays/Times • • A DutyOfficer system shallfunctionin 2 capacities: Scope ofOperations –Coverage Duty Officers are tobe Branch appointed volunteers. liaison for regular patrolling andemergency incidents. Lifesaving personnel that withinalocal system provides operational command, coordination andexternal Duty Officer Definition is fundamental. All Branches are required to have anemergency response system ofwhichaDutyOfficer component To provide policy, procedure andbest practice for thefunctionofa Branch DutyOfficer system. Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.3 BRANCH DUTY OFFICERSYSTEM PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Branches should conduct anin-depth inductionwithallnew Duty Officers. Branches shouldconduct apre-season briefing for allDutyOfficers. Emergency Response/Callout (24/7/365days) Rostered on-dutyshifts(normallyduringthe regular patrol season) | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of5
• • • • • • • Key Duties(Seepositiondescription forfull details) • • Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.3 BRANCH DUTY OFFICERSYSTEM On-site medialiaison(directs mediato theappropriate Branch/State personnel). Co-ordinate post incident debriefing and facilitate counselling for personnel. Co-ordinate lifesaving at services unpatrolled locations. Act asincident commander orotherrole asdelegated to by Patrol Captain at patrolled locations. after-hours/out-of-season. Act asincident commander oflifesaving response to areported emergency at unpatrolled locations or Liaise withemergency services. Provides supportandguidanceto Patrol Captains/SurfCom Operators. Branches shouldfacilitate club/service callout team briefings/induction exercises annually. teams annually. Branches shouldconduct at least 1exercise involving allDutyOfficers andclub/service callout th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of5
| 157
LS9. Emergency Response System LS9. Emergency Response System 158 Term: Role: Responsible for: Reports to: 10. 9. 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. 4. 3. 2. 1. Title: Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.3 POSITIONDESCRIPTION –DUTYOFFICER ROLES &RESPONSIBILITIES: PURPOSE: deficiencies identified that poseanunacceptable risk tothepublicormembers. Take immediate steps to rectify any seriousbreach ofSurfLife Saving safety policiesand/or patrol standards andmajorincidents. Maintain contact withrespective Branch DOLin relation to reviewing lifesaving delivery service Saving personnel for furtheraction. Ensure appropriate reports, recommendations, and statistical data areforwarded to relevant Surf Life State personnel. Where required, actasinitialmedia relay -directing enquiries totheappropriate Branch and Arrange for suitable de-briefings and counselling for personnel when required. delegated to by Patrol Captain). Assume command ofSurfLife Saving resources at majorincidents (unpatrolled beaches/after-hours oras Assist inensuringtheeffective deployment oflifesaving resources toanincident. Saving inaproactive services capacity. To ensure that identified highrisk areas alongthe coastline are appropriately covered withSurfLife Promote positive interaction between lifesaving and services external organisations. Promote aprofessional image ofSurfLife Saving to internal andexternal partners. emergency response. To liaisewithexternal stakeholders/emergency asrequired services for proactive riskmitigation and to ‘at-risk’/high-risk localities andtimes. To liaisewithSurfCom/Patrols/Services inrelation to thedeployment of resources inaproactive capacity unpatrolled locations/times. To liaisewithState DutyOfficer/SurfComin relation tothedeployment of resources toemergencies at emergency response system. hours insupportofthePatrol Captain andoutsideoperational hours/at unpatrolled locations withinthe To command andcoordinate SurfLife Saving response service to/at majorincidents, duringoperational | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5
th September 2016
at unpatrolled locations/times. lifesaving andtake services command ofSurfLife Saving response to emergencies The DutyOfficerwillbe responsible forthe provision ofsupport toon-duty 12 months (before re-appointment by Branch Director ofLifesaving) given day) Active/on-duty SurfLife Saving personnel/assets withinbranch/council area (ona Branch Director ofLifesaving Officer(Branch)Duty Page: 3of5
Lifeguard Services SLS Life Saver Helicopters SLSNSW MediaManager Branch DOL Club/Branch Emergency CalloutTeams SurfCom State Duty Officer Club Patrols &SupportOperations Internal Liaisons: Understanding ofSurfCom/radio operations Clear understanding ofSLSNSW SOPs Experience asPatrol Captain orLifeguard A background withinSurfLife Saving andunderstanding ofSurfLife Saving operations Essential Knowledge: Ability ofwork underpressure Ability to multi-task Customer orientated manner Professionalism Sound communication skills Leadership anddecisionmakingqualities Skills andAttributes: IRB Drivers Award Silver Medallion–RadioController Desirable Qualifications: Class CDrivers License Basic BeachManagement Senior First Aid Advanced Resuscitation Techniques Certificate SLSA Bronze Medallion/CertII(proficient) Endorsed by Branch Active andFinancialSLSNSW Clubmember Minimum Qualifications: Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.3 POSITIONDESCRIPTION –DUTYOFFICER th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 4of5 | 159
LS9. Emergency Response System LS9. Emergency Response System 160 Media Bureau ofMeteorology (BOM) NSW Maritime DPI (Fisheries) SES NSW Ambulance NSW Fire NSW Police Rescue Helicopter (Police/Ambulance) Services External Liaisons: Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.3 POSITIONDESCRIPTION –DUTYOFFICER | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 5of Operations Manuals. and exercised withinyour local/regional area andreflected inBranch DutyManualsandClub Patrol promoted by DutyOfficers. Specific procedures and contingency plansshouldbe developed, maintained SLSNSW provides Standard Operating Procedures for lifesaving andadherence services to theseshouldbe Follow/strengthen operating procedures good relationships with key lifesaving personnel service isimportant. Maintaining good communication withlifesaving isessential services in optimising a response.Building Communication the role isreadily available whenever onduty. almost immediately. DutyOfficers must ensure that theminimumequipment and information required for The time-critical nature ofthe role requires aDutyOfficer to becomean asset toan emergency response Be prepared resources andpromote safety at any opportunity. Officer must understand his/her roleinassessingriskwhile co-ordinating the responseof lifesaving As anoperational leadertheDutyOfficershould atalltimes promote safety within lifesaving. TheDuty Promote aculture ofsafety image andprofessionalism. As anoperational figurehead other agencies andourmembers have high expectations of your conduct, Saving to external agencies/emergency services. As aDutyOfficer you are providing leadership andsupport tolifesaving personnel and representing Surf Life Act responsibly andwithprofessionalism code ofconduct. All SurfLife Saving NSW (SLSNSW) State andBranch DutyOfficers are expected toadhere tothe following To outlinetheDutyOfficer codeof conduct. Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.4 DUTYOFFICERCODE OFCONDUCT PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of | 161
LS9. Emergency Response System LS9. Emergency Response System 162 • • • • • • • • • • Recommended Equipment • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Minimum Equipment Duty Officers shall the carry following equipment withthemwhenondutyasaminimum: their duties. Duty Officers are expected to thespecifiedminimumequipment carry toensure the effectiveness of To outlinetheminimumequipment requirements for aDutyOfficer. Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.5 DUTYOFFICEREQUIPMENT PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Handheld FLIRunit Phone charger (car &wall types) Throwsticks (inpairs) Incident CommandKit Night Operations Kit Helicopter LandingKit Body Recovery Kit AED +Oxygen Resuscitation Kit Ipad (tablet) withup-to-date maps andresource information Smart phone(Iphone–withup-to-date emergency contacts) Critical Incident Debrief Kit(Debrief Forms) Lifesaving Operations Procedure Guide Clipboard +RFA Forms, Incident Logbook SOPs Manual Emergency Contacts List (Branch) Pen/Notebook First AidKit Area coastal map,withhighrisklocations, secondary namesandhazards identified Binoculars Torch (waterproof) Mobile Phone(personal orrole specific) Rescue Tube +Fins Radio waterproof bag Car inverter/radio charger Handheld radio (SLSNSW approved make/model/programmed) | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of It may notbeworn at any othertime. Official DutyOfficer uniform mayonly be wornwhileonduty and/or responding to an after-hours incident. To outlineminimumuniform requirements for aDutyOfficer. Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.6 DUTYOFFICERUNIFORM PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Vest Jacket Hat Name Badge Shirt th September 2016 SLS GenericLogo on theleft chest across back DUTY OFFICER,SURFRESCUE Lined Orange Night/Day Reflective left chest SLS GenericLogo onfront (Capitals, ArialNarrow, Red) SURF RESCUE onfront right chest SURF RESCUE across back Red/Yellow SLSA Jacket Chequered ribbononbothsides SLS GenericLogo Red peakcap orwide brimhat Arial Narrow SLS GenericLogo Red background SLS GenericLogo ontheleft chest Red poloshirt STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of | 163
LS9. Emergency Response System LS9. Emergency Response System 164 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. and oncebackincontact). temporary reasons theDutyOfficerisuncontactable theDutyOfficershall informSurfComofsuch(prior to The on-shiftDutyOfficershallbe contactable via radioand/or mobilephone atalltimes. If forunplannedor To provide aguidelinefor DutyOfficer start-of-shift requirements. Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.7 DUTYOFFICERPRE-OPERATION CHECKLIST PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY immediately andlongterm. in consultation withlifesaving shallassist service thelifesaving service to the rectify problem both Where alifesaving isfound service inbreach oftheirlifesaving requirements, service theDutyOfficer Visit or contact lifesaving of identified/expected services high-risk locations to discuss management planning. Listen to lifesaving morningsign-on. services − − − − In conjunction withSurfCom: Conduct radio check withSurfComand‘sign-on’ 15minspriorto commencement offirst lifesaving services. Check thecontents oftheDutyOfficerKit. Check radio andphoneare charged. Ensure thecorrect uniform isworn. | − − − − STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Discuss any actualorpotential shortfalls. service Discuss possiblehigh-risklocalities, periodsand contingency plans. Discuss forecast weather andsurfreports andexpected beachpatronage. Ensure SurfComholdscorrect mobilephonenumber. th September 2016 Page: 1of 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. Response System. undertaken at theendofshift, to ensure ongoing effectiveness ofa BranchDutyOfficer/Emergency Duty Officers are required toensure theappropriate hand-over andplanning/preparation actions are To provide aguidelinefor DutyOfficerend-of-shift requirements. Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.8 DUTYOFFICERPOST-OPERATIONS CHECKLIST PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Appropriate phonediverts/answer messages engaged. Radios/phones to beplacedoncharge. Any replacement equipment needsto bedocumented andrequested. All equipment isto beappropriately stored. withSurfComonly after all patrols/services ‘Sign-off’ are offline. − − − − − In conjunction withSurfCom(inperson orviamobilephone): Listen to lifesaving ‘sign-off.’ services − − − − − Ensure therecording ofallinformation is complete. Note any activities for follow upandnotify BranchDOL. Complete thepatrol logandany SITREPs for theday’s activities. Identify any service extensions beingundertaken or required (andmaintain support). Ensure allSLSclubs/services have signed-offandare safely offline. th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of | 165
LS9. Emergency Response System LS9. Emergency Response System 166 • • • • Equipment clubs/lifeguard maintain services thefollowing equipment/logistical preparedness: To maximise emergency response effectiveness andpersonnel safety, itis recommended that Planning/Preparedness the above inhibitors andmaximise theabilityto render assistance. Appropriate local emergency response (equipment andprocedures) planning/preparedness willminimise • • • • Examples ofinhibitors may be: a level ofunacceptable riskto doso: Lifesaving services/personnel may declinearequest to respond to anemergency ifthey feel itwould create Declining arequest for assistance • • • • • • Saving Emergency Response System; namely: Lifesaving shouldhave services emergency response systems inplacethat fall inlinewiththe SurfLife Local Emergency Response System appropriate rescue equipment, responding withinspecificemergency response plans. This shouldbeachieved through acoordinated system ofsuitably qualifiedpersonnel withaccess to response (24/7callout) capability. Due to thebenefit to the community, all volunteer lifesaving inNSW shouldhave services emergency To outlinetherequirements ofclub/service emergency response systems. Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.9 CLUB/SERVICE CALLOUT TEAMS PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY The O2/Resus Kit, AEDKit andFirst AidKit should beeasilyaccessible either on theATV orinthefirst aid room. An ATV (ifavailable) shouldbefuelledandpositioned“ready to go.” (fuel storage container). At least oneIRB/RWC shouldbe fullyset upwithafull tank of fuellocated inan accessiblelocation accessible location at the facility at alltimes. Two rescue tubes,two sets offinsandtwo rescue boards shouldbelocated inaknown andeasily Geographical distance (outsideachievable response area). Dangerous conditions; and Insufficient equipment; Insufficient personnel; A consistent notification/tasking process(Cell/SMS/Pager etc). A formally administered personnel contact list (basedwithinSurfGuard). Local response plans–includedintheirPatrol Operations Manual. Formally established andadministered callout teams. Equipment preparedness (suitable equipment). 24/7‘rescue ready’ Response areas (maximum) –Lifesaving Agreement/Contract. Service | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 (Emergency Response) Page: 1of2
Patrol Operations Manual Lifesaving Agreement Service • • Training/Exercises • • Logistics • • • • REFERENCE Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.9 CLUB/SERVICE CALLOUT TEAMS All club/service callout teams shouldconduct at least scenario/exercise annually. All club/service callout teams shouldconduct anannualpre-season induction/briefing. Surfguard SMSfunctionsshouldbeutilisedand/or othersuitable emergency notification systems. (updated pre-season, post-season changes). andwhenotherwise Surfguard shouldbeutilised to maintain andadminister club/service callout team contact information Night operations kit available (ifendorsed for night operations). Emergency back-up contacts. Personal telephone contactable 24hours withcontacts. Two radios withaquabagsshouldbeoncharge andeasilyaccessibleby lifesaving personnel. services th September 2016 (Emergency Response) STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of
| 167
LS9. Emergency Response System LS9. Emergency Response System 168 • • • • • Any inNew SouthWales Club/Service can participate in‘Low-Light Operations’ ifthe following isadhered to: 1. The following must beadhered to: SLS Operational Requirements • • • • Roads andMaritime Service Regulations instruction anddirection oftheappropriate combat agency i.e. NSW Police. Land basedsearches between sunset andsunrise(night operations) are to be conducted underthe and sufficient navigation/safety equipment requirements are available. at alltimes following anappropriate riskassessment, approval granted from theon-call State DutyOfficer hour (60 minutes) following sunset. Low-light/Night IRB operations can be conducted onenclosed(flat water) On water Night Operations are to onlybe conducted insurf conditions intheleadup tosunset andup to1 conditions are considered to betheperiodleadingup to andshortly after sunset. be followed when responding to emergency response operations duringlow light conditions. Lowlight light conditions. ThisStandard Operating Procedures (SOP) sets out to offer guidelinesand procedures to Surf Life Saving personnel andassets may betasked to perform search/rescue operations duringlow Low light IRBoperations (orany on-water low-light operations) will formpartof Branch SupportOperations. endorsed clubs). Any low light operations shallbedelivered by pre-identified, trainedand resourced Branch Groups (or Branch To outlineguidelinesandprocedures for low light emergency response operations. Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.10 IRBOPERATIONS (LOW-LIGHT) PURPOSE WATER PROCEDURE LAND PROCEDURE INTRODUCTION POLICY Operations Group. Member/s are saved in SurfGuard underaBranch Low-Light Operations Group. SNB–Low-Light E.g. Appropriate member/s are available and trained in‘Low-Light Operations.’ holdstheminimumrequiredThe Club/Service equipment. Branch andSLSNSW before commencing training. Proposed members complete ‘SupportOperations MemberApplication Form’ and are endorsed by isBranchClub/Service andSLSNSW endorsed for low light operations. Endorsement for IRBNight Operations Type 2PFDmust beworn by Driver andCrew at alltimes. Do nottravel at excessive speeds. interfered withby decklights. Navigation lights shouldbepositionedsothey are not obscured bythe vesselssuperstructure or separate port/starboard sidelights. Powered vessels oflessthanseven meters inlength shallexhibit awhite light visibleallround and | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of3 the following priorto launch: When theDutyOfficer/Incident Commander, IRBDriver, andIRB Crew are onscene they allmust agree on • • • • • IRBs cannot respond at night/low light if: 4. At notime can RWCs operate between sunset andsunrise(at night). 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. System (13SURF).Information flow willusually follow the following: Most reported night-time emergencies will come through 000 Police to theSurfEmergency Response 3. • • • • • • • • • • • • • Low-Light Operations training willinclude: Trainers (Low-Light Operations). Initial training willbe conducted withtheclub/service by authorisedSLSNSW Facilitators andBranch 2. Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.10 IRBOPERATIONS (LOW-LIGHT) If theIRBcannot remain invisualsight oftheDutyOfficer/Incident Commander atall times. If themissingperson isnotsighted by anemergency personnel service orSurfLife Saving representative. is available. If noland-basedincident commander and/or backup IRB+crew (orother emergency vessel) service If anincident isfurtherthan1kmoutto seafrom thebeach. inland waterways). The on-beachsurfisdeemedby theDutyOfficer tobeabove 2 meters and/or >25knotswind (excluding On-scene response conditions/parameters waterway). vessel –Water Police, MarineRescue) must beon-site andcontactable (Note: Notrequired inaninland A land-basedincident commander andbackupIRB, Driver andCrew (orotheremergency service approval. The Branch DutyOfficerwilladvisethe State DutyOfficerofthe intent tolaunch subject toSDO unanimously agree that itissafe to launchandsigningtheRiskAssessment Form. Before any launchtheBranch DutyOfficer/Incident Commander, IRBDriver andIRB Crew must Branch DutyOfficer todispatch Low-Light Operations Group/personnel (asper branch/local procedures). State DutyOfficer callsthe Branch DutyOfficer/Emergency Coordinator. State DutyOfficer receives call from NSW Policethrough 13SURF. Emergency Response Procedure (responding to incident) Vision Lighting/Night Operational Environment Practical Training Response Operations Command &Control Equipment Setup/Training (lights, EPIRBetc) Emergency Partners Service Navigation Communications Standard Operating Procedure –Emergency Response System (13SURF) Managing Risk Team/Service Procedure Review Standard Operating Procedure –IRBOperations (Low-Light) Training th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of3 | 169
LS9. Emergency Response System LS9. Emergency Response System 170 • • • Recommended • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Minimum gear &equipment required for Low Light IRBOperations: 5. • • • • Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.10 IRBOPERATIONS (LOW-LIGHT) Search Dye Helmets (Gath type)within-builtradios FLIR Spare batteries 1 xShears/scissors 25 xCableties 1 xPelican case (orsimilar)withNight Operations clearlymarked 6 xred/green/white cyalume sticks(glow sticks) 2 xBeachnavigation markers 2 xOutboard lanyard (attached to driver andcrew) 1 xHighvizvest –worn by DutyOfficer/Incident Commander 1 xVsheet 2 xSet ofwaterproof ‘MiniFlares’ 2 xWetsuits –worn by IRBDriver andCrew 2 xpersonal EPIRB/PLB(attached to driver andcrew) 2 xtorches 2 xPersonal strobes –worn by IRBDriver andCrew 2 xWaterproof Torches –1IRB, 1DutyOfficer/Incident Commander 2 xType 2PFDswithreflective patches – worn byIRBDriver and Crew 3 xRadios–2IRB, 1DutyOfficer/Incident Commander Mountable IRBNavigation lights (Port, Starboard, White) –must be switched on at alltimes A current approved make andmodelofIRB(asperSLSA approved gear andequipment list) Equipment The details ofthetask/operation point established) That allminimumequipment andsupportisinplace(radios, land-basedteam, command That conditions are safe enough to respond That visibilityisclearenoughto beableto respond | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 3of
manpower andequipment) inaccordance withtherequirements imposedby the emergency oremergencies. management response. Itinvolves thesystematic acquisitionandapplication of resources (organisations, Coordination involves thebringing together ofagencies andother resources to supportanemergency Coordination organisation andoperates vertically Authority to command isestablished by agreement withinanorganisation. Command relates to individual organisations role and tasks. Command istheinternal direction ofmembers and resource ofanorganisation intheperformance ofthe Command situations andoperates horizontally tasks to andcoordinating otheragencies inaccordance withtheneedsofsituation. Control relates to established inlegislation orinanemergency response plan.It carries withit responsibility for allocating Control istheoverall direction of response activitiesinanemergency situation. Authority for control is Control Definitions effective operations. Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) provides thefollowing definitions forusewithlifesaving services toensure been reached ontheuseandinterpretation ofthe terms Control, CommandandCoordination. To enableallemergency response agencies to have acommon understanding anational agreement has Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.11 INCIDENTCONTROL DEFINITIONS PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY th September 2016 within anagency. across agencies. STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 COMMAND
CONTROL Page: 1of | 171
LS9. Emergency Response System LS9. Emergency Response System 172 contract inanorderly mannerto meet theneedsofanincident. transfer ofcoordination responsibility may benecessary. A factor ofany ICSisitsability to expand and Depending onthesize andcomplexity ofanincident furtherdelegation of tasks andfunctions andthe • • • • Australian Inter-service Incident Management System (AIIMS).SLICSusesthefollowing four functions: Functional management istheuseofspecificfunctions tomanage anincident. TheSLICSisbasedoffthe Functional Management control andcoordination. designed to provide that person organisational withthenecessary support to ensure effective command, for managingtheentire response to theincident. TheSurfLife Saving Incident Control System (SLICS)is It isessential that oneofficer, theIncident Controller, establish control ofanincident. He/she is responsible One Incident Controller • • • • • • • • If SurfLife Saving were notto have anincident control system problems may occur. Theseinclude: • • • • • The SurfLife Saving Incident Control System istailored towards SurfLife Saving, basedoffthe following principles: Principles ofIncident Control System (ICS) and that anincident isdealtwithinthemost effective manner. The useofanICSensures that allvital management andinformation functions are adequately performed To outlinetheIncident Control System (ICS)principleswithinSurfLife Saving NSW (SLSNSW). Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.12 PRINCIPLES OFINCIDENTCONTROL PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Logistics Planning Operations Control Safety ofpersonnel beingcompromised Communication problems beingencountered A disorganised approach beingfollowed No planbeingestablished to manage theincident Coordination oforganisations notoccurring Inappropriate actionbeing taken by personnel working without supervision Control beingestablished by more thanoneIncident Controller Control notbeingestablished Span ofcontrol Management plans Management by objectives Functional management One Incident Controller | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 SYSTEM (ICS) Page: 1of3 desirable. Thismaintains asupervisor’s abilityto effectively task,monitor and evaluate performance. Under theprinciplesofspancontrol upto four reporting teams/individuals/resources is considered to be reorganise delegation to scale down the structure to fitthe tasks required. Where thespanofcontrol islower orthetasks are fewer may thesupervisor reassume responsibility or delegating responsibility to others. by oneperson.supervised Where spanofcontrol isexceeded officershould consider thesupervising The spanofcontrol isaconcept that relates to thenumberofteams orindividualswhocan besuccessfully Span ofControl • • • • The Incident ActionPlanincludesthe following: incident isdeveloped. SurfLife Saving NSW usesanIncident ActionPlanandSituation Reports(SITREPS). Once theobjective hasbeenselected aplanoutliningthe strategies and tactics tobeused tomanage the Management Plans • • • • • Outcomes shouldbebasedontheSMART principle incident revolves around theobjective being communicated to allthoseinvolved intheoperation. Management ofanincident requires anobjective ordesired outcome to beidentified. The control ofthe Management by Objectives positions. (SeeSurfLife Saving Incident Control System SOP for more information). largest incident whichinvolves thecreation ofanIncident Management Team (IMT)andthefillingofall Control can develop from asmallincident where thePatrol Captain/Lifeguard manages allfunctions, to the Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.12 PRINCIPLES OFINCIDENTCONTROL RWC, 2Lifeguards. *In SurfLife Saving terms ateam may bedescribed asalifesaving that service forms communication i.e.IRB, IMT 1person Limited Duration Mental Plan 1-5 Individuals Small Incident Total resources inuseandanticipated inthefuture Effective useof resources Continuity and control ofoperations Overall operational objective and strategies Time guided Realistic Achievable Measurable Specific th September 2016 SYSTEM (ICS) > 1IMT Medium Duration Mental to Written Plan 4-10 Team Medium Incident STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of3 > 3IMT Large Duration Written Plan >10 Teams Large incident | 173
LS9. Emergency Response System LS9. Emergency Response System 174 • • • • personnel including: of emergency personnel. service TheSLICSprovides opportunities for participation bynon-operational Many oftheroles withinanIMT(especiallyinalarge incident) donotrequire theexpertise and experience Roles for Non-SLSPersonnel Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.12 PRINCIPLES OFINCIDENTCONTROL Technical fields Office administration (i.e. telephone adminsupportanswering, etc) Logistics Planning | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 SYSTEM (ICS) Page: 3of wish to assumecontrol withoutpermissionofthecurrent Incident Controller they may doso. Note: itisnotadvisablebutshouldahigherauthorityperson withintheSLSIncident CommandStructure established function form the Incident Management Team (IMT). delegated. Where suchdelegation occurs theincident controller andtheirpersons responsible for each The incident controller assumesoverall responsibility withthefunctionalareas manned as required and Controller needsto consider delegating responsibility for operations, planningandlogistics. As anincident grows insize orcomplexity, itsmanagement becomes more demanding. TheIncident Identifying theneed for delegation functions Legislation orpolicywillalsodetermine whichorganisations normallysupportthelead agency atanincident. Support Agencies dependant ontheremoteness ofyour area andstaffing arrangements foremergency services agents. Local arrangements inplacemay meanthat thebelow table isstructured differently in your local area Controller willberesponsible for assumingcontrol oftheincident andapplyingtheprinciplesofICS. events. TheIncident Controller willthusbeappointed inaccordance withagency procedures. AnIncident Lead agencies are determined by legislation orpolicyandare responsible for themanagement ofspecified Identifying thelead combat agency and that theincident isdealtwithinthemost effective manner. The useofanICSensures that allvital management andinformation functions are adequately performed To outlinethestructures ofIncident Control Systems (ICS)withinSurfLife Saving NSW (SLSNSW). Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.13 INCIDENTCONTROL SYSTEM STRUCTURES PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Coastal Flooding First AidandEmergency Care Flu Pandemic Tsunami Aquatic Search and Rescue General BeachOperations Incident th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of3 NSW State Emergency Service NSW AmbulanceService NSW Health NSW State Emergency Service NSW Police LifeSurf Saving NSW, Council,NPWS Lead Agency | 175
LS9. Emergency Response System LS9. Emergency Response System 176 areas. Anexample ofthisspecific to SurfLife Saving inNSW isdescribedintheSLICS. Members ofanIMTmay alsoneedto delegate responsibility for activities conducted withintheirfunctional Identify appropriate control structure Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.13 INCIDENTCONTROL SYSTEM STRUCTURES information andpredictions for | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 COMMAND Responsible for thecollation of incident andresources th September 2016 Operating Personnel PersonnelSupervising Agency Commander development Planning Responsible for overall incident management Response Co-ordinator management andsupervision COMMAND of response teams as Responsible for the Incident Controller Operating Personnel PersonnelSupervising Agency Commander Operations Incident Controller delegated EMERGENCY CONTROL CO-ORDINATION Page: 2of3 Other agencies and resources Responsible for theprovision of facilities, materials services, etc
COMMAND Operating Personnel PersonnelSupervising Agency Commander Logistics Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.13 INCIDENTCONTROL SYSTEM STRUCTURES controlling agencies. The following table highlights generic emergencies/threats where SLSmay berequired to offer support to th September 2016 Emergency/Threat Marine Casualty Land andWater Tsunami Aircraft Marine Marine Water Flood Land Accident/Incident Fire orExplosion Natural Event Rescue Search Other STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Control Agency Page: 3of Police Police Police Police Police Police Fire SES SES | 177
LS9. Emergency Response System LS9. Emergency Response System 178 • • • • • • • • • • The responsibilities oftheIncident Controller at anincident are to: important decisions. kept informed withrelevant information andbe available to theprincipalmembers oftheIMT to make the incident. Minorinformation andotherdistractions must be avoided. TheIncident Controller must be The Incident Controller must beableto organise peopleto allow time to consider theissuescritical to strategies inthesafest andmost effective manner. experience to manage theincident andbecapable ofusingsoundmanagerial practices to implement their operations, planning andlogistics are delegated. Incident Controllers must have the technical training and Incident Controllers roles become more ofaleadership role asthestructure expands andthefunctions of and isresponsible for theoverall management oftheincident. The Incident Controller isappointed inaccordance withtheorganisations policyorlegislative requirements Control • • • • • • that control oftheincident isbeing: The IMTshouldmeet asdetermined by theIncident Controller, to assist theincident controller to ensure burden ofcontrolling theincident. Controller, Operations Officer, PlanningOfficerand Logistics Officer. Theteamofpeople now sharethe Where allfunctionshave beendelegated, anIncident Management Team (IMT) comprises oftheIncident SLSNSW provides thecontained guidelinesto befollowed inrelation to ICSs. To outline theroles andresponsibilities withtheSurfLife Saving NSW (SLSNSW) Incident Control System (ICS). Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.14 INCIDENTCONTROL SYSTEM ROLES & PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Manage the media. Liaise withsupportpersonnel; and Organise changeovers andbriefings; Review any incident plans; Co-ordinate andforward reports to theresponsible agencies; Appoint staff/members; Maintain safe practices; Allocate tasks; Plan response to theincident andapprove any plans; Assume control andassessthesituation; Is effective and efficient. Minimises impactonthecommunity ontheenvironment; and Provides for thesafety andwelfare ofpeopleinvolved incontrolling theincident; Suitably implemented; Adequately resourced withintheconstraints; Properly planned; | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 RESPONSIBILITIES Page: 1of3 • • • • The mainresponsibilities are: reports to theIncident Controller. materials for andservices theincident. TheLogistics Officerparticipates inthe development oftheplanand The Logistics Officerisappointed bytheIncident Controller andis responsible for providing support Logistics • • • • • • • • • • • assumed by theoperations officer are: is amajorrole at allincidents. Where delegation oftheoperations functionsoccurs, the responsibilities role isnormallydelegated to aperson from theprincipalleadingorganisation. TheOperations function As anincident develops theIncident Controller may decideto delegate somefunctions.TheOperations Operations • • • • • • • • • • • • When appointed the planningofficer isimportant tothe smoothrunningof complex incidents and needs to: complex incidents. the planningfunctionisdelegated. An efficient planningofficer isimportant to thesmoothrunning of in managinganincident that islarge, complicated innature orextends over alengthy periodunless Complex incidents demandhighlevels ofplanning.TheIncident Controller willexperience great difficulty Planning Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.14 INCIDENTCONTROL SYSTEM ROLES & Process requests for additional resources; Allocate tasks to logistic personnel; Plan theorganisation oflogistics section; Obtain abriefing from theincident controller; Maintain alogofactivities Report specialincidents andaccidents; and Initiate recommendations forthe releaseof resources; Re-allocate response teams; Assemble response teams from available resources; Determine theneedfor andrequest additional resources; Establish andmaintain assemblystaging areas; incidentsManage at andsupervise theincident; Brief andallocate personnel inaccordance withtheplan; Develop theoperations portionoftheIncident ActionPlan; Obtain abriefing form theincident controller; Maintain alogofactivities. Plan for thefuture (6-24hourplans,1&2day plans);and Organise incident demobilisation; Co-ordinate thedevelopment anddistribution oftheIncident ActionPlan; Develop alternative control objectives and strategies; Conduct planningmeetings withothermembers oftheIMT; Liaise withtechnical specialists; Maintain aninformation service; Provide management support; Maintain records aboutthelocation anddeployment of teams; Process information relating tothecurrent and predicted incident situation; Obtain abriefing from theIncident Controller; th September 2016 RESPONSIBILITIES STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of3 | 179
LS9. Emergency Response System LS9. Emergency Response System 180 • • • • • • The LiaisonOfficerdutiesinclude: specialisation andtherefore can adviseothers accordingly. function withinaSurfComlike facility. Liaison Officers are expertsin relation totheir organisation areaof The role ofaLiaison Officeris to represent an organisation orperform anemergency management Liaison Officers • • Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.14 INCIDENTCONTROL SYSTEM ROLES & Remember that theirrole iscoordination notoperation. Preparing andforwarding SITREPSto organisations regularly; and Making decisionswithouthesitation; Maintaining active communication withotherliaisonofficers; Knowing theresources oftheirorganisation; Reporting to andliaisingwiththeIncident Controller; Maintain alogofactivitiesand resources. Estimate future andsupport services requirements; and | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 RESPONSIBILITIES Page: 3of • • • • (In thecase) TheIncident Management Team may beformed thefollowing way: large scale incidents that are normallysupported by awritten plan(i.e. Tsunami). The State DutyOfficer willassumethe roleofIncident Commander at after-hours emergency responsesand State DutyOfficer that involve thenotification tothe State DutyOfficer. Duty Officers shouldnormally control allsearch and rescueincidents withina council area andincidents • • • Commander andwillbe supported by the IMT. The Incident Management Team would normallybe asfollows: For incidents that involve between 4-10 different units or teams, the Duty Officer assumes the role of the Incident Duty Officers/Lifeguard Supervisors become theOperations Officer fortheincident. who willresume thepositionofIncident Controller. Inthissituation itisadvisablethat the Patrol Captain Through majorincidents thePatrol Captain/Lifeguard may have to delegate theirauthorityto aDutyOfficer Procedures. Roles andresponsibilities of Patrol Captains/Lifeguards can be found inthe relevant Standard Operating band ofmembers whosekey role is prevention, recognition and rescue. Commander andbetheIncident Management Team (IMT).ThePatrol Captain isresponsible for asmall For themajorityofSurfLife Saving incidents thePatrol Captain shallassumetherole oftheIncident Lifeguards/Patrol Captains • • • vary inapplications dependingontheIncident. Theseare known as: SLICS hasthree levels ofIncident Commanderwhichare responsible for themanagement ofincidents and system to effectively and efficiently manage allincidents. Under theoperations that SurfLife Saving isactively involved inthere exists aneed foraincident control Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.15 SURFLIFESAVING INCIDENT PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Public Relations Officer–Nominated (usually SLSNSW MediaOfficer). Logistics Officer–Nominated. Planning Officer–Nominated. Operations Officer– DutyOfficers. Logistics Officer–Nominated person. Planning Officer–SurfComoperator. Operations Officer – Patrol Captain/Senior Lifeguard. SLSNSW DutyOfficer Duty Officer(Branch/Regional based) Patrol Captain/Lifeguard th September 2016 COMMAND SYSTEM (SLICS) STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of | 181
LS9. Emergency Response System LS9. Emergency Response System 182 DUPLICATE intheRFA Box underthenumber. If theincident isalready intheRequest for Assistance Register itisaduplicate task. Inthiscase write Duplicate Task Now theRFA isanew task withauniquenumber. task numberbox onthetop right handcorner oftheRFA. Fill inthenext blankrow oftherequest for assistance register, andthenwrite thenew task numberinthe If thetask isnotintheregister thenthe RFA isanew task. New Task • • Duplicates can begenerated because: To work outwhichitis,checktheaddress ontheRFA against theregister. • • • The RFA could be: Check iftheRequest for Assistance (RFA) isanew task, duplicate orworth revisiting. Referred Completed Action requires action.The status ofa task for allocation purposeiseither: A request for assistance onlybecomes atask after ithasbeen confirmed that itisnotaduplicate callandit analysis processes. SLSNSW provides thefollowing information to ensure the effective management of task registration and To outlineSurfLife Saving NSW (SLSNSW) task registration andanalysis process. Date: 20 Section: LS9SurfEmergency Response System LS9.16 TASK REGISTRATION &ANALYSIS PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY The person could beimpatient andringback. A different person has called; or A possiblerevisit –to apreviously completed task whichrequires furtheraction. completed task. A duplicate call –theoriginalcaller orrelated partieshave called again aboutan existing uncompleted or A new task. | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 actioned by the relevant fire fighting agency. A referred taskis treated as complete. Task passedto anexternal agency resources for ifthe action, e.g. task isafirebe to Task hasbeencompleted by resources underthecontrol oftheSLS Task requires action by resources underthe control ofSLS Page: 1of STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 SAR OPERATIONS LS10 LS10 | 183
LS11. SURFCOMS LS10. SAR Operations 184 Control ofanincident relates to overall management of aSAR involving multipleagencies. A representative Incident Control Water Craft in prohibited waterways. request SurfLife Saving assets to operate outsidenormalstandard operating procedures, i.e.use of Rescue NSW Police are thecombat agency for allSearch &Rescue incidents inNew SouthWales. NSW Police can Area Command. Most commonly in Surf Life Saving operations, the SAR AuthorityshallbetheNSW Police –namelyMarine coordinating SAR training anddeveloping SAR policies. system, includingproviding appropriate legal andfunding support,providing orarranging for SAR assets, SAR Authorities have the overall responsibility for establishing, staffing, equippingandmanagingthe SAR longer areasonable possibility. efficient useof available SAR resources, until rescuehasbeen completed or untilchanceofsuccess isno A SAR Authorityshallensure that aSAR operation can bepromptly initiated and prosecuted withthe SAR Authority activity withaminimumofdelay. Once itisdecidedto proceed withasearch, plansshouldbeenacted for thecommencement ofsearch is madeto implement procedures inprosecuting a SAR. This sectionoutlines,in general terms, themanagement and coordination actions required whenadecision • • • There are three levels ofmanagement withintheSAR system: Overview Saving clubs, supportoperations andlifesaving aircraft operating in NewSouth Wales. Lifesaving resources includeallSLSactive members/ALS staff, approved lifesaving equipment, SurfLife through theuseoflifesaving resources. coordination ofsearch and rescue functions, provision ofmedical adviceandinitialmedical assistance Search andRescue are (SAR) services defined astheperformance ofdistress monitoring, communication, Definition SLSNSW provides thefollowing search andrescue definitions foruse byclubs/services/personnel. lifesaving operations. To outline thesearch andrescue responsibilities used by SurfLife Saving NSW (SLSNSW) for Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.1 SEARCH ANDRESCUE (SAR) PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Officer/Lifeguard Supervisor). Command oflifesaving by aIncident services Commander(usuallyPatrol Captain orDuty Control ofindividualSAR incidents by anIncident Controller (IC); and Overall management ofSAR responsibilities by SAR Authorities; | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 RESPONSIBILITIES Page: 1of4
(including whenSurfCom’s are operating). All SLSLife Saver Helicopter notifications/requests forsupportshallbemade viathe State DutyOfficer Responding lifesaving shallestablish services contact withon-site emergency andIncident services Controllers. Command, NSW Ambulance,Medical Retrieval Unit,SES, DPI. communications centres and key departments, includingbutnotlimited too Police VKG’s, MarineArea The State Dutyofficer shall provide SITREPSandseekfurther information fromemergencyservice Responding lifesaving shallprovide services the relevant SITREPSandcommunications to theState DutyOfficer. lifesaving services. The State DutyOfficershall correlate and disseminate the relevant information to the relevant shall bedirected to the State DutyOfficer. All communications from emergency andSLS/ALS/Council services Lifeguard Services/Lifesaving Aircraft ‘disasters’ aspertheNSW DISPLANandrelevant Sub-Plans. and lifesaving regarding services abeachoraquatic (coastal/offshore/inland) incident in NSW and for The State DutyOfficeristhesoleemergency contact anddissemination point between emergencyservices State DutyOfficer(including State Operations Centre) Incident Commander. command posts/and delegation of forward incident commanders) as required –but reporting tothe The Incident Commandermay delegate roles/responsibilities/tasks (includingestablishment of forward pilots shallbemaintained however, aspertheprocedures for thesafe operation ofthosecraft. Note: Therelevant operational responsibilities ofthe variouslifesaving service vessels/aircraft/skippers/ specific SLSincident commander, delegated unlessotherwise by theIncident Commander. Co-responding lifesaving from services adjacent branches orstates shallfall underthecommand ofthe ORB, JRB, SurfLife Saving aircraft (helicopters, fixed-wing, drones). resources/personnel involved intheSAR, notlimited to Lifesavers/Lifeguards (SLSNSW/ALS), IRBs,RWC, The surflife saving Incident Commandershallhave ‘command’ &coordinate allSurfLife Saving assets/ the Patrol Captain/Senior Lifeguard orDutyOfficer/Lifeguard Supervisor. For SurfLife Saving, theIncident Commandershallbethemost seniorlifesaving officeron-scene, usually specific tasks/objectives/goals, as set generally bytheIncident Controller. Command ofanincident relates to themanagement ofanindividualagency’s resources anddelivery of Incident Command(SLS) taking immediate andadequate action, basingtheirdecisionsonknowledge, logicand good judgement. arrangements. They must understand the extent oftheir authorityandresponsibility andmust becapable of appropriate SAR Authority. The role ofthe ICmay vary between SAR Authoritiesdepending ontheir command Each SAR operation is carried outunderanIncident Controller (IC)designated for thepurpose by the NSW Police Force. Most commonly inSurfLife Saving operations, theIncident Controller shallbeasenior representative ofthe of theSAR Authorityshalltake therole ofIncident Controller. Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.1 SEARCH ANDRESCUE (SAR) SAR ROLES - OVERVIEW th September 2016 RESPONSIBILITIES STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of4
| 185
LS10. SAR Operations LS10. SAR Operations 186 services (Fire,services Ambulance,Police) to request supportfor lifesaving services. Note: Duringregular patrol hours, SLSNSW SurfComsshallfulfilthe communication function toemergency delegated(unless otherwise to by theState DutyOfficer). Only State DutyOfficers (includingSOC)shallundertake a role tasking/notification for lifesaving services delegated to by theState DutyOfficer). communications support role for lifesaving over services theSLSNSW radio network (unlessotherwise Only SLSNSW SurfComsand/or State DutyOfficers (including SOC)shallundertake a coordination/ • • • • • SurfCom provides thesupportfunction to a SAR, includingthe combination ofthe following: SurfCom until suchtimea coordinated command structure isagreed between (ifappropriate). all services shallfallof theirservices to their own Patrol Captain, Branch DutyOfficer, Lifeguard Supervisors respectively, Where volunteer lifesaving may ALSandCouncilservices services, beundertaking joint operations, command respectively, until suchtime a coordinated command structure is agreedservices. between both the operational command oftheir own Incident Commander(Branch Duty Officer, Lifeguard Supervisor) Where bothvolunteer lifesaving are andALSservices co-responding services they shallinitially fall under Joint-Response Situations (volunteer andpaidservices) • • • • • • • participating ina SARincident in NSW include: Lifesaving whichshallfall services undertheoperational ‘command’ oftheBranch DutyOfficerif 3. 2. 1. These roles deliver 3key functions: Branch DutyOfficer/ALS Lifeguard Supervisors Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.1 SEARCH ANDRESCUE (SAR) Maintaining data/communications records. response/status/welfare;Monitoring service and Upward anddownward SITREPs to SLS/ALS andemergency services; Coordination ofemergency support; service Initial dissemination of information and taskingofSLS/ALSservices toanemergency; (i.evisitinginter-stateOther SLSservices team). LSV. respondingSLS service from SLSQ, respondingSLS services from adjacent Branches. Surf Life Saving Aircraft SLS ORB/JRBs. SLS RWCs. SLSC patrols/callout teams. On-site ‘command’ ofown services/assets/personnel. On-site liaisonwithIncident Controller (most commonly NSW Police). patrol timesand/or to unpatrolled locations). Local dissemination and coordination ofservices foremergency response (generally outside regular | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 RESPONSIBILITIES Page: 3of4 activity isanticipated orduringmajor SARincidents, the regular staff maybesupplemented as required. shall consist ofpersonnel whoare experienced and/or trained inSAR operations. Whenaperiodofheavy responsibility for maintaining theoperations ina continuous state of preparedness. TheSurfCom staff The staff ofaSurfComperform dutiesinthe prosecution ofsearch and rescue events inaddition they have coordination support. Note: SurfComdoesnotdeliver a‘command’ function for a SAR incident, rather communication/ Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.1 SEARCH ANDRESCUE (SAR) th September 2016 RESPONSIBILITIES STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 4of | 187
LS10. SAR Operations LS10. SAR Operations 188 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. The five SAR stages are: performed simultaneously. stage may overlap theactivitiesofanother stage suchthat theportionsof twoor more stages arebeing SAR incident may not require theperformance ofevery stage. For someincidents, theactivitiesofone becomes aware oftheincident until its response to theincident is concluded. The response to aparticular of activitiestypically performed bythe SAR system in responding toa SARincident from thetime system The response to aSAR incident usuallyproceeds through asequenceoffive stages. These stages are groups SAR Stages accomplish simpletasks andare known to have hindered, delayed oreven prevented own their rescue. even uninjured persons whoare apparently able-bodiedandcapable ofrational thought are oftento unable first 24hours, andthose for uninjured persons diminish rapidly after the first three days. Following anaccident, Experience hasshown that thechances for survival ofinjured persons decrease by asmuch80%duringthe 2. 1. decision onthebest course ofactionandatimelyactivation of SAR assets to makeitpossible to: Prompt receipt ofallavailable information by theSurfComisnecessary for thorough evaluation, immediate appropriate emergency phase,andwhat actionshouldbe taken. and carried out.Information must be gathered and evaluated to determine thenature ofthedistress, the passage oftime.Thesuccessa SAR operation dependsonthespeedwithwhichoperation isplanned incident there are survivors whowillneedassistance andwhosechancesofsurvival are reduced by the and theinitialaction taken are often critical tosuccessful SAR operations. It mustbeassumed thatineach When theSAR system first becomes aware ofanactualorpotential emergency, the information collected Introduction SLSNSW provides thefollowing information for use by lifesaving personnel. services To outlineSurfLife Saving NSW (SLSNSW) search andrescue stages. Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.2 SEARCH ANDRESCUE STAGES PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY other missions, return of SAR assets to theirnormalactivities and completion ofall required documentation. Conclusion –Return ofSRUs to alocation where they are debriefed, refuelled, replenished andprepared for craft, providing emergency necessary care for survivors anddelivering casualties to medical facilities. Operations –Dispatching SAR assets to thescene, conducting searches, rescuingsurvivors, assisting distressed survivors to medical facilities orotherplacesofsafety asappropriate. Planning –Thedevelopment ofoperational plansincluding plans for search, rescue andfinal delivery of and, inurgent situations, immediate performance of appropriate activities fromother stages. include evaluation andclassification ofthe information, alerting ofSAR assets, communication checks Initial Action– actionPreliminary taken toalert SARassets and obtain more information. The stage may may exist. Awareness –Knowledge by any person oragency intheSAR system that anemergency situation exists or capable ofdoingso. Use any contribution survivors may still beable tomake towards their own rescuewhilethey are still Locate, supportandrescue persons indistress intheshortest possibletime;and | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of the area ofsearch ormore readily available facilities. favourably placedto assumeresponsibility. Thismay bedueto better communications, closer proximity to hand, orwhenitbecomes apparent that aSAR authorityotherthantheoneinitiating theactionis more more accurate knowledge ofthemissingperson ordistressed craft’s position or movements comes to Responsibility for SAR coordination anddirection may be transferred between SARauthorities,whenever situations where itisaperiodoftime before NSW Police are on-scene. For lifesaving thisisevident services andcommon through regular patrol duties andinemergency response assets inorder that theintegrity ofthesearch ismaintained. SAR authorityisalerted to theincident itistheirresponsibility to coordinate theactivitiesof responding From time to time SARoperations maybe commencedindependent of a SARauthority. Once a relevant responsibility. Itisimperative that theappropriate SAR Authorityisnotifiedassoonpossible. appropriate SAR authoritywithoverall coordination responsibility isinaposition toassumethat In practice, thefirst agency tobecome aware ofadistress situation isobliged to respond untilthe Determination of Responsible Authority best response possiblewithinavailable resources. that oneagency hasoverall ‘control’ and otheragencies involved cooperate withthisagency to produce the It iscommon for a number ofagencies to contribute to oneSAR operation. Insuchcircumstances itisvital overall SAR control intheirjurisdiction. Volunteer organisations suchasSurfLife Saving work incloseliaisonwithState Police andthe Police retain 2. 1. There are two levels ofSAR response inAustralia: personnel.service Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) provides thefollowing search andrescue authorityinformation for lifesaving To outlinetheresponsible search andrescue authority. Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.3 RESPONSIBLE SAR AUTHORITY PURPOSE PURPOSE POLICY The State/Territory level through thePolice. The Commonwealth level through AusSAR andtheADF; th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of | 189
LS10. SAR Operations LS10. SAR Operations 190 Rescue vessels can participate inoperations at considerable distance from theirbase.Theirmaindesign boats search at 15–40knotsandlarger vessels search at 10–30knots. speed possibleundertheprevailing seaconditions (can dependingon vary conditions). Generally, small In anemergency situation when gauging thespeedofmarinecraft involved, itisusuallytheir maximum aviation assets are best placed to render assistance. the location ofthedistress sceneisknown with reasonable accuracy, orthelocation is remote andnon- assets for somesearch efforts, particularlywhen weather conditions prevent orhamper airsearch, when helicopters, marine craft orlandassets. However, it will sometimes benecessary touse marine craft orland Search operations are generally best carried out by aircraft, while rescueoperations are best carriedout by Maritime Assets d) c) b) a) Aerial assets provide anenhancedSAR capacity andinclude: Aerial Assets b) a) considerations: The selectionof available SAR units to beusedin SAR operations should take into account the following SAR UnitSelectionandCharacteristics review ofrequirements shallcontinue through theaction. Identification anddeployment of SARunitsshall commence atthetimeofinitial SAR responseanda utilisedand SAR planning. services shortest possibletime.However certain factors, suchasinclement weather ordarkness,may impact Every endeavour shouldbemadeto obtain sufficient SARassets tosearch the determined area inthe Introduction appropriate resources to conduct SAR operations. Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) provides thefollowing guidelinesfor personnel to usewhenselecting To provide guidelinesregarding theselectionofSearch and Rescue (SAR) resources. Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.4 SAR RESOURCE CHARACTERISTICS PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Volunteer fixed-wing (i.eAerialsharkpatrol). services NSW AmbulanceHelicopters. Police Helicopters. SLS Life Saver Rescue Helicopter Services. iv. iii. ii. i. Suitability for at least oneofthefollowing operations: The needto reach thedistress scenequickly;and | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Execution ofa rescue, (by air, marine,landunitsas required) . Carriage ofsuppliesto thesceneofanaccident and,ifnecessary, delivery ofsupplies;or Conduct asearch usingair, marineorlandunitsasrequired; Provision ofassistance to prevent orlessentheseverity ofaccidents; th September 2016 Page: 1of2 • • • • Land basedassets include: such) isimportant to aneffective SARoperation. A landbasedresponse inconjunction withAerial/Maritime resources (or stand-alone if conditionsdictate Land Assets h) g) f) e) d) c) b) a) Other sources ofmaritimeassistance may include: Rescue Boats (RIBs)have agreater range parameters). andcapacity (aspertheirspecific‘vessel survey’ Large rescue boats, suchasSLSOffshore Rescue Boats (ORBs), Jet Rescue Boats (JRBs)andSLSRigidHull capable ofoperating alimited distance offshore (lessthan1nm)in goodsea conditions. Rescue boats suchasInflatable Rescue Boats (IRBs)and Rescue Water Craft (RWCs) are short-range vessels communications equipment, andtrained personnel. and pilotlaunchespatrol boats are ofparticular value because oftheirspecialequipment, including size to accommodate survivors andequipment. Naval vessels, offshore lifeboats, seagoing tugs,customs requirements are good manoeuvrability, seaworthiness, longrange, relatively highspeedandsufficient Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.4 SAR RESOURCE CHARACTERISTICS Foot basedsearch parties. ATV/4WD vehicles. Incident command post. Emergency operations centre (EOC). Harbour craft, ferries, pilotlaunchesandtugs. Fishing vessels. Merchant vessels. Customs vessels. Marine Rescue vessel. NSW Maritime vessels. Naval vessels. Police vessels. th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of | 191
LS10. SAR Operations LS10. SAR Operations 192 night-time range. Pyrotechnic flares may beusedindaylight; however theirdetectable range isonlyabout10percent ofthe smoke signalsdecreases rapidly withanincrease ofwindspeedabove 15knots. kilometres. Smoke signalsare most effective in calmwind conditionsandopen terrain. The effectiveness of Orange smoke generating signalshave beensighted as far away as19kilometres withan average of 12 of surface glare. kilometres, withanaverage of5kilometres. However, seadye isnotvisiblewhen searching up-sun because Fluorescent seadye marker, whichstains thewater agreen orred colour, hasbeensighted asfar away as16 Daylight Devices • • • • • • • • • • Most commonly for lifesaving theseemergency services signalsinclude: encounter inorder to evaluate theirmeaningcorrectly andtake appropriate action. Personnel involved inlifesaving operations must be familiar withthetypesofsignalsthey can expect to There are many signalsthat can beusedto indicate adistress orotheremergency. Distress andEmergency Signals range from emergency radio beacons to mirrors. People ina craft indistress may useany possiblemeansofalertingothers totheirsituation. These devices Introduction Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) provides thefollowing guidelinesregarding emergency signallingdevices. To provide guidelinesregarding emergency signallingdevices. Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.5 EMERGENCY SIGNALLINGDEVICES PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Marker Dye Hand signals Rescue Tubes Flags V-sheets Smoke GPS/satellite Tracking EPIRBs Strobes (flashinglights) Flares | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of2 40 kilometres. Flares, star shellsandrockets have beendetected asfar away as55kilometres, withanaverage of strobe lights, generally about800metres. Incandescent lights that are usedonsomeindividuallifejackets have amuchsmallerdetectable range than Strobe lights have beensighted asfar as32kilometres away withanaverage of5.5kilometres. Flashing strobe lights are aneffective compactnight signalling device available forindividualsurvivors. Night-time Devices Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.5 EMERGENCY SIGNALLINGDEVICES th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of
| 193
LS10. SAR Operations LS10. SAR Operations 194 4. 3. 2. 1. Communications must allow for: The objectoflifesaving communications is to make possiblethe conduct oflifesaving operations. co-operate withauthorities to report and stop incidents ofinterference. Lifesaving personnel services shouldbeparticularly careful not to cause harmful interference, andshould authorised usesotherthanfor distress andsafety. interrupts any radio communications, isharmful. Somefrequencies are protected, inthat they have no interference. Any interference that putsat risktheoperation ofsafety degrades services obstructs or Distress andsafety communications require thehighest possibleintegrity andprotection from harmful on thefrequency usedfor thecall. receiving adistress call must immediately ceaseany transmissions that may interfere withthecall andlisten and on-scenecommunications. Distress calls take absolute priority over allothertransmissions; anyone marine craft indistress, includingmedical assistance. Distress traffic mayalsoinclude SAR communications Distress traffic includesallmessages relating toimmediate assistance required by persons, aircraft, or Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) provides thefollowing guidelinesregarding distress communications. To provide guidelinesregarding emergency signallingdevices. Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.6 DISTRESS COMMUNICATIONS PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Liaison between controlling/coordinating authoritiesand response resources. Co-ordination oftheoperation of various SARunits;and effecting rescue; Rapid communication ofdistress information totheauthorities responsible for organising and Rapid transmission ofdistress messages from aircraft, ships andsmallcraft, including formedical assistance; | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of
of highprobability that can beusedastheinitialsearch area or, ifthearea issmallenough,useit. probably withincan usuallybedetermined. TheIncident Controller to shouldtry reduce thisarea to anarea When neitherthepositionnorintended tracks are known, at least anarea that thecraft indistress was Approximate Area Known shouldbetreatedsighting, thesameasatrack known situation. or route butthecraft’s actualposition alongthe track isunknown. Asinglelineofposition,suchasa flare The craft indistress may have filed atripor voyage planprior todeparture that includedthe intended track Approximate Track Known and reliable positionofthecraft indistress. distress; orcomputed by theIncident Controller asadeadreckoning positionfrom apreviously reported The incident may have beenwitnessed:reported asanavigational fix byanother craft orthe craft in Approximate Position Known Three possiblesituations may exist with respect to thelocation ofadistress incident whenitis reported. probable position(MPP). allow thesearch plannerto establish acorresponding geographic reference ordatum for thesurvivors’ most Each scenariomust be consistent withtheknown facts ofthecase, have ahighlikelihood ofbeingtrueand assumptions, describingwhat may have happened to thesurvivors sincethey were last known to besafe. the next step isto develop oneormore scenario/s orsets ofknown facts plussomecarefully considered to theincident. However, systematic search ofsuchalarge area isnormallynotpractical. Therefore, further information related to themissingcraft orpersons andwhether anincoming reportmight apply Knowing theextreme limitsofpossiblelocations allows thesearch planner to determine where to seek distress incident anddrawing acircle ofthat radius around theLKP. have travelled between thetimeoftheirlast known position(LKP) andtheknownorassumedtime locations.possible survivor by determining Thisisusuallydone themaximum distance thesurvivors could The first step ineithermarineorlandsearch planningis to determine thelimitsofarea containing all Estimating theDistress Incident Location personnel to follow. Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) provides guidelinesregarding estimating distress incident locations for To outlineguidelinesregarding estimating distress incident locations. Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.7 DISTRESS INCIDENTLOCATION PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of | 195
LS10. SAR Operations LS10. SAR Operations 196 factor for theIncident Controller to consider. method available to theIncident Controller. Ifdarkness were approaching thiswould be another limiting For survivors notequippedwithany typeofdetection aidsdaylight visual search isusually theonlysearch Daylight Factor 24 hours ifnotgiven emergency medical care. system must bemeasured inminutes. Critically injured persons ofany accident usuallydiewithinthefirst In thecase ofseriouslyinjured persons orpersons inahostile environment, the reaction timeofthe SAR or misdirected effort. Individual incidents will withlocalvary conditions. incident occurs. Prompt positive actionis required sothat nolife willbelost orjeopardized through wasted The probability offindingsurvivors andtheirchancesofsurvival diminishwitheach minute after an General TimeFactors essence oftheSAR system. incident. Arapid butsystematic approach isessential since prompt response to emergency incidents isthe Normally theIncident Controller determines theurgency andextent required ofSAR services for an Whenever practicable, pertinent data shouldbeplotted onachart toaidin evaluating related factors. are someofthefactors that willaffect search capability. visibility, aircraft limitations, search effectiveness, safety of flight and time available to complete the search Terrain, weather andoceanographic conditions can affect all areas in SARplanning andoperations. Search The Incident Controller must beaware ofavailability ofSAR facilities withintheir region. The facilities available to conduct asearch may belimited by lackof available personnel andsearch assets. especially inunpopulated areas, over theocean,andover flat terrain ordeserts. hours left for adaylight search, althoughtheIncident Controller shouldnotarbitrarily ruleout night search, conditions, thechancesofsurvival decrease rapidly. Timelimitation also may bedictated bythenumberof The most seriouslimitation istime.Whenpersons are injured or are subjected toadverse climatic or water may beincomplete orconfused. is atimewhenspeedand reliability willbemost important, however itisalsoatimewhenincident reports usually become apparent between thetimeincident is reported andthe execution ofthesearch. This Perhaps themost difficult tasktheIncident Controller undertakes isthe evaluation ofthese factors. They evaluation isusuallymore difficultandtime consuming because of the many factors involved. immediate assistance, theaction taken must beaccomplished quickly andpositively. Where uncertainty exists, of response isafunction requiring information, judgement and experience. Inemergency situations requiring Evaluating incidents to determine theurgency andthe extent of required SAR response, orthe termination to SAR emergency response. Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) provides guidelinesfor personnel to follow regarding time factors in relation To provide guidelinesregarding time factors in relation to SARemergency response. Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.8 URGENCY OFRESPONSE &TIMEFACTORS PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of2 in locating targets. The capability ofthesedevices shouldbediscussedwiththeoperators oftheequipment. Night aural andvisualsearch shouldbeconsidered. Modernelectronic detection methods may be effective visual andelectronic are particularly effective atsea, over sparsely populated areas, flat terrain anddeserts. signalling devices orcan display otherlights, night searches shouldalways beconducted. Night searches, If itisknown orsuspected that thesurvivors have detection aidssuchas pyrotechnic flares orothernight Night Factor Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.8 URGENCY OFRESPONSE &TIMEFACTORS th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of | 197
LS10. SAR Operations LS10. SAR Operations 198 f) e) d) c) b) a) Should acraft disappearwithoutadistress call being received, the following assumptions are made: Location ofaDistressed Craft e) d) c) b) a) summarise someofthemore important ones: There isawidespectrumoffactors that may influence the extent andmannerofaninitial SAR response. To SAR response. Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) provides guidelinesfor personnel to follow regarding factors affecting initial To provide guidelinesregarding factors affecting initial SAR response. Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.9 FACTORS AFFECTING INITIALSAR RESPONSE PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY position andassociated times. Forsimplicity, they are used to describebothlandand water positions. The terms “Last Known Position” and“Last Known Position Time” are usedwhen referring tolast known an accurate probability area iscalculated inreadiness for amore intensive search. the Incident Controller may make anarbitrary allowance inthefirst instance, whichmay beapplieduntil time ofarrival ofsearch units at thesceneislonger than four hours. Thiswill inhighdrift vary areas and movement into account, unlesstheinterval between the‘Last Known Position Time’andtheestimated on thenavigational history ofthedistressed craft’s route, norisitnormallynecessary to take water When conducting aninitial response,itisnotnecessary to draw upa probability area accurately based assumptions aslongthere is, at that time,noindication of contrary tracking bythe distressed craft. should not,however, dissuadeanIncident Controller from basinginitialsearch procedures ontheabove evolutionary changesduring theinitialplanningphase.Thepossibilityofthese tosearch strategy New intelligence information may cause theIncident Controller to re-evaluate theassumptions made operating agency shouldbequestioned concerningpolicyas todiversion. The possibilityofacommunications failure, andasubsequent diversion shouldnotbeoverlooked. The position andthewhere the next report wasdue. That thecraft ismost likely to be found onthesectionof planned track between thelast reported That thecraft isprobably between thelast reported positionandits destination. Nature ofterrain/location (withinpermitted response area i.edistance from shore). Times ofdaylight/darkness; and Actual andforecast weather conditions; Availability ofaircraft, marinecraft andlandparties forsearching; Extent andreliability ofinformation aboutthelocation ofthedistressed craft/persons; | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of time thechanceofsuccessful recovery decreases rapidly. recovery ofsurvivors. Thebest chanceofsuccessful recovery occurs duringthistimeperiod.After 48hours Studies have shown that theperiodwithin12to 24hours ofadistress incident isthemost critical for and notwarranted. The decision to conduct suchoperations must be basedonprobability ofdetection. their rescue. Prolonged SAR operations after all probability ofsurvival hasbeen exhausted are uneconomical All reasonable actionshallbe taken to locate distressed personnel, determine their status andbringabout be at stake andthechancesfor saving lives are withinthe capability ofthepersonnel andequipment available. SAR personnel andequipment shallnotbe placedat risk, northemissionattempted, unless lives are known to and thegains to berealised. Known andinherent andresidual riskmust be carefully weighed against themission’s chancesfor success areSAR services notexpected andcannot bejustified. their facilities are available and can be effectively used. Nevertheless, there maybeapoint beyond which SAR facilities are responsible for taking whatever actionthey can to save life at any timeandplacewhere level ofriskversus thelikely gain before commencing activities toensure theongoing safety ofpersonnel. Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) requires lifesaving personnel to evaluate SAR operations to determine the To provide guidelinesregarding theprocess ofevaluating risk versus gain in relation to SARoperations. Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.10 RISKVS GAIN PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of | 199
LS10. SAR Operations LS10. SAR Operations 200 • • • • • • • Some ofthecluesthat may indicate thesurvivors’ location orsituation include: Location clues h) g) f) e) d) c) b) a) Several factors willinfluence the extent andmannerofaninitial SAR response.In general these are the: gathering andpreparation for thepossibleneed to plansearches. The following provides somegeneral guidancefor theearlystages ofaSAR operation, includinginformation various forms, checklists, worksheets, tables andgraphs provided intheappendices to bevery helpful. information andinitiation ofaction all require concentrated efforton many details.TheICwillfindthe Incident Controller the (IC)duties can bedemanding, gathering ofinformation, evaluation ofthis General Considerations for theIncident Controller lifesaving personnel inundertaking theirduties effectively. Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) provides guidelinesregarding search andrescue information factors to assist To provide anoverview ofsearch andrescue information factors. Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.11 SAR INFORMATION FACTORS PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Results ofprevious searching. On sceneenvironmental conditions; and Crew behaviour; Condition and capabilities; Hazards; Last known position; Intentions; Time delay innotification. Sea currents; and Availability ofsurvival suppliesandsupplydropping teams; Nature ofterrain; Times ofdaylight/darkness; Actual andforecast weather conditions; Availability ofaircraft, marinecraft andlandparties forsearching; Extent/reliability ofinformation aboutthelocation ofthedistressed craft/occupants; | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of 12. 11. 10. 9. 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. Air, MarineorLandIncident information 10. 9. 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. A maritime SAR incident is considered imminent oractualwhenany ofthe following conditions exist: Maritime SAR Incident As many oftheitems shouldbeobtained ascircumstances permit. obtained from thecraft ortheindividual reporting theactualorpotential emergency situation orincident. The following information, orasmuchofitis required to address anemergency situation, shouldbe all required search andrescue incident information. Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) provides thefollowing guidelinesto assist lifesaving personnel ingathering rescue incident. To provide guidelinesregarding theinformation that shouldbe gathered in relation toasearch and Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.12 SAR INCIDENT INFORMATION PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Emergency radio equipment andfrequencies, EPIRB, orflares; Radio frequencies currently inuse,monitored or scheduled; Date, timeand departure point, planned route, speed, ETA anddestination; health, injuries,intentions; Details ofpersons onboard, persons involved (POB) includingnumberofpeopleinvolved, ages, state of wingtip colour, unusual features); Craft description (size, fuselage type,markings,hull, colourof colour, cabin,deck,rigging, tail colour, For aircraft, speedandendurance; altitude, attitude,heading, Date/time ofnotification; Date/time ofemergency occurrence; Nature ofemergency (fire, collision, person overboard, disabled, overdue, crash ormissinghiker etc.); position andthenext reporting position); Position ofemergency (latitude/longitude orbearing/distance) from aknown point orthelast reported Distressed craft (name/type/call sign/registration) oridentification; Name, address, andtelephone numberorcontact point ofperson reporting; A Medivac isrequired onmedical advice. An EPIRBhasbeenactivated; or Persons are inthewater andrequire assistance; The surface vessel orcraft is overdue orunreported; crew may beforced to abandon; Reports indicate that theoperating efficiency ofthe craft issoimpaired thatthe craft maysinkorthe The crew isreported to have abandonedshiporisaboutto doso; A surface vessel orcraft is reported to besinkingor to have sunk; It isapparent that asurface vessel orcraft isindistress; A surface vessel orcraft hastransmitted adistress signal; A surface vessel orcraft has requested assistance; th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of2
| 201
LS10. SAR Operations LS10. SAR Operations 202 20. 19. 18. 17. 16. 15. 14. 13. 19. 18. 17. 16. 15. 14. 13. 12. 11. 10. 9. 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. Person Overboard Incident Information Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.12 SAR INCIDENT INFORMATION Mobile phonenumbers ofany person. Other information sources, friends, e.g. relatives, associates, yacht clubs, andaero clubs; Survival equipment includingquantity of food/water andsignallingdevices; Navigation capabilities; Possible route deviations; Owner/agent ofdistressed craft and contact method; Local actionbeing taken orassistance required; Actual weather/sea conditions; Other pertinent information. Initial reporter (parent agency, radio station, name/call signofship); Assistance beingreceived; Assistance desired; Whether anurgency broadcast isrequested; Radio frequencies inuse,monitored orscheduled; Will theshipsearch for theperson overboard and,ifso, for how long; Has theshipbeencompletely searched; Lifejacket (worn, missing); Height offall from shipto water; Person’s clothing(amount andcolour); Person’s physical/mental condition and swimming ability; Person’s height andweight to determine survivability; Person’s name,age andgender; Weather conditions (include water temperature); If timeofperson overboard unknown, whenlast seen; Date, timeandpositionwhentheperson went overboard; Position, course andspeedoftheship; Name andcall signofshipwithmanoverboard; | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 2of enhance briefings. personnel. Thissequenceisknown as SMEAC. UsingtheSMEAC system to sequenceyour delivery can A standard sequencefor issuingorders orinstructions isused to convey theoperational plan toall SMEAC be usedfor thetransmission oftheinformation. method to beused,Briefing Officers must considerthe SAR knowledge ofthe recipients andthe method to There are many ways ofdescribingsearch patterns andtheboundariesofsearch areas. Inselectingthe Search Area Description Similar arrangements shallbemadefor debriefing SAR units. potential for misunderstanding. Lifeguard Supervisors) shouldbeaware ofthedifficultiesinherent inbriefing indirectly andthe increased opportunity for face-to-face briefing contact. Appointed Briefing Officers (Patrol Captains/Duty Officers/ Briefings for marineunitswill cover similar topics to thosegiven to airandlandunits,butthere may beless venue issuitable for thepurpose. be satisfied that thebriefings are well prepared, and that where groupbriefings are to be conducted, the Comprehensive briefing ofsearch unitsisvital to every search operation. TheIncident Commandershould Search Briefing individual search unittasks. The Briefing Officerappointed tothebriefing task mustbe thoroughly familiarwiththe overall planand for theSAR operation shallbeclearlyandprecisely presented. therefore begiven every opportunityto familiarise withallrelevant details ofthedistress. Allinstructions for search operations are neithertrained for, nor experienced inthesearch role. Field SAR personnel shall whenever possible,ingood timebefore departure. Itmust beappreciated that many personnel engaged time consuming processes, andinthe case ofbriefing, preparation must commence atanearly stage and, Comprehensive briefing andde-briefing ofsearch crews isavital component ofsearch planning. They are To provide guidelinesregarding SAR crew briefings. Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.13 SAR BRIEFINGS PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of2 | 203
LS10. SAR Operations LS10. SAR Operations 204 under thecircumstances. between search area andSAR unit staging bases,andtheparticular probability ofdetection (POD)desired navigational aids, search target detect ability, suitability of available search units,search area size, distance When developing asearch plan, theICmust carefully weigh thelimitations oftime, terrain, weather, Controlling Factors 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. Additional search planninginvolves: search unitsheneeds. operation. Once theoptimum planis developed, theICmust make every effort to services ofthe obtain the search planontheassumption that sufficient andsuitable search unitswillbe available for conductingthe the search area, buttheabove four items comprise aminimum.TheICdevelops theoriginaloroptimum The ICwillmost likely provide muchmore detailed information to thefirst search unit tobedispatched to 4. 3. 2. 1. conducting theirsearch: When asearch missionisrequired, four factors are ofimmediate importance to thesearch unitfor the search isplannedandconducted. developed by theIncident Controller/Commander (IC),asmany lives may dependuponthecare withwhich it may beacomplex planinvolving alarge numberofunits.Inany case, asearch planshouldalways be A search planisrequired for every mission.Itmay beavery abbreviated planfor asinglesearch unit,or search planning. Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) provides thefollowing guidelinesfor personnel to adhere to regarding basic To provide guidelinesontheprocess ofbasicsearch planning. Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.14 BASIC SEARCH PLANNING PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY reporting requirements. specific search responsibilities tosearch facilities,on-scene coordination instructions and search asset Providing asearch plan that includesacurrent description ofthesituation, search objectdescription(s), Defining search sub-areas andsearch patterns forassignment tospecificsearch assets. maximized (optimal search effort allocation). Determining thebest way to use the available search assets sothechancesoffindingsurvivors are (probable error ofposition)aboutthat location. Using theseresults to estimate themost probable location (datum) ofsurvivors andtheuncertainty Estimating thesurvivors’ post-distress movements and probable error ofthat estimate. Estimating thedistress incident location and probable error of that location. Evaluating thesituation, includingthe resultsof any previous searching. The appropriate track spacing. The best search pattern; and The search area, includingweather conditions andany possiblerisks ordangers; An adequate description ofthesearch target; | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of2 may take theform ofabarriersearch at theendofsearch area. search aircraft. Ifthe targets drift rate exceeds theaircraft’s rate of creep, remedialactionisnecessary. This To ascertain ifthedrift rate presents aproblem, compare the targets drift rate tothe rate of creep of the 30 minutes to complete eachsearch leg. If thesearch legmust beoriented across thedriftdirection, thenthesearch craft should take nolonger than search legswiththedriftdirection. successive sweeps. Thesimplest andmost effective way ofaccomplishing the latter is toorientate the Search legsmust beplannedsothat thetarget cannot slip outofthesearch craft’s track spacingduring prevent thetarget from slippingoutofthearea duringthesearch. encountered theICmust allow for sufficientextension ofthesearch area inthedirection ofdriftin order to A controlling factor peculiarto most maritimeareas isthedrift rate. Insituations where ahighdrift rateis factors asmuchpossible. is plannedto meet therequirements ofthecontrolling factors, whileat thesametimesatisfying theother of others, theICmust decidewhichfactors are themost important. Oncethisisdecided,thesearch effort used withinagiven area. Withtherealisation that emphasisonany factor willusuallybe at the expense (apart from SAR unit’s availability) there isapractical limit to thenumberofsearch unitsthat can besafely controlling factors. Inany oftheabove circumstances additional SAR units would alleviate thesituation, but The preceding paragraph illustrates afew ofthefactors where theparticularcircumstances may dictate 3. 2. 1. the following relationships might exist between datum, search area, time available andPOD: developing theattainable search plan. For example, whenonlyalimited numberof SAR unitsare available, factors are referred to asthecontrolling factors, andare theonesgiven themost consideration when that theothers can generally beregarded assecondary oreven disregarded entirely. Theseimportant Of allthefactors involved insearch oneormore may planning, prove soimportant inaparticularsituation additional data are obtained andmore extensive search operations are planned. exercise best judgement andinitiate search withaminimumofinformation and few SARunitswhile and good conditions for search are desirable, positive andimmediate actionisalso required. TheICshould misdirected effort willgreatly diminishthechancesoflocating survivors. Whilethorough missionplanning As theabilityto survive after anemergency islimited, timeisofparamount importance, and any delay or Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.14 BASIC SEARCH PLANNING High PODrequires closetrack spacingat theexpense ofarea searched ortime. Limited time available for thesearch requires a rapid search rate at the expense ofthePOD;and Inaccurate datum requires alarger search area at theexpense of timeorPOD; th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of | 205
LS10. SAR Operations LS10. SAR Operations 206 2. 1. To obtain anoverall weather picture anattempt shouldbe made to complete the following questionnaire: system activation. may have haduponthecraft’s operating capabilitiesand/orcraft’s theactionsof operator prior toSAR When missionsinvolve overdue craft, the weather situation shouldbe evaluated to determine what effect it drift factor allowed for insearch calculations will be of reasonable accuracy over ashorttimeperiod. without delay. The probability oflocating survivors ishighduringtheearly stages ofsurvival craftthe driftas In situations where survivors are adriftin regionsofhigh velocity water current, searches shouldbe mounted conditions that deteriorate below the required flight conditions, then air search may have tobesuspended. cover large areas where many aircraft are employed. Shouldairsearch be conducted underadverse weather continuously by the IC.Low cloudbase and restricted visibilityare particularlyhazardous during searches that Safety may sometimes be prejudiced by actual weather conditions, whichmust, therefore, be monitored should allowfor more precise navigational accuracy. difficult inadverse weather. Aerialunits are particularlyvulnerable. Forthis reasonthe patterns selected information, themore realistic willbethederived track spacing.Maintaining accurate search patterns is Wind, visibilityandcloudcover influences thesearch track spacing.Therefore, thebetter the weather and forecast to remain so, more extensive planningmay beaccomplished. more rapid actionis required anddetailed planningmay suffer due tothetime available.If weather is good search effort shouldbedeferred. If weather iscurrently good but forecast to deteriorate inashorttime, If weather willnotallow for asearch operation to bemounted withoutendangering additionallives, the important role inthesafety ofthesearch units. likelihood ofasuccessful mission.Knowledge oftheprevailing weather conditions willalsoplay an Accurate knowledge ofweather conditions andtheprudent judgment basedonitwillenhancethe added turbulence,rough seasandhigherstresses onboththesearch personnel andtheircraft. under adverse weather conditions, butalso SAR unitsthemselves operate at lower efficiency due tothe available to conduct aSAR operation. Notonlyare survivors ofadistressed craft more difficult to detect Adverse weather prevailing inorapproaching anarea where survivors are located may alsolimitthetime Weather/Oceanographic Factors performing theirduties. Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) provides thefollowing guidelinesto assist personnel ineffectively To provide guidelinesregarding theaffect ofenvironmental factors on SAR operations. Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.15 ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY was theoperator’s reaction to the weather briefing? What was theenroute andforecast weather briefing given to thecrew ofthemissingcraft, andwhat marine volunteers, ifpossible. information shouldbeobtained from local reliable sources intheareas concerned, suchaspoliceor overdue craft shouldhave beeninthoseareas? Ifno established weather facilities are available, the What was theweather at thedeparture point, destination andalong the planned track atthetime | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of2 9. 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. ifpossible: The following weather information shouldbe requested immediately, andonascheduledbasisthereafter, weather into thecurrent synoptic picture. personnel may beableto develop anapproximation ofthesurvivor’s survivor’s position byfittingthe know theirexact position.Ifsurvivors can report sufficient weather information, theICand meteorological Occasionally missions will occurduringwhichradio contact can beestablished withsurvivors whodonot Weather Reports by Survivors 6. 5. 4. 3. Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.15 ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS Observed timesofsunset and/or sunrise. Outside airtemperature; and might indicate frontal passage; changes inwinddirection, noticeable change in temperature, blowing dust or any other condition that The timesofsuddenchanges inwindor weather suchas quickdeterioration,rapid clearing, sudden Prevailing weather phenomenasuchassnow, rain, fog, seastate, etc; Winds aloftdirection, ifdiscernible bycloud movement; Estimated surface wind velocity; Type ofdescription ofcloud; Estimated height ofclouds; Percentage ofcloudcover; Were there any areas ofmarked pressure changes that may have caused aircraft altimeter errors? exceeded eitherthecrafts oroperator’s capability? that mayturbulence, icing, have caused thecraft to attempt circumnavigation, or that could have Were there any areas poorvisibility, oflow ceiling, precipitation, thunderstorms, frontal activity, Were there any marked changes inwindorseacurrents that might have resulted innavigation errors? emergency isknown, what were theactualweather conditions at thecraft’s estimated position? What was theweather inthearea where themissingcraft is presumed to beandifthetimeof th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of | 207
LS10. SAR Operations LS10. SAR Operations 208 The rate of body heat loss increases as the temperature of air and water decreases. If a survivor is immersed oceans have water temperatures of19°Corabove. temperature that oceanwater can beat any time of year is29°C.Approximately one-third oftheearth’s The bodywillcool whenimmersed inwater having atemperature oflessthan33°C.The warmest Water Hypothermia as low as17°C. attack) willusuallyoccurasthefinal event. Insome casesindividuals have survived withbody temperatures temperature depressions of26°C andbelow, theaverage individualwilldieandventricular fibrillation (heart unconsciousness occurs at 30°C.Only30percent would beexpected to survive thesetemperatures. At body persons willreturn to useful activity. At about32°C, thelevel of consciousness becomes cloudedand only 35°C, most persons Ifthebodytemperature willsurvive. is depressed to approximately 33°C, most Internal bodytemperature isthecritical factor in hypothermia. If thebody temperature isdepressed to and water survival situations. Hypothermiaistheleading cause ofdeath for survivors ofmaritimedisasters. to thechillingeffects of cold air, windor water. Death from hypothermia may occurinbothlandsurvival Hypothermia istheabnormallowering ofinternal bodytemperature (heat loss)andresults from exposure Hypothermia controlling factors. in thesefigures, andtherefore should consider thesefigures ashelpful guidelines rather than absolute the ICmust understand that someindividualswill exceed thelife expectancy ortolerance timesindicated are baseduponcase histories, field tests, laboratory experiments andanalysis ofallknown data. However, from theenvironment, andto assist inevaluating thepracticality of terminating asearch. These graphs The following graphs are provided to assist theICindetermining theurgency required to remove survivors remoteness, andtheall-important individualwillto live. conditions, thirst, exhaustion, hunger, and various psychological stresses suchasisolation, lonelinessand clothing’s wetness, thesurvivor’s activityduringtheir exposure, initialbody temperature, physical Additional factors whichwill asurvivor’svary life expectancy includethetypeofclothing worn, the expectancy ofsurvivors. Individualswillvary intheirreaction to cold andheat stresses. simple one.Theseandotherfactors often exist in combination to complicate the problem of estimating life The relation ofsurvival time to water temperature, air temperature, humidityandwind velocityisnota are available. useful to evaluate probable climatic conditions in regionswhere few or no weather reporting facilities complete theirrescue. Insomecases, environment willbethemost timecritical ofall.Climatic atlases are The environment inwhichthesurvivor isexposed isanother factor that limitsthetime available to performing theirduties. Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) provides thefollowing guidelinesto assist personnel ineffectively To provide guidelinesregarding survival environmental factors. Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.16 SURVIVAL ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of3
basic duration shown onthefigure. suchasimmersionclothing, suitsorwet suits,iscapable ofincreasing survival timefrom 2 to 10timesthe the situation where survivors withoutlifejackets must swim to stay afloat). Specialisedinsulated protective Factors that make aperson losebodyheat faster are: low body weight, orexercising light clothing, (suchas other protective behaviour. loss ofbodyheat are: high bodyweight, ortheuseofahuddling or heavy survival clothing, clothing, variation expected for adultand teenage humansunder the conditions specified. Factors that slow the build, fatness, physical fitness, and state The ofhealth. zone would include approximately 95%ofthe broad zone that indicates the large amount ofindividualvariability associated withdifferent bodysize, non-exercising humanto 30 The graph displays predicted calm-water survival time, the time required to coolalightly clothed, and feet fall sorapidly that suchimmersions are frequently lesspainful thanthosein4°Cto 10°Cwater. skin temperatures are at thesametemperature asthewater. Inaddition,the temperatures ofthehands minutes istoo shortatime for theinternal body temperature to fall to a fatal level, even thoughtheouter because ofreduced bodytemperature, butrather from theshockofrapid entry into cold water. Fifteen Water survivors whodiewithin10to 15minutes after entry into frigid water apparently donotsuccumb subsequent drowning. pain onentering thewater. Thisshockinsomeinstances may befatal owing to lossofconsciousness and than 1hour. Inwater temperatures of2°Candbelow thesurvivor suffers asevere shockandintense temperature range from 4°Cto 10°C, onlyabout50percent ofagroup can beexpected to survive longer All skintemperatures decrease to that ofthesurrounding water temperature inabout10minutes. Inthe the handsandfeet. Thisvery painful experience willcontinue until numbness sets in. cramps willbepresent almost from thetimeofentering the water andintense painwill be experienced in Faintness anddisorientation occur at water temperatures of10°Candbelow. Violent shivering andmuscle From 10°Cto hasareasonably 15°Cthesurvivor good chanceifrescue iscompleted within6hours. upon immersion. Dunkingandsubmersion difficulties become increasingly distressfulsurvivor. tothe near water temperature within10minutes ofentry andshivering anddiscomfort isexperienced immediately Between 15°Cand21°Canindividualcan survive upto 12hours. At 15°Cskin temperatures willdecrease to sharks are themajorproblems at thesetemperatures. some individualshaving survived inexcess of80hours at thesetemperatures. Staying afloat andfighting off In water temperatures above 21°Csurvival timedependssolelyuponthe fatigue factor oftheindividual, heat exchange approximately twenty five times greater thanthat ofair atthesame temperature. the fact that water willdisplacethe layer ofstill airthat normallysurrounds thebody. Water allows a rate of in water, hypothermia willoccurvery rapidly dueto thedecreased insulating qualityof wet clothingand Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.16 SURVIVAL ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS th September 2016 o C incold water. Thisgraph shows aline for theaverage expectancy anda STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of3
| 209
LS10. SAR Operations LS10. SAR Operations 210 in afew days, althoughsomehave survived for aweek ormore. both inhotclimates andinsurvival situations at seaisdehydration. Aperson totally without water candie person willdie.Milderforms ofheat stress are heat cramps andheat exhaustion. Anotherlimiting factor of thetemperature control mechanismof the body. Ifthebodytemperature risesabove 42°C, theaverage most severe form ofheat stress isheatstroke, duringwhichthebodytemperature rises dueto thecollapse Hyperthermia, heat stress anddehydration are dangers inhotclimates, particularlyindesert areas. The Hyperthermia, Heat Stress andDehydration would cause freezing ofany exposed skin. intermediate temperatures. Theshadedareas represent windspeedandtemperature combinations that relationship between air temperature andthelogarithm ofDwindspeedallows simpleinterpolation ofthe Figure 3.2,depictstheeffects of various windspeedandair temperature combinations. The straight-line consider for exposed survivors. water, thebodyheat losswillbeaccelerated withincreasing windvelocities. Thisisanadditional factor to Although thebodywillloseheat approximately twenty-five timesslower in calmairthanwhenimmersed in Wind Hypothermia Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.16 SURVIVAL ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS wind speed 40 ormore Estimated | (knots) STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 30 20 10 0 th September 2016 10/50 Little danger for properly
dressed persons Survival me (hours) 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0/32 HIGHL HYPO 0/32 DE 5/41 AT Y PROBABLE THERMIA H FROM Wa
A te V 10/50
r E R te A Actual airtemperature (�C/F)
mper G E DE -12/10 ature (°C/°F) AT HIGHL H FROMHYPO 15/59 BOD WHO L Page: 3of PERSONS SL Y IMPR OW Y HE OSE LY AT OBABLE 20/68 THERMI BOD WHO L PERSONS QUICKL -23/-9 freezing exposed flesh Increased danger of Y HE A OSE Y AT 25/77 -35/31 freezing exposed flesh Great danger of -45/-48 2. 1. but includethefollowing considerations: Parallel linesearches utilisingmore thanone vessel should follow thesame steps asone vessel operations 4. 3. 2. 1. Search andrescue crews shouldfollow the following steps when utilisingthissearch pattern forsingle vessels: This search pattern provides uniform coverage andshouldbe utilised onlywhenoperating inthe open ocean. searching smallerrectangular areas separately. This typeofsearch may becarried outby oneaircraft or by several aircraft following parallel tracks oreach parallel tracks. Successive tracks are maintained parallel to eachotherandonetrack spacingapart. search conducted over water. Thesearch vessel/s proceeds from onecorner ofthesearch area maintaining The parallel linesearch pattern isbest usedin rectangular orsquare areas. Itisa suitablevery pattern fora search pattern can be carried out by singleormultiple vessels. in distress isnotwell established. Thesearch legsusedare parallel to themajoraxis ofthesearch area. This Parallel linesearch patterns are usedwhenthearea ofprobability islarge andthelocation of craft or person performing theirduties. Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) provides thefollowing guidelinesto assist personnel ineffectively To provide guidelinesregarding parallel linesearch patterns. PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.17 PARALLEL LINESEARCH PATTERN with anoverlapping distance of50metres. specific overlap distance incorporated each vessel isdesignated e.g. a starting point 300 metres apart length) eachcraft shallbedesignated aspecificsectionofthesearch areabasedon distance witha When operating withina relatively large area of abeach probability (e.g. greater than 500 metres in be onetrack spacingapart. each craft shallbedesignated aspecific starting point inthesearch areainlinewitheach vesselandshall When operating withina relatively small area of abeach500 metresprobability (e.g. orlessinlength) Crews shallensure that successive tracks are maintained parallel to each otherandare one track space apart. The search pattern shouldbeginsothat there isa continuous overlap ofvisionthroughout thesearch. a continuous reference point duringthesearch. Crews shalltake avisualreference ordrop abuoy andanchorasasurface marker. Thiswillthenprovide The search pattern shallbegin at theone corner ofthesearch area. th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of2 | 211
LS10. SAR Operations LS10. SAR Operations 212 Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.17 PARALLEL LINESEARCH PATTERN | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Single Vessel Parallel LineSearch Page: 2of 4. 3. 2. 1. When undertaking anopenoceancreeping linesearch thefollowing steps shouldbeutilised: pattern is to beutilisedwhenthedirection ofthecurrent orwindis known. An openoceancreeping linesearch isto be utilisedinopenoceanorflat water conditions.Thissearch 4. 3. 2. 1. When undertaking aripto oceancreeping linesearch thefollowing steps shouldbeutilised: utilised whenundertaking search and rescue operations inriver and creek mouthsandbars. the patient/s were inaripcurrent andthecurrent direction isknown. Thissearch pattern shouldalsobe A ripto oceancreeping linesearch isto beutilisedininshore conditions whenthelast known positionof Rip to Ocean b) a) There are two different typesofcreeping linesearch patterns, these are: distress iscloserto oneendofthesearch area. A creeping linesearch pattern would beusedwhenthere isa stronger probability ofthecraft orperson in performing theirduties. Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) provides thefollowing guidelinesto assist personnel ineffectively To provide guidelinesregarding creeping linesearch patterns. Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.18 CREEPINGLINESEARCH PATTERN PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Crews shall work from thelast known position,andmove alongsearch linesthat are equallyspaced. close enoughsothat there isacontinuous overlap ofvisionthroughout thesearch. The search pattern shouldbegin following thedirection ofthecurrent orwind.Theline taken shouldbe a continuous reference point duringthesearch. Crews shall take avisualreference ordrop abuoy andanchorasasurface marker. Thiswillthenprovide The search pattern shallbegin at thelast known position. ocean current. Crews shallalter theheadingofsearch accordingly withthecurrent. Crews shallwork from thelast known position,down current, thechange observing from ripcurrent to enough sothat there isacontinuous overlap ofvisionthroughout thesearch. The search pattern should follow thedirection ofthecurrent. Thesearch lines taken shouldbeclose a continuous reference point duringthesearch. Crews shalltake avisualreference ordrop abuoy andanchorasasurface marker. Thiswillthenprovide The search pattern shallbegin at thelast known position. Open Ocean Rip to OpenOcean th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of2 | 213
LS10. SAR Operations LS10. SAR Operations 214 Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.18 CREEPINGLINESEARCH PATTERN | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Creeping linesearch pattern (Rip to openocean) Creeping linesearch pattern (Openocean) BE AC H Page: 2of 2. 1. operations butinclude the following considerations: Expanding square search patterns utilisingmore thanone vesselshould follow thesame steps asone vessel 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. Search andrescue crews shouldfollow thefollowing steps whenutilisingthissearch pattern: operating inthe openocean. direction isunknown. Thissearch pattern provides uniform coverage andshouldbeutilisedonlywhen The square search pattern isusedwhenthe target isknown to beina relatively small area andthecurrent accurate navigation. probable location and expands outwards in concentric squares. Itisa precisevery pattern and requires This procedure isreferred to asanexpanding square search asitbeginsat thereported positionormost performing theirduties. Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) provides thefollowing guidelinesto assist personnel ineffectively To provide guidelinesregarding expanding square search patterns. Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.19 EXPANDING SQUARE SEARCH PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY legs before thesecond commences to avoid riskofcollision. If thesamespeedisusedfor bothvessels, thefirst vessel must beallowed to complete at least 3search The second vessel isto commence thesamepattern butorientated 45°. ii. i. To ensure that eachtwo legsare asaccurate aspossiblethefollowing methods may beused: upon theobserver positions. increased by afurthertrack space.Turns may beto theleft orright at a90degree angle,depending The first two legsare held to adistance equal to thetrack spacingand every succeedingtwo legsare The search pattern shouldbeginsothat there isa continuous overlap ofvisionthroughout thesearch. a continuous reference point duringthesearch. Crews shalltake avisualreference ordrop abuoy andanchorasasurface marker. Thiswillthenprovide The search pattern shallbegin at thelast known position. Time andSpeed–Each two legsare to occurover thesameamount oftimeand at thesamespeed. Distance –Each two legsare ofequallength. th September 2016 PATTERN STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of2
| 215
LS10. SAR Operations LS10. SAR Operations 216 Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.19 EXPANDING SQUARE SEARCH | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 PATTERN Expanding square search pattern –2 Vessels (Open ocean) Expanding square search pattern (Openocean) Page: 2of
be onordisplayed at alltimes. During underwater SAR extreme care shouldbetaken to avoid runningthesnorkeler over. Dive flagsmust landmarks andmarkingwithanchorlinemarker buoy. Firstly establish where andwhenthevictim was last seen.Determine this by dissecting two sets of Initial search • • • • Snorkelers shouldcarry thefollowing equipment at alltimes: Snorkeler Equipment Only IRBsandORBsare to beutilisedwhen towing snorkelers (RWCs andJRBsare not to be used at anytime). as final. the mission.Ifasnorkeler considers therisktoo great, otherpersonnel must accept thesnorkeler’s decision snorkeler isexpected to exercise judgement basedontraining andexperience, inrelation to thesafety of initially must assessthesituation faced, toensure the safety ofthe teamandthesupporting crews. The All participants must bequalifiedand proficient Surf Life Savers or Lifeguards. Thesnorkeler onscene is achance that alife may be saved, the risks must be evaluated by thesnorkelers andthe skipper. that thesearch isbasically for abody, the crew shouldnotplace themselves inasituation ofrisk.Where there The first consideration isthe safety ofthe snorkelers, the crew, andtheboat. When thetime has elapsed, such undertaken, unlessat the direction ofthe Police. The decisionto prolong anoperation after all probability ofsuccesshasbeen exhausted shouldnotbe affect the rescue. to berealised. Allreasonable effort shouldbe taken to locate thoseintrouble, determine their status, and Known andinherent riskmust becarefully weighted against amission’s chancefor successandthegains not tow lifesaving oremergency personnel service withSCUBA equipment. The useofSCUBA equipment isnotto beusedby lifesaving personnel at anytime. Lifesaving may services lifesaving shallnotundertake services underwater SAR activities. where theobjective is to save apatient’s life. Whenasearch becomes a definite ‘body operation, recovery’ Underwater search and rescue activities may be conducted by lifesaving in the initialphase of services a SAR performing theirduties. Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) provides thefollowing guidelinesto assist personnel ineffectively To outlinethecorrect procedure whenundertaking anunderwater SAR. Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.20 UNDERWATER SEARCH &RESCUE PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Dive flag(displayed). Wetsuit; and Swim Fins; Snorkel andMask; th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of3 | 217
LS10. SAR Operations LS10. SAR Operations 218 • • • • • Crews Duties maintain avisual.Thesnorkeler shouldsignalto theirsupport boat to gain theirattention. When located, thesnorkeler shouldlet go ofthetow rope, and attempt to recover the patient ifableor Recovery ofSearch Object Recommended speedswhentowing snorkelers underwater. visibility. Successful sweeps require a50%overlap. snorkeler betowed at aspeedgreater than4knots.Thesnorkeler’s height above theseabeddependson As aruleofthumbtheboat willidleaheadwithmotor/s whentowing asnorkeler. At notimeshouldthe being covered accurately. best usedwhentowing thesnorkeler isacreeping linesearch utilisinglandmarks to ensure that thearea is In good visibility andseaconditions theIRB/ORB can tow thesnorkeler behindtheboat. Thesearch pattern Snorkeler Towing new area shouldbedefined unlesstimeframes dictate that thelikelihood ofsurvival hasbeen exhausted. objects onthelandsosearch area can beaccurately determined. Ifthesearch isunsuccessful thena the search thesize oftheinitialsearch area shouldbeestablished and co-ordinates noted from various the widthbetween eachsearch run.Thisisdetermined by clarityanddepth ofwater. Before commencing In consultation withthesnorkeler, determine thearea to besearched, thesearch pattern tobeadopted and Search pattern the victim was last seenandobserve thedirection and rate ofdrift. seen. To determine theunderwater current usemarker dye anddrop itinto theseaat thepositionwhere In many instances dueto tideandunderwater currents thebodywillhave drifted from theposition last Underwater currents Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.20 UNDERWATER SEARCH &RESCUE Assist snorkeler backonto boat. hold onto rope soto receive orsendany required signals.Relay any messages to driver/skipper. For tow searches inORBs,deploy the snorkeler tow bar. Placerope around bollard with oneturnand Observe positionofsnorkeler at all timesand report any hazards todriver/skipper. are inthewater. Monitor thesnorkeler’s safety asthey deploy anduse“OK” dive signalto checktheircondition oncethey Assist snorkeler to donequipment. | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 VISIBILITY (METRES) th September 2016 12 18 15 9 6 3 SPEED (KNOTS) 2.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 1.5 1.0 Page: 2of3 SPEED (METRES/SECOND) 1.75 1.25 0.75 1.0 1.5 0.5 • • • • • For astationary search, anchor vessel thenassist crew withpreparations: Drivers Duties Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.20 UNDERWATER SEARCH &RESCUE At notimeduring towing shouldthe vessel reverse. Listen to directions from crew asdictated by messages from snorkeler. Steer appropriate bearingsasindicated by skipper/crew, asaccurately aspossible. For tow searches, slowly take upslackonline,thenmaintain appropriate speedfor tow (motor/s idling). Ensure motors are inneutral whensnorkelers are entering orleaving water. th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 3of | 219
LS10. SAR Operations LS10. SAR Operations 220 2. 1. nevertheless beconsidered incomputing drift forthe following reasons: the changes indirection oftidal streams have a tendency thecumulative tonullify effect, they must local charts.Local knowledge isagain ofgreat value indealingwithmovements oftidal streams. While The exact effect ofthetideoncurrents in any specific area maybe found by consultingtide tablesor tidal effects may alsobe found. direction willchange insmallincrements so as to create a constant rotary movement. Variations ofthese type, abruptly changingdirection 180degrees at aboutthetimeofhighandlow water. Inotherplacesthe predictable velocity asthestate ofthetidechanges. Insomelocations tidal streams areofthe reversing sea basinalongthecoastal areas. Currents incoastal waters are usuallyaffected by tides,changingin Tides are caused by thegravitational bythedepth pullofthemoonandsun,modified andshapeofthe Tidal Streams be searched, thewater movement for thearea shouldbediscussedmore fullywithlocal experts. Tidal andlocal geographic features may affect seacurrents nearthe coast. Whenareas nearthe coast are to Sea Current quoted inknots.Care must betaken to ensure that the speed unitisbothstated andinterpreted correctly. velocity, thedirection component indicates the direction of movement. The speed component isusually The direction andspeed ofthese factors is referred to as ‘SET’. Contrary to the convention of expressing wind individuals withlocal knowledge. Sources ofinformation include data held by theSurfCom, vessels passingthrough thesearch area, and 3. 2. 1. displacement iscalled, isafunction of: importance withthepassingoftime,andMUST beallowed for insearch planning.Survival Craft Drift,asthe and current. Thedegree ofdisplacement ofthedatum from thelast known positionassumesincreasing or onthewater anallowance must bemadefor movement ofthewater resulting from the effects ofwind Over land,thedatum isthelast known position;however whensurvivors are known orthought to be in Drift Error for Waterborne Targets performing theirduties. Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) provides thefollowing guidelinesto assist personnel ineffectively To outlinefactors that may cause probable errors ofpositionwhenplanningandundertaking a SAR activity. Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.21 PROBABLE ERRORS OFPOSITION PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY position ofa search object. Even over shortperiodsof timetheflow oftidal streams will causesignificant changes inthe probable period oftime,the resultant effect ismore inonedirection thanintheother. Often, with reversing streams, the effect inonedirection is greater thanintheotherso that, overa Leeway. The average windcurrent; and The average seacurrent; | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of4 will needto berevised. and coastal currents thrusts thetarget into areas where seacurrent takes effect thendrift considerations greatly affected by tidal streams thancurrent orleeway. However, ifthecumulative effectoftidal streams factor indetermining drift.Because ofthis, driftoccurringinin-shore waters over shortperiods willbemore Since most areas affected by tidal streams willbeclose tolandmasses,windcurrent willusuallynotbea however for determining probable direction of target movement insome cases. small, under0.1knots,that thedrift force isusuallyignored indetermining general search areas. Itisuseful similar to leeway inthat theraft isbeingmoved through the water. However swell/wave current speedisso In calm conditions, swells and waves may affect rafts and othersmallmarinesearch targets. The effectis Swell/Wave Current information must beobtained from direct observation orlocal knowledge. Long shore currents are caused by incoming swells striking theshore at anangle.Longshore current Long Shore Current symmetrically, butwillbedisplaced inthedirection oftheoffshore current. If any typeofoffshore current ispresent, theICshould expect that theriver discharge willnot fan out be obtained from local knowledge orby direct observation. river mouthto thedischarge shouldbemade.Theriver boundary current speedat themouthcan usually line from theriver mouthto thedischarge andtheriver boundary current speeddecreases linearlyfrom the When estimating river current inthedischarge area anassumption that thecurrent direction is a straight be considered. extend theirinfluence quite significantly offshore. Seasonal variations in water volumeand velocityshould On theotherhand,river current affects both total current andseacurrent at itsmouth.Somemajorrivers that theother. tidal andriver flow effects. These areamong areaswhere reversing streams willbe greater inone direction kilometres upstream from themouth.Publishedcurrent tables often give values whichare combinations of the river current speedsnearthemouthsofrivers. Inlarge rivers thisaffect may benoticed several River current willaffect SAR incidents that occurinoffshore areas nearriver mouths.Tidal streams affect River Current Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.21 PROBABLE ERRORS OFPOSITION th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of4 | 221
LS10. SAR Operations LS10. SAR Operations 222 the winddirection theleast amount ofunderwater drag will exist sincethecraft willbepushedthrough with thevolume, shape,depth andorientation oftheunderwater hull.When amarinecraft isparallel to The pushingforce ofthewindis countered by thewater drag ontheunderwater hull.Thedrag varies directly into thewindordownwind. relative to thewind,itsflat-plane area alsochanges, usuallybecoming least whentheboat is heading area enclosedby thesilhouette would be called the exposed flat-plane area. Astheboat’s headingchanges silhouette ofaboat were projected onto aflat plane,which wasperpendicular tothewinddirection, the The more surface area thewindhasto blow against, thegreater willbethewind’s effect ondrift.Ifthe blown against by local winds, whichinturnhave theeffect ofpushingthemarinecraft through the water. of itshullandsuperstructure exposed above thesurface ofthewater at alltimes.This exposed area is blowing against itsexposed surfaces. Aboat, raft orany other typeofmarinecraft hasacertain proportion Leeway isthemovement ofasearch objectcaused by itbeingpushedthrough thewater by local winds Leeway result as’SET’. obtained from the tables allow for theeffect of coriolis, andthe reversal ofwinddirection, to express the 48 hours priorto theendofsynoptic periodbeing considered. Thedirection andspeed coefficients periods. Thecurrent for any given synoptic periodisthecumulative effect ofthewindin area forthe Wind current iscalculated for 6-hourperiods,theperiodsbeingcoincident withthemeteorological synoptic 3. 2. 1. velocity ofawindcurrent iscalculated from: also begiven to omittingthewindcurrent vector, ifitis considered tobean area of consistent winds. The omitting thewindcurrent vector from search areas close tothe coast. Offshore, consideration should Near thecoast, windcurrent can beaffected by various factors and consideration shouldbegiven to with variations ofthewindpattern. Local windcurrent isthecurrent generated by windactingonthesurface ofthe water. Thecurrent changes Local WindCurrent assists indeflecting thelongshore current buildupin aseaward direction. currents are present, andinplaceswhere someform ofbottom trough, bottom riseorshoreline feature the surfline,butthey fan outandslow down wheninsmootherwater. Ripcurrents occurwhenlongshore bursting through theincoming surfonits way back to sea.Ripcurrents are onlya few metres widethrough line asaresult ofthelongshore current buildingupalarge volume ofwater alongthebeachline,andthen Rip current isaspecialtypeofsurfcurrent. Itisanarrow bandofcurrent flowing seaward through thesurf Rip Current long shore current. the lineofbreakers. Ifalongshore current ispresent, theobjectwillbedisplacedindirection ofthe no longshore current ispresent, thesurfcurrent willmove theobjecttowards theshore perpendicularto factor thanasearch planningfactor. Surfcurrents willmove adriftingobject after it enters thesurf zone.If Surf current isonlyconsidered for incidents occurringincoastal surfareas. Itismore ofarescue orsalvage Surf Current Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.21 PROBABLE ERRORS OFPOSITION The application of coefficients taken from tablesheld bySurfCom. Actual andforecast windsbetween splashtimeandDatum time;and Wind data for the48hours preceding splashtime; | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 3of4 a probability area shouldbe searched first. size oftheprobability area. After consideration ofthese factors, theICwillmake adecisionwhichsectionof factors may be changed to facilitate modification ofthe area. For example: vesselspeedand track spacing, When itisnotpossibleto search thewholeofprobability area dueto ashortage ofvessels, anumberof Modification resulting fromashortage of Vessels with known data, may leadtheICto delineate amodified,or totally different, search area. claiming that themissingcraft hadbeenseenorheard. Detailed analysis ofthese reports, and comparison During thecourse ofa SAR action, reports andinformation may be received from a variety ofsources Modification suggested by Intelligence information to make any suchmodification rests solelywiththeIC. viable alternatives, together oftheadvantages, withasummary anddisadvantages ofeach.Theauthority the ICaware ofthesuggestion. Whenoffering suchsuggestions, every attempt shouldbemade to present Any memberoftheSurfComteam whoconsiders that amodification wouldbe toadvantage shallmake modified to suitany particularsituationsuggested as by the accumulated SAR experience withintheSurfCom. It shouldalways be understood that SAR calculations are intended to beaguide to search andmay planning, be information received intheSurfCom,limitations imposed bysearch unit availability or forother reasons. Modification ofa calculated probability area may besuggested from an assessment of intelligence Modification ofthe Probability Area the “sail” area ofthesearch object.Divergence iscaused by thelackofsymmetry ofthedriftobject. left or to theright ofthedownwind direction. Theamount ofdivergence isdependent upontheshapeof search objectcontinues to drift,thewindwill causethesearch object to deflect (or diverge) toeitherthe When asearch objectfirst begins downwindto drift,thewindwillpushobjectina direction. Asthe Divergence of underwater drag willvaries dependingontheheadingofboat. exist sincetheboat must now bepushedsideways through thewater. Between theseextremes theamount boat’s headingisperpendicularto thelocal wind,however, thegreatest amount ofunderwater drag will pointed directly into thewindandisbeingpushedbackwards through thewater longitudinally. Whenthe the water inthedirection itshullisdesigned to move. Almost thesame conditions exist whentheboat is Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.21 PROBABLE ERRORS OFPOSITION th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 4of | 223
LS10. SAR Operations LS10. SAR Operations 224 b) a) Commander to take responsibility for aSAR event oraspecificactivityinthe SAR event: Where theIncident Controller orIncident Commanderneedsanotheragency orIncident Controller/ Information Exchange inSupportof Transfer ofCoordination performing theirduties. Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) provides thefollowing guidelinesto assist personnel ineffectively rescue operations. To provide guidelinesregarding information exchange inthetransfer of coordination ofsearch and Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.22 INFORMATION EXCHANGE IN PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY v. iv. iii. ii. i. The incoming agency/Controller/Commander must: v. iv. iii. ii. i. The incoming agency/Controller/Commander must beprovided with: |
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Report progress ofthesupportactivity to the coordinating authority. available that may affect theprogress ofthe SAR event; and Exchange withthecoordinating authority, tactical intelligence, information and data asit becomes cannot beprovided orneedsto bevaried, together withreasons; Inform thecoordinating authorityofany circumstances, ifthey arisewhere thespecifiedservice Operate withintheterms ofreference for thesupportingservice; the coordinating authoritymust beinformed oftheoperational reasons; Accept, orreject theproposed delegation. Iftheactionisotherthan toaccept thedelegation, then support service provided.support service Tactical intelligence, information and data asitbecomes available that may affect the progress ofthe Time requirements andconstraints; and Conditions and constraints onuseofassets; Full briefing onthe SAR event to the extent that itwill affect theservice tobe provided; Clear objectives, scope and scale ofthedelegated responsibility andservice required; th September 2016 TRANSFER OFCOORDINATION Page: 1of
g) f) e) d) c) b) a) The review should: of thesearch. survival after theincident, theprobability that thesurvivors were inthesearch area, andthe effectiveness The review willfocus ontheprobability ofthere beingsurvivors from theinitialincident, theprobability of The decisionto suspendasearch shallnotbemadeuntil athorough review ofthesearch is conducted. suspended orterminated northedistress phase cancelled withoutthe specific concurrence ofthe SAR authority. recommending thesuspensionortermination ofthe SAR operation. However, search actionshallnotbe When itisdetermined that furthersearch would beofnoavail, theIncident Controller shall consider Suspension ofasearch whenthetarget isnotfound unsuccessful search where lives were known to beat risk. circumstances. Inparticular, the SAR authorityis responsible for decidingwhen to suspend or terminate an The authorityto endasearch rests withdifferent levels withinthe SAR organisation, dependingonthe f) e) d) c) b) a) SAR operations enter the conclusion stage when: General performing theirduties. Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) provides thefollowing guidelinesto assist personnel ineffectively To provide guidelinesregarding concluding aSAR operation. Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.23 CONCLUSION OFSAR OPERATIONS PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY iii. ii. i. Examine thesearch planto ensure that: Review allintelligence material to ensure noinformation hadbeen overlooked; Confirm that all reasonable meansofobtaining information aboutthe target have been exhausted; Examine datum computations anddata calculations; Re-evaluate any significant cluesandleads; Reconfirm thecertainty ofinitialpositionand anydrift factors usedin determiningthe search area; were reasonable; Examine search decisionsto ensure that proper assumptions were madeandthat planningscenarios There are notsufficient lifesaving services available to safely continue operations for personnel; The Lifesaving Incident Commander(DutyOfficer/Lifeguard deems conditions Supervisor) todangerous suspend orterminate thesearch; The SAR authoritydetermines that furthersearching hasno significant chanceofsucceedingandeither All known persons onboard are accounted for; Information is received that the target isnolonger indistress; The target islocated andthesurvivors are rescued; other difficulties; and compensation was made for search degradation caused by weather, navigational, mechanical or the probability ofdetection was ashighdesired; and assigned areas were searched; th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of3 | 225
LS10. SAR Operations LS10. SAR Operations 226 requesting organisation by: should becontinued or resumed. Where there isnonew intelligence, thenthe SAR authoritymay assist the circumstances where there isnew intelligence, itshouldbeevaluated andifconsidered valid thesearch there isany new intelligence that provides grounds to resume orcontinue thesearch. Underthe that hadresponsibility for thecoordination ofthesearch and rescue operation shouldascertain whether Should any otherorganisation wish to continue withor initiate anindependent search, the SARauthority d) c) b) a) coordination ofthesearch and rescue operation may, where possible: for bodiesand/or aircraft/vessel wreckage. Insuch cases the SAR authoritythat had responsibility for the On occasions, after thesuspensionofasearch, itmay benecessary for the Police to continue tosearch facilities that have beenactivated and/or alerted. (Duty Officer/Lifeguard shall inform Supervisor) theIncident Controller andallauthorities,units When alifesaving SAR response service isdiscontinued orasearch issuspended,theIncident Commander to accept that thesearch cannot continue indefinitely. prior to suspensionofoperations allowing next ofkin at least onemore day ofhopewhilegivingthemtime Consideration may begiven thedecisionto notifying tosuspendor terminate search effort atleast one day termination ofthesearch. the search area, other salient operational factors andthe reasons for proposing the suspensionor to ensure that thenext ofkinare fullybriefed onthe complete search effort, including conditions in Before anunsuccessful search suspendedorterminated, is the SAR authorityshallmake arrangements i) c) b) a) possible inabilityto respond to otheremergencies, andfalse hopes amongrelatives. Reopening withoutgood reason may leadto unwarranted useofresources, to riskofinjury searchers, If significant new information orclues are developed reopeningofasuspended caseshouldbe considered. Reopening asuspended search h) Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.23 CONCLUSION OFSAR OPERATIONS iii. ii. i. Provide driftinformation. Source aircraft for transport orsearch purposes;and/or Review intelligence to assist search; searched andrelated intelligence; Provide briefings onthepath oftheaircraft/vessel prior todisappearance, last known position, area Consider therescue planto ensure that: Providing driftinformation. Advising thepossiblelocation ofsuitable search aircraft; and/or related intelligence; Briefing theaircraft/vessel’s path prior todisappearance, splash/crash point, area searched and v. iv. iii. ii. i. Consider thesurvivability ofthesurvivor/s taking into account: |
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 studies orinformation relating tosurvival insimilarcircumstances; and survival equipment available; age, experience andphysical condition of(potential) survivors; environmental conditions; time elapsed sincetheincident; coordination agencies withother was effective ensuring in best treatmentsurvivors. of contingency plans were sufficient to cater with unexpected developments; and best usewas madeofavailable resources; th September 2016 Page: 2of3
Critical Incident Debriefing and learnfrom it. The debrief shouldincludetheopportunityfor allsignificant parties involved intheincident to contribute agreed by theparticipants. SAR authorities that participate inthedebrief willmeet their own attendance costs, unlessotherwise the incident. issues that are likely to arise andwould beadecisionfor theSAR authoritywithoverall coordination for Participation atdebriefs may be restricted toparticular SARauthorities and agencies depending on the d) c) b) a) The SAR authoritywithoverall coordination is to: b) a) Post incident debriefs shouldbeusedto: agencies involved. SAR authorityinoverall coordination oftheincident withmutualagreement ofother SAR authoritiesand This list isnotexhaustive andthe conduct ofapost incident, multi-agency debrief is atthediscretion ofthe d) c) b) a) Incidents worthy ofdebrief may includethosewhere: SAR system. purpose ofincident debriefs isto establish opportunities for improvement intheoperation ofthe national Following anincident theconduct ofadebrief ofagencies andgroups involved shouldbeconsidered. The Incident debriefs training requirements. Reports onSAR actionsshallbe generated as required for Coroners inquiries,management purposesand for further intelligence bereceived. etc. shallberetained andbeaccessibleto SAR staff to allow easy resumption ofsearch activityshould When asearch hasbeenterminated withoutlocating amissingaircraft oritsoccupants, all records, charts shall beretained for periodsasrequired undertherelevant legislation and regulation. Records relating to search and rescue operations, includingairsearches onbehalfofother organisations, Records andreports Date: 20 Section: LS10SAR Operations LS10.23 CONCLUSION OFSAR OPERATIONS REFERENCE Capture andshare theopportunities for improvement arising. Establish avenue that maximizes opportunityfor participation in,andlearning from, thedebrief; and Organize andhost thedebrief agreed unlessotherwise by theparticipants; Decide theneedfor adebrief inconsultation withother SAR participants; Ensure current policiesandprocedures are appropriate. Establish opportunities for improvement intheoperation ofthe National SAR System; and Where coordination, communication or responsechallenges were experiencedduringtheincident. Multi agency involvement occurred; or Large andcomplex searches have beenconducted; Lives have beenlost unexpectedly; th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 3of | 227
LS10. SAR Operations
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 LS11 SURFCOMS | 229
LS12. Lifesaving Vessels & Aircraft LS11. SURFCOMS 230 • • • • • SurfCom Key Duties emergency incidents. SurfCom shouldholdthecapacity to beactivated after-hours/out-of-season forspecific events and Scope ofOperation –After-Hours Capacity endorsed SurfCom. No SurfLife Saving patrol/service shouldbeoperating scheduledpatrols withoutthesupportofaSLSNSW hours to match, unlesscoverage isdelegated to otherRegional SurfCom). 15mins after thelast patrol closesonany given patrol day (ifpatrols extend hours, SurfComshall extend its SurfComs shalloperate from at least 15minspriorto thefirst patrol start timeintheir area of coverage, until season andlifesaving agreement. service The SurfComoperational timeframes shallbe determined basedupontheSLSNSW minimumlifesaving Scope ofOperation –Days/Hours To provide communications and coordination support tolifesaving services/emergency services. SurfCom Objective and/ortheir own services withlifesaving/other services. from SLSNSW to utilise radio frequencies andundertake SurfComtype roles (temporary orongoing) for function. Other agencies/services/groups withinSurf Life Saving and externally shallseek written permission Only SLSNSW authorised‘SurfComs’may utiliseSLSNSW radio frequencies andfulfilthe‘SurfCom’type SurfCom Authorisation emergency services. Officer) to outtheir carry roles. SurfCom provides support/coordination between lifesavingservices and The purposeofaSurfComisto assist theIncident Commander(Patrol Captain, Lifeguard, andDuty Introduction in thesupportoflifesaving operations. SLSNSW provides the following andrequirementsguidelines to ensure the ongoing effectiveness of SurfCom To provide anoverview ofSurfComoperations withinSurfLife Saving NSW (SLSNSW). Date: 20 Section: LS11SurfComs LS11.1 OVERVIEW OFSURFCOM OPERATIONS PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY interpret anddisseminate relevant information. Information management – this relates to thenecessity ofSurfCom to maintain records and collect, Coordinate emergency supportto service aidlifesaving services; Coordinate resources to supportlifesaving services; Provide key planninginformation – weather/warnings/tides/other; Patrol/service sign-on/offs + key data/stats; | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of4 Training must besuccessfully completed before anSurfCom Operator may commence dutiesinaSurfCom. SurfCom Operator Training/Induction (ref SOP/Training Package) September 232011). *exemption hasbeengranted for existing SurfComOperators who may notholdthese awards (at • • Desired: • • • • Minimum: SurfCom Operator Pre-requisites • • • • SurfCom Roles/Positions 4. 3. d) c) b) a) 2. 1. SurfCom generally carries outsections2),3),4). common to alloperations centres. SurfCom iskey to effective emergency management, withthe following elements which are generally SurfCom Elements andActivities Date: 20 Section: LS11SurfComs LS11.1 OVERVIEW OFSURFCOM OPERATIONS Radio Operator Certificate Bronze Medallion Computer/internet capable (mod-highlevel ofcompetency) SLSA RadioOperators Certificate (or Bronze Medallion)* SLSA FinancialMember 13 years ofage (at commencement ofduties) shifts undersupervision. Probationary SurfComOperator: New operator, whohascompleted training, andisundertaking initial SurfCom Operator: Standard SurfComrole. SeniorSurfComOperatorSurfCom Supervisor: on-shift(in-charge) onany given day. SurfCom Advisor:State appointed officer responsible for overall SurfComfunction. activities. Thesedemands are met byanadministrative supportelement. Administrative Support–Like any office,SurfCom creates administrative demands throughits own provide for sufficient capability toachieve reliableand effective communications. the increased needfor information transmission, inboth technological andpersonal terms. Itmust operations and administrative elements. Itisacentral partoftheplanning process andmust anticipate Communications –Thiselement provides the communication necessary tosupportthe command, Liaison withrepresentatives ofotherorganisations. Deployment ofoperational plans. Coordination oftheacquisitionanddeployment of resources. Processing of Information. carries out: Operations –Thiselement supportsthedecisionmaking responsibilities oftheIncident Commander and supported inthisrole by theoperations element (SurfCom). is responsible for decisionsmadeinrespect to theconduct ofoperations. TheIncident Commanderis situations thisistheon-scene Patrol Captain/Senior Lifeguard orDutyOfficer/Supervisor. This person Management –Management ofoperations isthe responsibility oftheIncident Commander. Inmost th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of4 | 231
LS11. SURFCOMS LS11. SURFCOMS 232 Key SurfComDailyActivities Note: Allrelevant workplace healthandsafety requirements shallapplyto aSurfComfacility/personnel • • • • SurfCom Operators shall wear thefollowing uniform asaminimum: SurfCom Personal Uniform/Equipment previous experience they may have inradio communications inSLSorotheremergency services. Note: Theprobationary process shallbe required for allnew SurfComOperators, regardless ofwhat • • • • A Probationary SurfComOperator shallnotundertake theSurfCom role independently (solo). Training/Induction amemberwillachieve ‘Probationary SurfComOperator’ status. Having met therole pre-requisites, completed therequired pre-learning andsuccessfully completed the Probationary Period/Process 4. 3. 2. 1. Training (inaddition to thepre-requisites) shallinclude: Date: 20 Section: LS11SurfComs LS11.1 OVERVIEW OFSURFCOM OPERATIONS 10 9 7 8 6 5 4 3 2 1 Tidy dress shortsorpants. Enclosed shoes Generic SLSSurfComname-badge onright chest – with‘SURFCOM’, person’s nameandSLSroundel. Generic red SLSPolo ShirtwithSLSRoundel onleft chest. SurfCom Advisorwithany relevant SurfComDutyOfficers/Operators andthememberthemselves. Following at least 20hours ofduty, theProbationary Operators conduct must be reviewed by the considered for ‘fullstatus.’ The probationary operator must complete at least 20hours ofactive duty, before beingable tobe SurfCom Operator duringthistime(they shallnotundertake active dutiessolo). The Probationary SurfComOperator must undertake shiftsunderdirect ofaqualified supervision The ‘probationary period’willlast until deemed competent andendorsed bytheSurfComAdvisor. Probationary of at least periodundersupervision 20hrs, before performance review. 1 day (at least 4hours) scenariobasedtraining session. 1 day (at least 4hours)workshop onSurfCom training/induction role/function andsupporting systems. Pre-learning components (SOP/s, Operations Geography). Manual,Club/Service | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Data-Entry/Paperwork (asrequired) Patrol ‘Sign-offs’ + stats Data-Entry/Paperwork (asrequired) Afternoon Shift(where appropriate) – Patrols Sign-on Data-Entry/Paperwork (asrequired) Issue Regional Weather/Tide/Swell forecasts andOperational Updates Identify, rectify, communicate any deficiencies with radio networkservice or provision Patrols ‘Sign-on’+information Radio checks (asrequired) All Stations Broadcast –“SurfCom on-the-air” Equipment/Systems Checks andSetup th September 2016
Page: 3of4 Date: 20 Section: LS11SurfComs LS11.1 OVERVIEW OFSURFCOM OPERATIONS SurfCom Operations Manual(updated annually) Definitions ofEmergencySummary Duties REFERENCE All Stations Broadcast Operational Update Patrol Sign-off Reports Patrol Sign-onReports Radio Checks Title 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 Reopen radio network for non-emergency communication Ensure completion ofaccurate logs/paperwork (SurfComManagement System) Assist required/requested by DutyOfficers inthe facilitationservices) ofCID(includeCounselling Communicate outcomes to key personnel (DutyOfficers/Media Officers) Facilitate confirmation and of ‘safe’ ‘all-clear’ status ofallservices Manage useofradio ‘non-emergency’ network during‘active’ incidents(limit/eliminate) Provide relevant officers/services SITREPs (Duty Officers/Media Officers) Maintain accurate incident logsandinformation Collect/provide key Situation Reports (SITREPs) to services Provide accurate andeffective supporting information (locations/ETAs/addresses) Coordinate theprovision ofsupporthelicopters andother lifesaving (supportoperations services etc) Coordinate thecall anddispatch ofAmbulance/Fire/Police to lifesaving services All Stations Broadcast –“SurfComoff-line” th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 a region General communication to all patrols/services in to allstations Authorised information/notification fromSurfCom patrol isbeingextended basic patrol statistics forthe day (rescues) &if Communicates soonto beoff-duty and reports bronze numbers, IRB/vessel operational) patrol strength information (beachopen/closed, Communicates patrol on-dutyandprovides basic and advise‘on-air’ Activity to test radio link to SurfCom-Patrol/Service Description Page: 4of |
233
LS11. SURFCOMS LS11. SURFCOMS 234 Note: Allrelevant workplace healthandsafety requirements shallapply to aSurfComfacility/personnel. • • • • • • Desirable Hardware andLogistics • • • • • • • • • • Minimum Logistics • • • • • • Minimum Hardware A SurfComshouldcarry thefollowing equipment andcapacities asaminimum: hardware andlogistics requirements inwhichit expects allSurfComOperations Centres to complywith. To ensure the effectiveness ofSurfComoperations, Surf Life Saving NSW(SLSNSW) has established minimum To outlineminimumequipment andcapacity requirements for aSurfComOperations Centre. Date: 20 Section: LS11SurfComs LS11.2 SURFCOM FACILITIES &EQUIPMENT PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Television. Voice recording capabilities – radio andphone. Radio headsets (wireless orconnected) andtransmit pedals. and recognition. Computer basedphonesystem withallemergency andkey services contacts loadedonquickdial Quick-dial phoneoptions for clubs, emergency etc services (computer orphone based). Redundancy RFradio options (should VOIP system fail). 24/7/365 activation capability External emergency contacts service –hard copy andcomputer based Area emergency callout team contacts –hard copy andcomputer based Coastal Maps –ingoogle-earth format (computer) andinhard copy Local andState contacts –hard copy andcomputer based Appropriate forms/logs (hard copy) –inlieuoflossSurfComManagement System A SurfComemailaddress andaccessto email Access to www.beachsafe.org.au Access to SurfGuard program Access to SurfComManagement Program Planning table Whiteboard +markers Backup power supplyfor radio system (generator/battery) SLSNSW approved radio equipment perconsole 1 internet connected computer for eachradio/operator console divert functionality 1 independent phonelinefor eachradio/operator console or1phonelinewithcall-waiting or call | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of
• • • • • Liaisons: • • • Desirable Knowledge • • • • Skills andAttributes Minimum: AsperSurfComOperator (Iffulfillingoperational role) SurfCom AdvisorPre-requisites 12 months (before re-application) Term *The SurfComAdvisorcan onlybeendorsed by theState Board. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. ResponsibilitiesSupervisory • Operational Responsibilities Role: Responsible for: Reports to: Title: Date: 20 Section: LS11SurfComs LS11.3 SURFCOM ADVISOR Radio technicians/service agents SLSNSW Staff State Director ofLifesaving SurfCom Supervisors SurfCom Operators Strong understanding ofSurfComoperations andSLSNSW SOPs An understanding ofradio technology/equipment A background withinSurfLife Saving orunderstanding oflifesaving operations Personable andgood communicator Effective planningskills High level ofprofessionalism Leadership anddecisionmakingqualities To maintain strong communication/cooperation withthe State Director ofLifesaving. To ensure fulladherence to SLSNSW SOPs andSurfComprotocols. To oversee andassist withtheinternal training andprobationary periodsofnew SurfComOperators. as staffing levels, rostering, equipment and procedures. To make regular contact withtheSurfComSupervisors/Operators to report onoperational matters, such To work withtheSLSNSW staff to ensure theSurfCom roster achieves 100% attendance andpunctuality. To assist intherecruitment, training, retention, disciplinary requirements ofSurfCompersonnel. N/A –unlessoperating inaSurfComOperator orSupervisor role
th September 2016
and service delivery ofSurfCom,toand service minimumobligations/expectations To represent volunteer SurfComstaff &assist SLSNSW staff inthe overall function SurfCom Advisor State Director ofLifesaving /State Lifesaving Manager SurfCom Supervisors/Operators STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of | 235
LS11. SURFCOMS LS11. SURFCOMS 236 * A SurfCom Supervisor can onlybeendorsed* ASurfComSupervisor by theDirector ofLifesaving orLifesaving Manager. • • • • • • Skills andAttributes: • • • Minimum: Pre-requisites:SurfCom Supervisor Term: 12months (before re-application) within theseprotocols. 5. such asstaffing levels, rostering, equipment and procedures. 4. communicate feedback andperformance information. 3. 2. 1. ResponsibilitiesSupervisory • • • • Operational Responsibilities Role: Responsible for: Reports to: Title: Date: 20 Section: LS11SurfComs LS11.4 SURFCOM SUPERVISOR Ability ofwork underpressure Ability to multi-task Sound communication skills Effective skills planning High level ofprofessionalism Leadership qualities and decisionmaking Silver Medallion Communications Centre Operator Award SLSA member 18yrs ofage (at commencement ofduties) To fullyunderstand SLSNSW standard operating procedures and to ensure allSurfComoperators work To make regular contact withtheSurfComAdvisor&Lifesaving Staff to report onoperational matters, To assist theinternal training andprobationary ofnew periods Probationary Operators and record/ To provide directionsupport and to on-dutyOperators andProbationary Operators. To theoperations supervise ofaSurfComondailybasis. OperatorOther actionsasperSurfCom role. Identify and facilitate resolutions toequipment/technology failures/issues. Establish effectiveof lines communication withon-duty State DutyOfficers and BranchDuty Officers. Operational SurfComfunctionand command of team. | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5
th September 2016
SurfCom Supervisor SurfCom Supervisor SurfCom Advisor SurfCom Operators (daily) daily basis Provide leadership andsupportto SurfComfunction andSurfComOperators ona Page: 1of2 • • • • • • • • Liaisons: • • • Desirable Knowledge: Date: 20 Section: LS11SurfComs LS11.4 SURFCOM SUPERVISOR SLSNSW Media Manager Lifeguard Supervisors Branch Director ofLifesaving State DutyOfficers Branch Officers Duty Other Regional SurfComSupervisors SurfCom Advisor SurfCom Operators Strong understanding Branch, ofSurfCom, SLSNSW SOPs An understanding ofradio technology/equipment A backgroundLife withinSurf Saving orunderstandingof lifesaving operations th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of | 237
LS11. SURFCOMS LS11. SURFCOMS 238 Manager. *A SurfComOperator can only beendorsed by eithertheState Director ofLifesaving and /ortheLifesaving • • • • • • • Skills andAttributes: *Exemption hasbeengranted for existing SurfComOperators who may notholdthese awards. • • Desired: • • • • • Minimum: SurfCom Operator Pre-requisites Term: 9. 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. Operational Responsibilities Role: Responsible to: Reports to: Title: Date: 20 Section: LS11SurfComs LS11.5 SURFCOM OPERATOR Leadership anddecisionmakingqualities Ability ofwork under pressure Ability to multi-task Sound Computer Skills Customer orientated manner Professionalism Sound communication skills Radio Operator Certificate Bronze Medallion Computer/internet capable (mod-high level ofcompetency) SLSA Radio Controller (orSurfComAward -indevelopment)* SLSA Radio Operators Certificate (or Bronze Medallion)* SLSA Financial Member 13yrs ofage (at commencement ofduties) Strict adherence to allappropriate SurfCom,Branch, SLSNSW andSLSA Policies andProcedures. Perform otheradministrative dutiesasandwhere required. Maintenance offiling system for incident reports anddailylogs. Attend all rostered training sessionsasdirected by theSurfComAdvisor. information are maintained/inputted into appropriate databases and forward toappropriate personnel. Complete regular recording ofallradio andphonecommunications andensure the summariesof Complete regular reporting anddata collection activities. Monitor andoperate theSLSNSW radio network. Gather, assessanddisseminate information. helicopters, lifeguard local authorities, services, Police, Ambulance,Fire andotheremergency services. To provide effective communication support between lifesaving clubs, supportoperations, rescue | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5
12months (before re-application) th September 2016
SurfCom Operator SurfCom Supervisor SurfCom Advisor external emergency services. Provision ofcommunication and coordination support tolifesaving and services Page: 1of2 • External Liaisons: • • • • • • Internal Liaisons: • Desirable Knowledge: Date: 20 Section: LS11SurfComs LS11.5 SURFCOM OPERATOR NSW Police, NSW Fire, NSW Ambulance,SES, BOM SLSNSW MediaOfficer Lifeguard Services Communication Officers/Staff Duty Officer/s & State DutyOfficer Rescue Helicopter Services Club Patrols &otherSupportOperations A background withinSurfLife Saving orunderstanding ofSurfLife Saving operations. th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of | 239
LS11. SURFCOMS LS11. SURFCOMS 240 Date: 20 Section: LS11SurfComs LS11.6 SURFCOM EMERGENCY PROTOCOLS (Stations to beinformed ofthisifthey attempt to transmit) All non-emergency transmissions to cease Emergency haspriorityonradio network EMERGENCY REPORTED small #ofpersonnel involved inCPRetc) be warranted (i.e.clearlyapparent) orunable to transmit (i.e. NOTE: Insomesituations alltheabove information may not ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü Advise: reference for any follow upcalls to them –thiscan provideRequest quick a“CASE/Incident number” Call AmbulanceCommunications –000 Medical Emergencies ü ü ü ü ü ü ü • • • Surf ComRequests (via000) Assistance Progress People Position Problem following information: Before contacting emergency services you needthe EMERGENCY INFORMATION ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü deteriorates Provide ambulanceanupdate ifpatients condition Provide your contact number(notthe patrols) Request ETA Where thelifesaving personnel willmeet them Incident address/road accesspoint What treatment isbeingadministered Severe Bleeding(Y/N) Chest Pain (Y/N) Breathing (Y/N) Conscious(Y/N) Chief Complaint (most seriousinjury) (whatMechanism ofinjury happened) Patient Age Patient Sex Record communication and resource response Obtain anETA ofthatresponse service Request aCAD#(incident number)from theservice Provide your contact phonenumber Deliver allkey information (below) Identify yourself as“Name– at SLSSurfCom” Call therequired viayour services landline000 Fire Ambulance Police | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5
th September 2016 – Physical location/address? – What assistance isrequired? – What response isbeingundertaken? – Number, age andsex? – What istheemergency? Page: 1of collecting additional specific details before helpis requested. COMMONalwaysshould SENSE prevailregarding the timespent small #ofpersonnel involved inmassrescue etc). be warranted (i.e.clearlyapparent) orunable to transmit (i.e. NOTE: Insomesituations highlydetailed information may not Assistance –What assistance isrequired Progress –What response isbeingundertaken People Position Problem –What isthe emergency Advise: 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. • • Rescue Emergencies ü ü ü ü • • • • SurfCom Requests depending onsituation. Emergency may services beunableto provide anETA Do notharass themfor updated ETAs. depending onsituation. Emergency may services beunableto provide anETA Do notharass themfor updated ETAs. unless there isachange to the status ofthe emergency orpatient. Refrain from communicate again withtheemergency services Provide thisto thelifesaving services. Obtain anETA from theresponding initially. service Note –ETAs ü ü ü ü SLS Rescue Helicopters –via13SURF Branch DutyOfficer Club CalloutLists/Support Operations Neighbouring SLS/LG Patrols for any follow upcalls to them –thiscan provideRequest quickreference a“CADnumber” Contact: Police –000 Major rescues/mass rescue In-water search/missing person Record communication and resource response Obtain anETA ofthatresponse service Deliver allkey information Call therequired viayour services radio orlandline SLS Helicopters (via13SURF) Lifeguard assistance Lifesaving backup/Callout Teams Duty Officer –Physical address/location –Number, Age, Sex, Description, Activity Assistance Progress People Problem Incident Description the nearest accesspoint, beachID, beachnameoranything that may berelevant The most important information isthelocation ofwhere assistance is required. Write down thingssuchas Incident Location at alater stage (includingContact #,CAD/Incident #). It isvery important to obtain thecaller’s details sothey can becontacted ifinformation needs to be verified Caller’s details * Note: Specificprocedures shouldbe referenced as well (i.e.lost/missing persons). • • • • A Request for Assistance (RFA) hasfour mainsections: clear guidelinesregarding theinformation that shouldbeobtained when receiving a request for assistance. Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) expects professional andeffective communication atalltimesand provides To ensure that allverbal communication isclear, concise, accurate andinline withthe needs ofthe operation. Date: 20 Section: LS11SurfComs LS11.7 CALLTAKING PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Communications Log Incident Description Incident Location Callers Details th September 2016 What assistance isrequired (eitherdirectly requested orappropriate to activate as The response beingcarried out,thecurrent response situation. The numberanddetails ofthepeopleinvolved, dependingifsearch ormedical. An overview oftheproblem includingtheseverity ofthesituation andany per SOPs). or changes occur). Progress updates should beprovided to SurfComasappropriate (milestones reached likely consequences. STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of
| 241
LS11. SURFCOMS LS11. SURFCOMS 242 • • • • • • detail inthefollowing operating procedures. Standard Operating Procedures ofanincident asdetailed withinthismanual.Theseitems are provided in For any SurfComOperator information flow should follow thebelow procedure in conjunctionwiththe are more thanoneSurfComoperator, personnel shouldbeassignedtheirduties. In order to effectively manage operations, a system must be established for information flow. Where there Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) provides thefollowing guidelinesregarding SurfComInformation Systems. To ensure allinformation ismanaged correctly through SurfComoperations. Date: 20 Section: LS11SurfComs LS11.8 INFORMATION SYSTEMS PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Filing ofinformation. Dissemination ofinformation. Reaction to information. Information assessment. Information collating. Information gathering. | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of • • • • • • • appropriate responses. Actions to be considered include: When information hasbeen gathered collated andassessed,itisthenpossible to consider andplan Reaction to Information Assessment • • • • • among otherthings,thefollowing: Once collated, information needs to beaccessedandinterpreted to convert it to intelligence by asking, personnel to adhere to. Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) provides thefollowing guidelinesregarding information assessment for To provide guidelinesregarding information assessment. Date: 20 Section: LS11SurfComs LS11.9 INFORMATION ASSESSMENT PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY c) b) a) Recording -accurate recording ofallactionsandorders isessential to: Peer support/welfare services. Lifesaving support. service Requesting emergency support. service Requesting otherinternal SLSassistance. Activating SupportOperations. Deploying resources andpersonnel to anincident. be deficient. Significance is determined bywhat may need tobedonein response tothe information. Is it significant? If the significance ofan item of information isnot recognised, the resulting response may Does theinformation have urgent implications? Is confirmation required? sound reasons. source andcross checkingwithotherinformation. Donotdiscard what appears to beunlikely without Is itssource reliable? Information must notbeaccepted at face value withoutassessing reliability ofthe existing information? Is itrelevant information, anddoes the relevance produce furtherinformation orchange maximising learningthrough debriefing andsubsequent training. facilitate investigations including coronial andcriminal. ensure accountability for theexercise ofauthority andtheuseofresources. th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of
| 243
LS11. SURFCOMS LS11. SURFCOMS 244 copy ifsuchexists). Ideally alloutgoing information shouldbewritten anda copy ofthe information fileddigitally (andin hard Outgoing information • • • • • • This isachieved by thefollowing: agencies andthecommunity. Information flow must be upwards tosupervisors, downwards topersonnel/services andoutward toother The finalprocess ininformation management is toensure effective declaration of the resultsandactions. Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) provides thefollowing guidelinesregarding dissemination ofinformation. To outlinethefinalprocess ininformation management –dissemination. Date: 20 Section: LS11SurfComs LS11.10 DISSEMINATION OFINFORMATION PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY level ofimportance. Debriefings –theseare to be conducted at thelevel appropriate for the incident andgiven thesuitable communications andmediainformation. Briefings –thesegive an overview ofthesituation and may contain operational, administrative, situation andtheorganisations involvement (seethemediasectionofthismanual). Media Releases –Theseare designedto ensure that thepublicisproperly informed ofthecurrent warnings must belogged). sure that everyone whoneedsto bewarned iswarned. Onemethod isto usethemedia(allpublic Public Warnings –Anumberofmethods ofdistribution may need to beused at thesametime tomake rather thanwaiting to beincludedinthenext routine situation report. Controversial issuesshouldbeadvisedto thenext higherlevel (oraspertheSOPs) assoonpossible, Situation Reports (SITREPS)–They may be formal written communications or telephone messages. Orders (written or verbally). | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of2 SurfCom Operators shallensure that allinformation follows thebelow procedure: Information Flow Chart Date: 20 Section: LS11SurfComs LS11.10 DISSEMINATION OFINFORMATION organisations involved. Reporting to other th September 2016 ACROSS Reporting up to appropriate organisations/personnel. Regular exchange of information upand down theincident management INCIDENT structure. WITHIN STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 UP Page: 2of organisations involved. Reporting to other Community and General Public. ACROSS OUT | 245
LS11. SURFCOMS LS11. SURFCOMS 246 SLSNSW Records Management Policy. • • • All records shall becollated usingthefollowing references (inorder): • • • • • • • All theserecords are retained to ensure that detailed records are available for any subsequent: • • • • • All SurfComsmust maintain afiling system that is consistent withthebelow: retrieved ifrequired. generated at theincident isheldindefinitely sothat itissecure for future reference, and can be readily A key responsibility ofSurfCom(andPatrol Captains, DutyOfficers) toensure that allofthe information All SurfCominformation shallbe consistent withtheSLSNSW Records Management Policy. To outlineSurfComrecord management requirements. Date: 20 Section: LS11SurfComs LS11.11 INFORMATION FILING/STORAGE PURPOSE REFERENCE PROCEDURE POLICY Time. Location. Date. Witness statements. Critical Incident Debriefing. Commissions oninquiry. Coronial Inquests. Operational analyses. Debriefings. Formal reports. the any radio logandotherSLSlogs/forms utilised. All information must be recorded eitherdigitally intheSurfComManagement System, SurfGuard andon All incident reports must beinputted correctly inSurfGuard. All rosters ofSurfCompersonnel must bemaintained inSurfGuard. All paperbasedlogsshallbemaintained andstored appropriately. environment to avoid corruption andlossofdata. All computer basedsystems must bebacked uponappropriate disks andstored inasuitable | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of k) j) i) h) g) f) e) d) c) b) a) following where applicable: Each SurfComwillhave itsown local operating procedures for closing.Asaguidethisshouldincludethe other processes withthisSOP. Each membermust alsoassist inde-activating communications, information recording anddisplay and Each individualSurfComOperator hastheresponsibility to closedown his/herown workplace at aSurfCom. operational however scale down thepersonnel. If there isstill thelikelihood offurtheractivity, theSurfComSupervisor may decide to keepaSurfCom • • whenthefollowingThe decisionto closea SurfComismadeby theSurfComSupervisor hasoccurred: To outlinetheprocess ofclosingSurfComat theendofscheduledpatrol day. Date: 20 Section: LS11SurfComs LS11.12 CLOSING SURFCOMS (EndofDay) PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Turn offlights, closeandlockall external doors andwindows. Turn offorplaceon standby allelectrical equipment; and Reactivate the after-hours phonedivert system (includinganswering machine,diverted numbers); Advise alllifesaving andrelevant services emergency oftheclosure services “all stations”; Contact SurfComManager and/or Director ofLifesaving to report any issues; Close down computer programs andcomputers; Restow maps andplanslogs/paperwork; Replenish any consumables; Ensure allrelevant data iscorrectly inputted andfinalisedinSurfComManagement System andSurfGuard; Confirm nooutstanding/uncontactable clubs/services (i.e RWC notsignedoff); not closewhileapatrol/service they are responsible for ison-dutyorstill involved inanincident; Confirm allSurfLife Saving have services completed duties forthe day (patrols/incidents). SurfComshall Active incidents have ceased(incident is over andall responded lifesaving safely services back at base). Normal operations have ceased(last patrol/service signed-off). th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of | 247
LS11. SURFCOMS LS11. SURFCOMS 248 is suggested instead to theintended party. names,phonenumbers,(e.g. andaddresses etc.) shouldnotbetransmitted over the radio andaphone call Surf Life Saving NSW would like to remind everyone that confidential, personal andidentifying information &/or SLSNSW Lifesaving Manager. whowishtoClubs accessvoice orServices recording filesmust write to SLSNSW Director oftheLifesaving • • The equipment records: • • • Recordings may beusedfor: Manager. No recording willbereleased withoutpermissionfrom theSLSNSW Director ofLifesaving &/or Lifesaving All radio transmissions over theSLSNSW repeater channelsare recorded at SLSNSW headquarters. To outlinetheprocedure for requesting voice recording files from theSurfCom communicationsserver. Date: 20 Section: LS11SurfComs LS11.13 PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY All communications made to andfrom SurfCom-24/7 All communications madeonchannel3(repeaters) -24/7 Monitoring theamount ofradio traffic outofhours Surf Life Saving andCoroner enquiries Quality andtraining purposes | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 VOICE RECORDING Page: 1of LIFESAVING VESSELSANDAIRCRAFT STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 LS12 LS12 | 249
LS13. Post Incident (Recovery Phase) LS12. Lifesaving Vessels & Aircraft 250 SLSNSW Guideto establishing asupport operation. Lifesaving Agreement. Service with aSLSNSW SurfComasperSLSNSW SOPs. RWC unitsshallbe issuedwithacall signby SLSNSW andutilise radio callsigns and communicate SurfComs/Callsigns of theEmergency Response System. RWC shallhave services thecapacity to respond to after-hours/out-of-season emergencies withinthescope Scope ofOperation –After-hours Capacity season. A RWC shallundertake service rostered patrols onSaturdays, Sundays andPublicHolidays withinthepatrol Agreement. The minimumpatrol season/hours for anRWC shallbeasagreed service intheLifesaving Service Scope ofOperation – Patrol Season/Patrol Days/Patrol Times patrolled areas/times. To provide operational support to existing patrols and patrolling/emergency response capacity tonon- RWC Objective Service withinasinglebranch.Services’ A ‘zone/area’ where aRWC provides aroving andemergency response There service. may bemultiple‘RWC RWC Service patrolling outsidepatrol areas, flagged withadditional rescue capabilities. operated by at least 1qualifiedandproficient lifesaving personnel, that isprimarily responsible for An RWC isapersonal water craft commonly known by brand namessuchasa wave runneror jet ski, RWC’s are notto beusedfor night operations at any time. ownership orsoleoperation ofan RWC. RWC SupportOperations must be owned andmanaged by Branches, Clubs are notpermitted to have Rescue Water Craft (RWC) Units Definitions and guidelinesto ensure safe andeffective practices relating to RWC operations. Surf Life Saving NSW (SLSNSW) requires allRWC Operators to adhere to theestablished policies,procedures To provide policy, procedure andbest practice for the Rescue Water Craft (RWC) operations. Date: 20 Section: LS12Lifesaving Vessels andAircraft LS12.1 RWC OPERATIONS -OVERVIEW PURPOSE REFERENCE PROCEDURE POLICY | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of • • • • • • Recommended • • • • • • • • All equipment must beSLSA approved equipment. Minimum Equipment emergency response). The following equipment shallbe maintained on/intheRWC for allactivities (training, patrolling, To outlinetheminimumRWC equipment required for operations. Date: 20 Section: LS12Lifesaving Vessels andAircraft LS12.2 RWC MINIMUMEQUIPMENT PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Marker Dye Bilge PumpInternal GPS Tracking Unit Mask andSnorkel (To bestored inforward hatch) Rescue Handle Waterproof Bag EPIRB (To bestored inforward hatch oronoperator) Flares (2smoke flares) First AidKit(To belocated intheforward hatch. Recommended to becontained withinawaterproof case) Throw rope (bag)(To belocated inforward hatch) Pairing Knife Spare Lanyard (Stored intheglove compartment oftheRWC orondriver) Rescue Tube Rescue Sled th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of | 251
LS12. Lifesaving Vessels & Aircraft LS12. Lifesaving Vessels & Aircraft 252 Minimum Requirements Drivers andcrew shallwear/have thefollowing uniform/on theirperson whenoperating a RWC. To outlineminimumuniform andPPErequirements for aRWC Driver/Crewman. Date: 20 Section: LS12Lifesaving Vessels andAircraft LS12.3 RWC UNIFORM &PERSONAL PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Spare Lanyard Wetsuit Shorts Helmet (approved) Radio +Bag Lifejacket Rash Shirt | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) high. minimum of45mmandamaximum of55mm back ofthehelmet. Thisto beinlettering a The words SURFRESCUE must appearonthe yellow, orboth. Helmets are to befinishedineither red or Patrol Helmet Li f esaving Equipment
Surf Rescue logo branding/SLS high. minimum of45mmandamaximum of55mm back ofthehelmet. Thisto beinlettering a The words SURFRESCUE must appearonthe yellow, orboth. Helmets are to befinishedineither red or Patrol Helmet Li f esaving Equipment
Surf Rescue logo branding/SLS on driver. compartment oftheRWC or To bestored intheglove stand-alone. Worn underpatrol shortsor (including ears). back, top and sidesofthehead Must provide coverage ofentire red/yellow. Yellow, red orchequered SLSNSW endorsed radio. jacket or rash shirt). be worn externally (notundera Note: Lifejackets are to always Guidelines. Equipment andUniform Branding (Level 50),andmeet the SLSA Personal flotation devices Standard (ISO)12402.6:2006 (Level 50S)ortheInternational 2008 Personal flotation devices Australian Standard (AS)4758.1- Worn underlifejacket Worn over wetsuit SLSA rash shirt (long or short arm) Page: 1of2 9 9 Recommended/Optional Date: 20 Section: LS12Lifesaving Vessels andAircraft LS12.3 RWC UNIFORM &PERSONAL Gloves Booties Sunglasses Jacket Swim Fins Fin Belt Wetsuit EPIRB Whistle th September 2016 PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) warmth andgrip-ability. For theprovision ofadded warmth andtraction. For theprovision ofadded protection for UVandsea-spray. For theprovision ofeye SLSA jacket. swim fins(nodive fins). Standard bodyboarding style drive/crew +fins. Worn at alltimes by be worn over thetop. then ayellow SLSA rash shirtisto If wetsuit isnotbranded withSLS Full suitorspringsuit. operator. To bestored infront hatch oron on Lifejacket. Whistle to bepositioned STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of wide. shoulders. Thelogo isto be50mmhighx The SLSlogo isto beshown ontheleft andright wide. in yellow, at aminimumof60mmhighx330mm back andfront ofthesuit.Thelettering is to be The words SURFRESCUE must appearonthe suit typeorthelongsteamer type. black legs.Wetsuits may beoftheshortspring colour withared trunk,yellow sleeves and w Patrol Wetsuit Uni Patrol etsuits are to beblack,red andyellow in
Sponsor logo Surf Rescue logo branding/SLS
Patrol Accessories Li or yellow, orbothincolour. Where possible patrol accessories should be red f esaving Equipment f orm worn over thetop oflifejackets. Note: Windcheaters are notto be | 253
7 LS12. Lifesaving Vessels & Aircraft 31 LS12. Lifesaving Vessels & Aircraft 254 Outfitting This policycan beobtained through themembers portal. Branding for allSurfLife Saving vessels shallcomply withtheSLSA Equipment andUniform Branding Policy. Vessel Branding RWCs shallasaminimumbechecked to thefollowing standard. To outlinebranding andoutfitting standards for RWCsinoperation inSLSNSW. Date: 20 Section: LS12Lifesaving Vessels andAircraft LS12.4 RWC DESIGN &LAYOUT PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Wear Protection Safety Padding Security Bungees Security Straps | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 rescue sled. damage to thecraft from the This willprevent allwear and “ute liner.” meets thecraft, covered with of thehull,where therescue sled RWCs shouldhave therear area rescue sled. to protect personnel onthe orsoftrubber as pipe-lagging padded withasoftmaterial such Rear seats handlesshouldbe with securitybungees. compartments shouldbefitted Front hatches andglove for thefront hatch. A strap shouldalsobeconsidered independent seat. A straps shallbeusedfor each transit andwheninoperation. straps to ensure securitywhenin Seats shouldbeequippedwith Page: 1of contents ofthekit –arobust case isrequired to make thekitafeasible asset. It isalsoessential that the storage case isofatypethat willprevent water ingress, whichwilldestroy the the patient andprevent any life threatening condition developing while awaiting assistance. such. Where anonlife threatening occurs injury at aremote location, the RWC willbeequipped to secure Where anonlife threatening occurs injury at apatrolled location, thepatrol willbeequipped to deal with the above medical conditions. equipment asrequired by astandard patrol, rather they require specificpiecesofequipment targeted at Accordingly, RWCs (whichby nature are shortofstorage space)donotrequire thefullinventory offirst aid • • • life threatening typesofmedical incidents, being: It isessential that the RWC isequipped (at aminimum)withfirst aidkitthat willenableit todealwiththe and alsorespond to remote locations where nopatrols exist and/or to locations notaccessiblevialand. The nature ofRWCs andtheirscope ofoperations withinSLSseethem tasked to support existing patrols All RWC’s operating within NSW shall afirstcarry aidkit, consisting ofthe following items(asaminimum): To outlinetheminimumrequirements for aportable RWC first aidkit. Date: 20 Section: LS12Lifesaving Vessels andAircraft LS12.5 RWC FIRST AIDKIT PROCEDURE PURPOSE POLICY Hypothermia Severe Bleeding Resuscitation 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 th September 2016 Triangular Bandage (90-100cm) Emergency Blanket (SpaceBlanket) Medical Shears (Scissors) Disposable Gloves (inbag) Resus Face Sheild Pocket Mask(Resus) Waterproof case/bag STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Pencil Waterproof Notepad Adhesive Dressing Tape (2.5cmx5m) Non-adherent Dressing Pad (10cmx7.5cm) Gauze Swabs (7.5cmx7.5cm) Crepe Bandage (10cm) Conforming Bandage (10cm) | 255
LS12. Lifesaving Vessels & Aircraft LS12. Lifesaving Vessels & Aircraft 256 command post andarescue vessel alltiedinto one. Due to theirlarger size andcapacity Offshore Rescue Boats are a response unit,first aid room,floating RWCs andInflatable Rescue Boats as well asdistressed vessels and persons. specialised operation withinSurfLife Saving and are primarilydesigned to supporttheinshore operations of more ofanoffshore capacity thanthat ofInflatable RescueBoats and RWCs. Offshore Rescue Boats area Offshore Rescue Boats have derived from thegreater needof vessels to rove and respond to incidents in Offshore Rescue Boats swift turning capabilities andlarge surf capabilities; they areanideal vessels for many environments. Rescue Boats have anexcellent abilityto operate insurfenvironments, withtheirshallow water capability, Jet Rescue Boats are craft that consist ofajet propulsion system similar to that ofa RWC onlylarger. Jet Jet Rescue Boats the requirements set inthe‘SLSNSW Guideto establishing asupportoperation’. Any proposed andexpansion new service ofexisting must services apply to SLSNSW for endorsement under New Services Currently SurfLife Saving operates 2Jet Rescue Boats and2Offshore Rescue Boats inNSW. Services, delivery and emergencyservice response system. ORB/JRB/RIBs are specialist surflifesaving marinerescue vessels. They play avital partinSurfLife Saving’s Overview • • • • • • • • • • All ORB/JRB/RIBs must maintain thefollowing: Inflatables (RIBs)withinSurfLife Saving NSW (SLSNSW) operations. To outlinetherequirements ofOffshore Rescue Boats (ORBs),Jet Rescue Boats (JRBs)andRigidHull Date: 20 Section: LS12Lifesaving Vessels andAircraft LS12.6 OVERVIEW OFORB/JRB OPERATIONS PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY into withoutSLSNSW approval). Response System (noseparate arrangements withemergency orgovernment services may beentered mustService alignitsemergency response policiesandprocedures withtheSLSNSW Emergency mayNo service seekorholdaState Rescue Board ‘accreditation’ withoutwritten approval from SLSNSW. Must maintain andmeet therequirements of‘survey’ andNSW Maritime regulations. trainingService must beinaccordance withtheSLSA awards structure. Operations shallberuninaccordance withtheSLSNSW SOPSandSLSNSW endorsed training manuals. mustServices alignandmeet requirements oftherelevant Branch/State constitution. operators/crewService must beactive/financial members ofan affiliated SLSNSW SLSC. Must includetheprovision ofroving patrols inregular patrol times. Must maintain a24/7call outcapability. Hold aservice/branch/state endorsed Lifesaving Agreement Service for eachoperational year. | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of2 SLSNSW Guide to establishing asupportoperation. Reference SLSNSW. Branding must meet thespecification ofSLSA equipment branding requirements andbeapproved by and layout ofthevessel. All newly established ORB/JRB/RIB must services have approval from SurfLife Saving NSW for thedesign Design/Layout/Branding coverage capacity thananIRB. Rigid HullInflatables provide aprimarilyinshore (outsidesurf zone) SAR role, withgreater speedand Rigid HullInflatables Date: 20 Section: LS12Lifesaving Vessels andAircraft LS12.6 OVERVIEW OFORB/JRB OPERATIONS th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of | 257
LS12. Lifesaving Vessels & Aircraft LS12. Lifesaving Vessels & Aircraft 258 • • • • LINES • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SAFETY/PPE • • • • • • • • • MEDICAL The following details theminimumlist for aJet Rescue Boat inNSW: SLSNSW requires JRBsto meet theminimumstandards set outby theorganisation. operations. To outlinetheminimumrequirements for Jet Rescue Boats (JRB)usedwithinSurfLife Saving NSW (SLSNSW) Date: 20 Section: LS12Lifesaving Vessels andAircraft LS12.7 JRB/ORB EQUIPMENT PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Anchor Line Diver Lines Towing Bridle Towing Lines Personal EPIRBs(recommended) Signal Flags Whistle Mirror 2 HandHeldSearch Lights Bucket withLanyard V Sheet EPIRB (Emergency Position Indicating RadioBeacon) Orange handHeldSmoke Flares Red HandHeldFlares Red Parachute Flares Strobe Lights Lifejackets All requirements asper‘survey’ andNSW Maritime regulations Body Bag Space Blankets Towels Blankets Neck Braces Spinal Board Stokes Litter Oxygen Resuscitation Kit First AidKit | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of2 • • • • GENERAL • • • • • NAVIGATION • • • • • • COMMUNICATIONS • • • • • • • • • • • • RESCUE Date: 20 Section: LS12Lifesaving Vessels andAircraft LS12.7 JRB/ORB EQUIPMENT Tool Kit Chamois Water Bottles 2 Fenders GPS/Depth Sounder(GlobalPositioning Satellite Navigation) Hand HeldCompass Boat Compass Dividers, Compassetc. Navigational Charts for NSW Coast P.A System incorporating Siren/Loud Hailer AM/FM RadioReceiver Cellular Telephone 27 MHZH.FMarineTransceiver SLS UHFhand-heldradio (+bag) SLS UHFBase-set Radio Dive Torch Diver Below Flag Diver Marker Buoys Diver Tow Bar 2 Weight Belts Divers Knife Dive Masks andsnorkels Booties Diving Fins/Rescue Fins Gath Helmets (1percrew) Wetsuit (1percrew) 2 Rescue Tubes th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of | 259
LS12. Lifesaving Vessels & Aircraft LS12. Lifesaving Vessels & Aircraft 260 Branding must meet thespecification ofSLSA equipment branding requirements andbeapproved bySLSNSW. mustAll newly aerialservices have approval from SurfLife Saving NSW for the designandlayout ofthe aircraft. Design/Layout/Branding This includes‘private’ sharkpatrol companies/organisations. without thewritten authorisation ofSLSNSW. No SurfLife Saving shallundertake services joint-operating arrangements withnon-SLSaerialservices Non –SurfLife Saving AerialServices the requirements set inthe‘SLSNSW Guideto establishing asupportoperation’. Any proposed andexpansion new service ofexisting must services apply to SLSNSW for endorsement under New Services shore areas. mayAerial services provide enhancedpreventative patrolling andsearch and rescue capacity for coastal/off- Overview • • • • • • • • All SurfLife Saving aircraft must ensure/maintain the following: operations inNSW. To outlinetherequirements ofSurfLife Saving fixed-wing, rotary aircraft and drones conducting lifesaving Date: 20 Section: LS12Lifesaving Vessels andAircraft LS12.8 OVERVIEW OFAERIALSERVICES PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Must utiliseendorsed SLSNSW radio frequencies and communications channelsasperSLSNSW requirements. into withoutSLSNSW approval). Response System (noseparate arrangements withemergency orgovernment services may beentered mustService alignitsemergency response policiesandprocedures withtheSLSNSW Emergency regional rescue oremergency management committees withoutwritten approval from SLSNSW. mayNo service seekorholdaState Rescue Board ‘accreditation’ orbe represented at any local or trainingService must be inaccordance withthe SLSA awards structures (excluding specialist requirements). Operations shallberuninaccordance withtheSLSNSW SOPS. Volunteer crew shallbeactive/financial members ofan affiliated SLSNSW SLSC. Should includetheprovision ofroving patrols inregular patrol times(where able). operational year. endorsedHold aservice/SLSNSW Lifesaving Agreement/Contract/MOU Service (operational) for each | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 (Surf Life Saving) Page: 1of
Helicopter Demonstration Request Form. • • • • • Demonstration request procedure Where appropriate andablehowever supportfrom rescue helicopters can berequested andapproved. obligations and regulations that they must meet. have finite operational hours (before and requiringservicing) have CASA andotheraircraft related It isunderstood that rescue helicopters have priorityobligations, are comparatively expensive tooperate, development andalsootherrelated SurfLife Saving events. Support from rescue helicopters can addsignificant value to lifesaving training, joint service operations withouttheauthorisation ofSLSNSW.services Lifesaving shallnotdirectly services contact/request training/demonstration supportfrom rescue helicopter Surf Life Saving training/events. All lifesavingadhere shall services to the formal process for requesting helicopter demonstration support for Surf Life Saving events. Tothe procedure outline for lifesaving to services request helicopter demonstrations trainingto support and Date: 20 Section: LS12Lifesaving Vessels andAircraft LS12.9 HELICOPTER DEMONSTRATION REQUESTS PURPOSE REFERENCE PROCEDURE POLICY prior notice) should a priority tasking, prior notice)shouldapriority weathertasking, issueorany otherissuearise. Rescue helicopter shallretain services theright to cancel/postpone any plannedattendance (without brief may berequired andlocal contacts/contingencies putinplace. Should therequest beapproved andtherescue helicopter available, service amore detailed operations SLSNSW shall consider therequest andliaisewiththerequest helicopter accordingly. service council) must beprovided withtheform. demonstrationIf therequest includeslanding/rescue written approval from thelandmanager (i.e Request Form’ andsubmitto SLSNSW within50days oftheevent (withBranch endorsement). Branch/club/service desiringahelicopter demonstration shall complete the‘Helicopter Demonstration th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of | 261
LS12. Lifesaving Vessels & Aircraft LS12. Lifesaving Vessels & Aircraft 262 • • • • Approaching ahelicopter whether andwhere to land. All lifesaving personnel shallbeaware ofhelicopter safety. Thepilotwillhave finalandultimate decisionon To outlinetheprocedure for lifesaving to services secure ahelicopter landingzone. Date: 20 Section: LS12Lifesaving Vessels andAircraft LS12.10 HELICOPTER LANDINGZONE PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY If blindedby dust, stop andsitdown Sloping ground may expose you to rotor blades.Becautious onslopingground. Always approach/depart from thefront (between 10-2o’clock) Only approach &departhelicopter ifessential andonlyoncegiven “thumbs up” by thepilotorcrewman | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of2 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. Date: 20 Section: LS12Lifesaving Vessels andAircraft LS12.10 HELICOPTER LANDINGZONE ESTABLISHING A LANDING ZONE The helicopter willlandandtake offinto thewind(inmost instances). Be aware ofdebrisasthehelicopter landsortakes off. Establish radio contact withhelicopter onSurfChannel1priorto landing. view hazards. Ensure allaccesspoints to theLZare mannedby lifesavers (preventing publicaccess), facing outward to Remove alllooseobjects(umbrellas, surfboards, tents etc.). Clear area ofallpeople/animals. Locate flat area ofland25m by 25m(at least). Nominate asuitable lifesaver/lifeguard to manage theLandingZone (LZ). th September 2016 DAY TIME STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of NIGHT TIME | 263
LS12. Lifesaving Vessels & Aircraft
POST INCIDENT(RECOVERY PHASE) STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 LS13 LS13 | 265
LS14. SOPs Index LS13. Post Incident (Recovery Phase) 266 into disrepute. Do notbeinfluenced to stage aphoto orvideowhichis against SOPs ormight bringtheorganisation Equipment andpatrol setup shouldalways beasperSOPs. photos ordoingvideointerviews for themedia. Members shouldensure that they are presenting themselves in correct, fulluniform at alltimesif staging Presentation/Public Image DOL orState MediaManager. Note: ismore Iftheenquiry seriousorpotentially negative, the matter shouldbe referred tothe Branch Branch DOLorLifeguard Supervisor. The Patrol Captain/Lifeguard may Supervisor dealwith thisdirectly orrefer themediato theClubCaptain/ positive opportunity to represent/promote theorganisation. General hours mediaenquiries (e.g. ofoperation, surf conditions, patrol activity, etc)shouldbe treated asa General MediaEnquiries(non-critical) 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. Critical Incident Media-Procedure • • • • Generally critical incidents are defined bySurfLife Saving aseither(ora combination) ofthe following: enquiries are handledby theappropriate lifesaving personnel. Positive interaction with mediaisimportant forthe organisation. Itisimperative however thatthosemedia To provide guidelinesfor consideration whendealing withthemediain relation to ‘critical incidents’. Date: 20 Section: LS13Post Incident (Recovery Phase) LS13.1 MEDIA–CRITICALINCIDENTS PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY spokesperson, ormay delegate therole to theState Lifesaving Manager (orotherState Officer). The mediaplanmay involve theidentification andbriefing ofan appropriate local(club/branch) the Branch DOL)andestablish amediaplan. The State MediaManager shallestablish thefacts, communicate withkey personnel involved (including The seniorlifesaving personnel shallrestrict mediacomment by any otherlifesaving personnel. Media Manager. the role ofmediacontact until Thisperson advisedotherwise. shalldirect mediaenquiries to theState The seniorlifesaving memberinvolved (Patrol Captain/Lifeguard Officer)shallassume Supervisor/Duty Lifesaving personnel may disregard any mediaenquiriesduringtheresponse phaseofanincident. For any ‘critical theSLSNSW Media Manager (or13SURF)shallbenotifiedassoon incident’ practical. (requiring external medical treatment orhospitalisation). Incident whereby amemberofthepublicisinjured by lifesaving personnel/equipment Incident whereby amemberofSLSisseriouslyinjured (requiring hospitalisation); Incident resulting (shark inserious/majorinjury attack/propeller strike); Incident resulting indeath (includingunsuccessful CPR,body recovery); | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of2 • • • • • Duty OfficerMediaCheckSheet. SLSNSW Media Kit. • • Rules ofThumb: Date: 20 Section: LS13Post Incident (Recovery Phase) LS13.1 MEDIA–CRITICALINCIDENTS REFERENCE State: “Iamnottheappropriate person to comment onthat, pleasecontact theState MediaManager.’ If you can’t, don’twant to ordon’tthinkyou should answer aquestion –DON’T. You have control ofwhat you say andhow you look–don’tbe‘dictated to’ by reporters. There isnosuchthingas‘off the record.’ Never appoint blame. Never engage inhearsay/rumour/innuendo. − − − − Stick to the facts always refer itto thenext level. If you are unsure asto whether ornotyou shouldanswer aquestion ormake comment to themedia, − − − − these are thekey safety messages. this was theoutcome, this iswhat we did, this iswhat happened, th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of | 267
LS13. Post Incident (Recovery Phase) LS13. Post Incident (Recovery Phase) 268 Sgt etc). a later date, involving thekey seniormembers involved (DutyOfficer, Patrol Captain, SeniorLifeguard, Police External agency /publicinvolvement :Ajoint SLS-External agency debrief can beorganised following orat personnel notinattendance shouldbe recorded inthedebrief form and followed up by theDutyOfficer. Delivery ofthedebrief assoonpossibleisimportant inthisrespect to ensure fullattendance. Any All SLSpersonnel whowere involved intheincident shouldattend, regardless ofthelevel ofinvolvement. Who shouldattend? with nothoroughfare andisolated from any mediaorpublicinterference. not require muchtravel theSurfLife e.g. Saving Club.Thedebrief shouldbeconducted inasecure room, The debrief shouldtake placeassoonpossibleafter theincident hasfinished, atalocation whichdoes When/where shouldaCritical Incident Debrief beundertaken? the debrief. Recovery Phase.IfaDutyOfficerisnot available anappropriate Branch Officershould be tasked todeliver The Branch DutyOfficer(orequivalent) shouldlead Criticalevery Incident Debrief aspartoftheincident Who shoulddeliver/lead Critical Incident Debrief? 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. A critical incident debrief isundertaken to ensure that: Why shouldaCritical Incident Debrief beundertaken? significant risk to lifesaving personnel. Theseare referred to as ‘critical incidents’. incidents ofahigh-intensity andtraumatic nature, andwhichdooften involve death, and/or seriousinjury The environment inwhichsurflife saving operates hasthepotential for members to beinvolved inserious Incident Debriefing. To outlinerelevant procedures/processes andprovide consistent andstructured delivery ofeffective Critical Date: 20 Section: LS13Post Incident (Recovery Phase) LS13.2 CRITICALINCIDENTDEBRIEFING PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY recommendations to theCoroner and relevant local government authorities. Surf Life Saving isbest positioned(through effective data collection) to provide drowning prevention The SurfLife Saving response isdocumented for future review orfor legal reasons (ifrequired) Obligatory paperwork anddata isrecorded, collected andforwarded appropriately The abilityto re-establish core lifesaving isachieved services Member welfare/support isoptimised | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 1of5 NOTE: ALLpaperwork sent to Branch Director ofLifesaving within48hours after incident • • • • • (covertly) withintheOperational Debrief. Specifically intheEmotive Debrief theDuty Officerwill: The DutyOfficershallleadtheEmotive Debrief sessionandinessencethe first partof it can commence andwillformcoping, asignificant partoftheDutyOfficer rolewhendealingwithcritical incidents. incident, allofwhichare completely normal.Psychological First Aid focuses onmemberwellbeing and skills oftheindividualorgroup. Members may experience anumberofdifferent reactions toacritical Critical incidents can have a strong emotionalimpact,which can theusuallyoverwhelm effective coping 2. Emotive Debrief (Psychological First Aid) of events. through to theendofincident. Key actionsandtimings are recorded asbest ablewithinthesequence (who was involved andinwhat capacity), contact details andthesequenceofevents -from first notification The DutyOfficershalllead/coordinate theOperational Debrief and record eachmembers involvement 1. Operational Debrief 3. 2. 1. The critical incident process can bebroken into three separate parts: Date: 20 Section: LS13Post Incident (Recovery Phase) LS13.2 CRITICALINCIDENTDEBRIEFING Time: Outline theprocess ‘from here’ asfar asfollow-up, accessingadditionalsupport etc. Provide supportinginformation (brochures, contact information). Outline what support isavailable andhow to accessit(hotline,counselling sessions). Outline theeffects that traumatic events can have onpeople (straight away anddelayed on-set). Observe andrecord any members displaying obvious emotionaltrauma. Expert Counselling(asrequired post incident) Emotive Debrief (Psychological First Aid) Operational Debrief Within 48hours of the incident th September 2016
Completed Form / Log: Incident Debrief Log and attached to Critical completed infull,copied – ‘Incident Report Log’ Incident Debrief Log attached to Critical in full,copied and ‘Patrol –completed Log’ (CIDL)– Completed infull Log –Operational Critical Incident Debrief CHECKLIST FOR DUTYOFFICERS: STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Completed by: Officer Patrol, handedto Duty Officer Patrol, handedto Duty Duty Officer Page: 2of5 Y orN | 269
LS13. Post Incident (Recovery Phase) LS13. Post Incident (Recovery Phase) 270 NOTE: ALLpaperwork sent to Branch Director ofLifesaving 48–72hours after incident. Emotive Debriefs (Physiological First Aid) Media –Critical Incident request anindividualcounselling sessionasthey deemnecessary. Individual CounsellingSession (post-incident): Members (ortheirparents for 18years oryounger) can Accessing expert counselling: • • • • in SLSCritical Incidents: SLSNSW hasacontract withaprivate counselling organisation. Expert counselling plays the following roles 3. ExpertCounselling–ifrequired. Date: 20 Section: LS13Post Incident (Recovery Phase) LS13.2 CRITICALINCIDENTDEBRIEFING REFERENCE incident 48 –72hours ofthe Completed between incident Within 12hours ofthe Time: Provision ofgroup counselling sessionsfor significantly traumatic critical incidents Officers Provision ofpsychological first aid(emotive debrief) training to Branch DutyOfficers and PeerSupport Provision ofthree free 24/7counselling sessionsto members onceapproved by SLSNSW Provision oftrauma information/brochures | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 injury orthepatientinjury *NO photos ofCPR, signage, accesspoints swell,e.g. environment, Photos ofthescene Debrief Log to Critical Incident completed andattached forms (individual)– Witness Statement Completed infull Log –Emotive (CIDL)– Critical Incident Debrief by themember. submitted to WorkCover member involved and handed outto each Form –Workcover form Notification ofInjury surflifesaving.com.au sent to lifesaving@ members involved Names ofALL Completed Form /Log: CHECKLIST FOR DUTYOFFICERS: Duty Officer Duty Officer Members, handedto Duty Officer Filled outby members Duty Officer Completed by: Page: 3of5 Y orN Date: 20 Section: LS13Post Incident (Recovery Phase) LS13.2 CRITICALINCIDENTDEBRIEFING Critical Incident Debrief Flow-Chart representative ClubCaptain) (BDOL, Branch DutyOfficer:Attends Scene e.g. Ambulance,Helicopter,e.g. Police SurfCom: Coordinates Resources Officer willsendanappropriate to attend and conduct session *if unableto attend, theDuty Patrol: th per training andresources September 2016 During Patrol Hours Critical Incident Debrief: Branch DutyOfficer Follows Step 1-5for Dealswithincident as • • • • • 5. Ensures allpaper work iscompleted: 4. RunsEmotive Debrief for all 3. EmailsSLSNSW Officer thenames NO: Move to step 5 YES: Continue to step 3 2. Decides whether anemotive 1. Provides Operational Debrief for • • • SurfCom /13SURFcontacts: applicable) WitnessStatement Forms (if Copy ofIncident Report Log Copy ofpatrol Log Emotive Debrief Log(ifapplicable) Operational Debrief Log involved 12 hours ofincident of allmembers involved within debrief isneeded. all involved Local SLSClubs Support Organisations Branch DutyOfficer STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 4of5 Branch representative to attend and 13SURF: Record: Who, When,Where, Why Hands outWorkCover forms to details viatemplate (Operational [email protected] Officer willsendanappropriate of Lifesaving within48–72hrs *If unableto attend, TheDuty handed into Branch Director After-Hours Response Duty Officer: All paperwork needsto be Call outteams /Services: and coordinates response all members involved Respond asrequired AdvisedofCritical Incident conduct session after incident Debrief Log) Email: Attends Scene
| 271
LS13. Post Incident (Recovery Phase) LS13. Post Incident (Recovery Phase) 272 • • • • • • • MUST berun: If thefollowing SignsandSymptoms are evident post incident, anEmotive Debrief Surf Life Saving Critical incidents may take the form of(butnotlimited to): Date: 20 Section: LS13Post Incident (Recovery Phase) LS13.2 CRITICALINCIDENTDEBRIEFING WHAT INCIDENTS NEED A CRITICAL INCIDENT DEBRIEF? • • • • • • • • • • • • • Appearing preoccupied or emotionally ‘flat’ orAppearing preoccupied oremotionally‘flat’ fatigued. Difficulties with concentration, attention anddecisionmaking. Appearing like ‘beinginadaze’ /feeling detached. Increased substance drugsoralcohol. usee.g. Withdrawal from others: lossofmotivation. Marked symptoms ofanxiety: restlessness, irritability, anger. Sleep disturbance. | Severe asthma attacks Heart Attack Aggressive Behaviour Abuse Severe trauma Major rescues withhospitalisationMajor injury A memberofSLSisseriouslyinjured Shark Attack Failure to save alife Drowning CPR (successful orunsuccessful) Incidents involving death ofapatient STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 • • • • • Page: 5of requested by thePatrol orClubCaptain Emotive Critical Debrief conducted -IF Operational debrief conducted - COMPULSARY COMPULSARY Duty Officer attendance toscene- conducted -COMPULSARY Operational &Emotive Critical Debrief COMPULSARY Duty Officer attendance toscene- healthy coping behaviours to manage andreduce any distressing reactions and/or negative impact. and assist withtherecovery process. TheWorkCover counsellor willwork withthememberto assist with will offer themember theopportunity to talk aboutandprocess their experience, understand reactions will get involved andassignacase worker to themember. Seekingconfidential professional counselling Once telephone counselling hasbeencompleted andWorkCover forms have beensubmitted, WorkCover • • • • plays thefollowing roles inSLSCritical Incidents: Following anincident SLSNSW hasacontract withaprivate counselling organisation. Expert counselling over timeasthemembers involved process the experience and come to terms withthe event. including numbness,fear, anxiety, guilt,sadness,anger andregret. Theseacute reactions generally subside Following atraumatic event it’s common andnormal for themember to experience a range ofemotions, When to seekprofessional counselling? • • • • • • within theoperational specifically debrief), intheemotive debrief theDutyOfficerwill: The DutyOfficershallleadtheemotive debrief session(inessencethe first part can commence (covertly) isavery importantCounselling Service role. signs ofamemberexperiencing on-going reactions andknowing how to refer that member to theMember role isusedeffectively. inensuringthat theMemberCounsellingService Recognising theearly warning incident, allofwhichare completely normal.DutyOfficers, ClubMembers and familiesplay animportant skills oftheindividualorgroup. Members may experience anumberofdifferent reactions toacritical Critical incidents can have a strong emotionalimpact,which can theusuallyoverwhelm effective coping ability to re-establish core lifesaving isachieved. services Incident Debrief process. Emotive debriefs are conducted to ensure members welfare isoptimised andthe An emotive debrief be should conducted after any critical incident hasoccurred aspart ofthe overall Critical To outlinetheprocess for ‘emotive debriefs’ following acritical incident. Date: 20 Section: LS13Post Incident (Recovery Phase) LS13.3 EMOTIVE DEBRIEFS PURPOSE PROCEDURE: POLICY Provision ofgroup counselling sessionsfor significantly traumatic critical incidents Support Officers Provision ofpsychological first aid(emotive debrief) training to Branch DutyOfficers and Peer Provision ofthree free 24/7counselling sessionsto members onceapproved by SLSNSW Provision oftrauma information/brochures Ensure allmembers directly involved complete theWorkCover ‘notification ofinjury form.’ Outline theprocess ‘from here’ as far asfollow-up, accessingadditionalsupport etc; Provide supportinginformation (brochures, contact information); Outline what supportisavailable andhow to accessit(hotline,counselling sessions); Outline theeffects that traumatic events can have onpeople(immediate/delayed on-set); Observe andrecord any members displaying obvious emotionaltrauma; th September 2016 (PSYCHOLOGICAL FIRST AID) STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5
Page: 1of2
| 273
LS13. Post Incident (Recovery Phase) LS13. Post Incident (Recovery Phase) 274 Critical Incident Debrief Pack Critical Incident Debrief involved are monitored andprovided ongoing support(ifrequired). President communicate post-incident to discusstheevent andtheneedto ensure that themembers important that theBranch DutyOfficer involved, Branch Director ofLifesaving, ClubCaptain andClub As thesymptoms oftrauma onmembers can present themselves sometime after theincident, Itis Follow UpWelfare Check disclosure you willneedto make. sessions withthecounsellor can bedisclosed.TheWorkCover notification formistheonly formof Expert counselling and WorkCover are confidential from themoment you callin.No information from Confidentiality Date: 20 Section: LS13Post Incident (Recovery Phase) LS13.3 EMOTIVE DEBRIEFS REFERENCE: | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 (PSYCHOLOGICAL FIRST AID)
Page: 2of STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 LS14 SOPS INDEX | 275
LS15. SLSA References LS14. SOPs Index 276 Date: 20 Section: LS14Appendices LS14.1 INDEX AERIAL SERVICES (S A 13SURF TERM DUTY OFFICEREQUIPMENT DUTY OFFICER(STATE) DISSEMINATION OFINFORMATION AUTOMATIC EXTERNALDEFIBRILLATORS DEBRIEFS DANGEROUS SURFWARNINGS (DSW) D CRITICAL INCIDENTDEBRIEFING COUNSELLING COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY/STREAMING CODE OFCONDUCT (POWERCRAFT) CODE OFCONDUCT (DUTYOFFICER) CALLOUT TEAMS (EMERGENCY RESPONSE) CALL TAKING C WWW.BEACHSAFE.ORG.AU BRIEFINGS BOMB THREAT BODY RECOVERY BEACH MANAGEMENT METHODS&ROLES B AUDIT (PATROL/SERVICE) ANGEL RINGS AMBULANCE (REQUESTING ANAMBULANCE) ALL TERRAINVEHICLES -ATV AIRCRAFT CRASH | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 URF LIFE SAVING ) Page: 1of6 LS9.1 REFERENCE LS9.5 LS9.2 LS11.10 LS5.7 LS13.2, LS13.3 LS2.5 LS13.2 LS13.2, LS13.3 LS6.4 LS15 LS9.4 LS9.9 LS11.7 LS2.2 LS7.3, LS10.13 LS8.8 LS8.9 LS7.1 LS3.7 LS5.10 LS8.3 LS5.2 LS8.13 LS12.8 148 PAGE NUMBER 162 153 244 77 268, 273 22 268 268, 273 89 284 161 166 241 16 104,203 138 140 100 41 83 128 67 145 260 Date: 20 Section: LS14Appendices LS14.1 INDEX IRB OPERATIONS (LOW LIGHT-NIGHT) INSPECTIONS (GEAR ANDEQUIPMENT) INFORMATION SYSTEMS INFORMATION MANAGEMENT/SURFGUARD INCIDENT REPORTING (VESSEL) INCIDENT DEBRIEFING INCIDENT CONTROL/COMMAND INAPPROPRIATE BEHAVIOUR BY PUBLIC I HELICOPTER SUPPORT/SERVICES HELICOPTER LANDINGZONES HELICOPTER DEMONSTRATION REQUESTS HEALTH &SAFETY H GEAR ANDEQUIPMENT INSPECTIONS G FLOODING FLAGS FIRST AIDEQUIPMENT FIRE F EQUIPMENT POLICIES (SLSA) EQUIPMENT (RWC MINIMUM) EQUIPMENT (LIFESAVING MINIMUM) EMERGENCY RESPONSE SYSTEM (13SURF) EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT &RESCUE COMMITTEES EMERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION EMERGENCY BEACH CLOSURE E DUTY OFFICERSYSTEM th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of6 LS 9.10 LS 3.8 LS11.8 LS2.1 LS4.4 LS13.2 LS9.11, LS9.14 LS7.9 LS8.4, LS12.8 LS 12.10 LS12.9 LS1.1 LS3.8 LS8.10 LS5.4 LS5.5 LS8.12 LS5.10 LS12.2 LS3.3 LS9.1 LS3.11 LS2.3 LS8.1 LS9.3 168 43 242 14 57 268 171, 178 116 130, 260 262 261 8 43 142 72 74 144 83 251 31 148 46 17 124 156 | 277
LS14. SOPs Index LS14. SOPs Index 278 Date: 20 Section: LS14Appendices LS14.1 INDEX PATROL/SERVICE AUDIT PATROL REQUIREMENTS (minimum) PATROL OPERATIONS MANUALS (POMS) PAIN MANAGEMENT (METHOXYFLURANE) P OXYGEN RESUSCITATION EQUIPMENT ORB/JRB OPERATIONS OPENING OFPATROL (Start ofPatrol) O NIPPER ACTIVITIES &PATROLS NIGHT OPERATIONS (IRB) N MISSING PERSONS MINIMUM LIFESAVING STANDARDS METHOXYFLURANE MEDIA (SOCIAL) MEDIA –CRITICALINCIDENTS MARITIME REGULATIONS MARITIME (VESSEL INCIDENTREPORTING) MARINE POLLUTION M LOST/MISSING PERSONS LIGHTNING LIFESAVING SERVICE REQUIREMENTS (minimum) LIFESAVING SERVICE AGREEMENTS/CONTRACTS LIFEJACKETS LICENCES L JRB/ORB EQUIPMENT J | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 3of6 LS3.7 LS3.3 LS3.9 LS5.8 LS5.6 LS12.6 LS7.2 LS3.12 LS9.10 LS8.2 LS3.2, LS3.4 LS5.8 LS2.4 LS13.1 LS 4.3,LS4.4 LS4.4 LS7.10 LS8.2 LS8.6 LS3.2 LS3.1 LS12.3 LS5.1, LS5.2 LS12.7 41 31 44 78 75 256 102 47 168 126 29, 38 78 19 266 53, 57 57 117 126 135 29 26 252 50, 51 258 Date: 20 Section: LS14Appendices LS14.1 INDEX RWC DESIGN &LAYOUT ROLE SPECIFIC LICENCES RISK MANAGEMENT RESUSCITATION EQUIPMENT RESPONSIBLE SAR AUTHORITY RESCUE VESSELS RESCUE VESSEL REGULATIONS/EXEMPTIONS RESCUE VESSEL OPERATIONS CLOSE TO FLAGGED AREAS RESCUE VESSEL LAUNCHING &BEACHING ZONES RESCUE COMMITTEES REQUIREMENTS (MINIMUMCLUB PATROL) REQUESTING HELICOPTER SUPPORT REQUESTING ANAMBULANCE REPRESENTATION (SLS) REGULATIONS (WHALE&DOLPHIN) REGULATION ENFORCEMENT RADIO SPECIFICATIONS RADIO NETWORK FAULT REPORTING RADIO EQUIPMENT MINIMUMREQUIREMENTS RADIO EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE RADIO COMMUNICATIONS RADIO CODES RADIO CALLSIGNS R PUBLIC RESCUE EQUIPMENT (PRE) PUBLIC ORDERINCIDENT PUBLIC EDUCATION/INFORMATION POWERCRAFT CODE OFCONDUCT POLLUTION POLICIES (SLSA) PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 4of6 LS12.4 LS4.1 LS11.10 LS5.6 LS10.3 LS3.10 LS4.3 LS4.5 L4.6 LS3.11 LS3.3 LS8.4 LS8.3 LS3.11 LS4.7 LS7.7 LS6.2 LS6.7 LS6.2 LS6.3 LS6.1 LS6.6 LS6.5 LS5.9 LS8.7 LS2.2 LS15 LS7.10 LS15 LS12.3 254 50 199 75 189 45 53 58 59 46 31 130 128 46 60 112 87 95 87 88 86 93 90 82 136 16 284 117 284 252 | 279
LS14. SOPs Index LS14. SOPs Index 280 Date: 20 Section: LS14Appendices LS14.1 INDEX VEHICLES ON BEACHES VEHICLES (4WD) V UNIFORM (DUTYOFFICER) UNDERWATER SEARCH &RESCUE U TSUNAMI T SURVIVAL ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS SURFGUARD SURFCOM ROLES SURFCOM OPERATIONS SURFCOM FACILITIES &EQUIPMENT SURFCOM EMERGENCY PROTOCOLS STREAMING STATE DUTYOFFICER START OFPATROL BRIEFINGS SOCIAL MEDIA SIGNAGE (WATER SAFETY) SHARPS SHARKS SEARCH PATTERN SEARCH ANDRESCUE STAGES SEARCH ANDRESCUE (SAR) RESPONSIBILITIES SEARCH (LOST/MISSING PERSONS) SAR BRIEFINGS SAFETY INFORMATION/MESSAGES S (PPE) RWC UNIFORM &PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT RWC MINIMUMEQUIPMENT | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Page: 5of6 LS7.6 LS5.1 LS9.6 LS10.20 LS8.12 LS10.16 LS2.1 LS11.3, LS11.5 LS11.1 LS11.2 LS11.6 LS6.4 LS9.2 LS7.3 LS2.4 LS5.3 LS1.2 LS8.5, 7.11 LS10.17 LS10.2 LS10.1 LS 8.2 LS10.13 LS2.2 LS12.3 LS12.2 110 64 163 217 144 208 14 235, 238 230 234 240 89 153 104 19 69 11 131, 118 211 188 184 126 203 16 252 251 Date: 20 Section: LS14Appendices LS14.1 INDEX WORKPLACE HEALTH &SAFETY WHALE &DOLPHINREGULATIONS WATER SAFETY SIGNAGE WATER SAFETY FLAGS W VESSELS (RESCUE) VESSEL TOWING VESSEL INCIDENTREPORTING th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 6of LS1.1 LS4.7 LS5.3 LS5.4 LS3.10 LS7.8 LS4.4 8 60 69 72 45 114 57 | 281
LS14. SOPs Index
LS15 SLSA REFERENCES LS15. SLSA References 284 5.08 5.07 5.05 5.04 5.02 5.01 3.12 3.09 3.07 3.06 3.03 2.04 2.03 2.01 1.06 1.05 1.04 1.03 1.02 1.16 1.15 1.14 1.11 1.10 1.1 are listed below: master copy ofthesepoliciescan befound ontheSLSA Website www.sls.com.au andsomeofthesepolicies All personnel withinSLSNSW must beaware oftheirobligation to The comply withthepoliciesofSLSA. implemented accordingly. Framework. Policies are periodically reviewed by the relevant National Boards andchanges are SLSA policiesare combined withtheSLSA Constitution and Regulations to formour National Policy affiliated body, isbound to complywithsuchpolicies. SLSA have anumberofuniversal policieswhichapplyto allentities associated SLSNSW, withSLSA. asan by SurfLife Saving Australia (SLSA). To outlinetherequirements ofSurfLife Saving NSW (SLSNSW) to adhere to theminimumstandards set out PURPOSE PROCEDURE POLICY Date: 20 Section: LS15SLSA References LS15 SLSA POLICIES | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 COMPETITION SPONSORSHIP DESIGN ANDMANUFACTURE OFSURFBOATS SELECTION POLICY PROFICIENCY &PATROL HOURREQUIREMENTS –COMPETITION ELIGIBILITY ANTI-DOPING POLICY RESULTSPORTS BETTING, FIXINGANDCORRUPTION PAIN MANAGEMENT ASTHMA DEFIBRILLATION SEIZURES AND EPILEPSY PREGNANCY &THESURFLIFESAVER -COMPETITION &PATROLS REHABILITATION ANDRETURNTO DUTIES OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH &SAFETY SUN SAFETY NEW &MODIFIEDEQUIPMENT PATROL UNIFORMS OFF-DUTY AMBULANCEOFFICERS ONSLSA RESCUE CRAFT BODY RETRIEVAL USE OFSLSA EQUIPMENT TSUNAMI POLICY PEER GROUP SUPPORT SHARPS CROCODILE SAFETY SHARK SAFETY POLICY WATER SAFETY th September 2016 Page: 1of2 6.26 6.25 6.24 6.23 6.22 6.21 6.20 6.19 6.18 6.17 6.16 6.15 6.14 6.11 6.10 6.09 6.08 6.07 6.06 6.05 6.03 6.02 6.01 5.10 5.09 SLSA Members Portal Date: 20 Section: LS15SLSA References LS15 SLSA POLICIES REFERENCE VISITS ANDTOURS NON-POLITICAL ANDNON-SECTARIAN COMPETITIVE RIGHTS ANDTRANSFERS ILLICIT DRUGSINSPORT INCLUSIVE ORGANISATION POLICY SLSA PHOTOGRAPHY POLICY USE OFSOCIALMEDIA SLSA ITTERMS OFUSE CHANGE MANAGEMENT CORONIAL INQUESTS DEALING WITHPOLICEINVESTIGATIONS YOUTH POLICY IT ELECTRONIC ACCEPTANCES ECOSURF AUSTRALIAN REPRESENTATIVE RECOGNITION POLICY RISK MANAGEMENT GOVERNANCE ARCHIVES ANDMUSEUM GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE MEMBER PROTECTION LIMITING ANDPERMANENTDISABILITY PRIVACY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY TRANSGENDER/TRANS-SEXUAL ATHLETE MASTERS COMPETITION th September 2016 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 2of | 285
LS15. SLSA References
LS16 GLOSSARY OF TERMS LS16. Glossary 288 Date: 20 Section: LS16Glossary LS16 GLOSSARY ANI SERS PFD POB POI ERB SAREX ESS ALS SLSNSW SOC SLSA DPI BOM FRNSW RFS SES RMS ANSW MRNSW POLAIR VKG NSWPF MACSAR MAC ATV JRB ORB RWC IRB DOL SDO DOO DO POM SOP Acronym | STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 th September 2016 Automatic NumberIdentification (Radio Network) Surf Emergency Response System (13SURF) Personal Floatation Device (Lifejacket) Person OnBoard Person Of Interest Emergency Response Beacon Search andRescue Exercise Event Safety Services Australian Lifeguard PTY LTD Service Surf Life Saving New SouthWales PTY LTD State Operation Centre Surf Life Saving Australia PTY LTD Department Industries ofPrimary Bureau ofMeteorology Fire andRescue NSW Rural Fire Service State Emergency Service Roads andMaritimeServices Ambulance NSW Marine Rescue NSW Police Helicopter Police RadioCommandCentre NSW Police Force Marine Area CommandSearch andRescue (Police) Marine Area Command(Police) All-Terrain Vehicle Jet Rescue Boat Off Shore Rescue Boat Rescue Water Craft Inflatable Rescue Boat Director ofLifesaving State DutyOfficer Duty Operation Officer Duty Officer Patrol Operations Manual Standard Operating Procedures Surf Life Saving Definition Page: 1of2 Surf Life Saving Reference Resources ManualsandDocuments External Agencies andAssets Miscellaneous Terminology Internal Services Power Craft Personnel Branch Regions Surf Life Saving NSW Assets andSupportOperations (Codenames,definitions and locations) Date: 20 Section: LS16Glossary LS16 GLOSSARY 11 Branches SLSFSC SLSSC SLSILL SLSSYD SLSSNB SLSCC SLSHUN SLSLNC SLSMNC SLSNC SLSFNC Acronym Acronym LS21 LS23 SR30 SR40 SR50 SurfCom th September 2016 129 Clubs Far SouthCoast Branch South Coast Branch Illawarra Branch Sydney Branch Sydney NorthernBeachesBranch Central Coast Branch Hunter Branch Lower NorthCoast Branch Mid NorthCoast Branch North Coast Branch Far NorthCoast Branch Branch Names Definition Lifesaver 21Rescue Helicopter Lifesaver 23Rescue Helicopter Surf Rescue 30 OffShore Rescue Boat Surf Rescue 40 Jet Rescue Boat Surf Rescue 50 OffShore Rescue Boat Surf Live Saving CommandCentre STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES LIFESAVING SERVICES V.5 Page: 1of2 7 Clubs 9 Clubs 17 Clubs 15 Clubs 21 Clubs 15 Clubs 13 Clubs 6 Clubs 8 Clubs 8 Clubs 10 Clubs Associated Clubs Location Sydney Base Moruya Base Sydney Ballina Kiama Secondary: Collaroy BelrosePrimary: | 289
LS16. Glossary Surf Life Saving New South Wales 3 Narabang Way, Belrose NSW 2085 Australia PO Box 307, Belrose NSW 2085 Australia Ph: +61 (02) 9471 8000 | Fax: +61 (02) 9471 8001 Web: surflifesaving.com.au | Email: [email protected] ABN 93 827 748 379 | Fundraising Authority No. CFN11033